GreenSync

Create products with ease

Full.CX effortlessly transforms your ideas into product requirements.

Full.CX turns product visions into detailed product requirements. The product below was entirely generated using our AI and advanced algorithms, exclusively available to our paid subscribers.

Product Details

Name

GreenSync

Tagline

Sustainability Simplified, Impact Amplified

Sustainability Data Specialist

Name: Sustainability Data Specialist
Description: The Sustainability Data Specialist is responsible for managing and interpreting large sets of data related to environmental impact metrics. They interact with GreenSync to extract insights that drive sustainability initiatives. Their goal is to provide actionable data to enhance corporate sustainability goals while ensuring compliance with regulatory standards.
Demographics: Age: 28-45, Gender: Any, Education: Bachelor’s or Master’s in Environmental Science, Data Analytics, or related field, Occupation: Data Analyst or Sustainability Manager, Income Level: $70,000 - $110,000 annually.
Background: Raised in an environmentally conscious household, this persona developed an early interest in data and analytics through high school science projects. They pursued a degree in Environmental Science, followed by a master’s in Data Analytics. Having worked in various roles from intern to manager at sustainability firms, they have developed expertise in handling complex datasets and understanding regulatory frameworks. In their free time, they engage in community clean-up projects and advocate for local environmental initiatives.
Psychographics: This persona values transparency and sustainability, believing data-driven decision-making is key to corporate responsibility. They are motivated by challenges that allow them to innovate and make a tangible impact. Outside of work, they follow sustainability influencers on social media and participate in webinars related to environmental technologies.
Needs: They need robust tools to analyze large volumes of sustainability data, the ability to create visual reports easily, and access to an integrated system for tracking compliance metrics across the organization. They also require ongoing training and support to stay updated on regulatory changes.
Pain: They often face difficulties in integrating data from various legacy systems, the challenge of ensuring data accuracy, and the pressure of meeting tight reporting deadlines. Additionally, they encounter frustrations with inadequate tools that do not support complex analyses.
Channels: They primarily use cloud-based software platforms, work collaboratively via project management tools, and access forums and social media groups focused on sustainability. Additionally, they frequently attend industry conferences to network and gather insights.
Usage: They use GreenSync daily for their analyses, logging in multiple times a day to pull reports and visualize data. Their usage peaks during reporting periods and project evaluations when they are sourcing data for stakeholders.
Decision: Their decision-making process involves a careful weighing of data reliability and compliance requirements. They are influenced by current regulatory trends, executive buy-in for sustainability investment, and peer-reviewed studies that support their recommendations.

Corporate Responsibility Innovator

Name: Corporate Responsibility Innovator
Description: The Corporate Responsibility Innovator is a forward-thinking professional focused on developing innovative programs that bridge sustainability with corporate responsibility. They leverage GreenSync to analyze potential projects and create compelling CSR initiatives that resonate with stakeholders.
Demographics: Age: 30-50, Gender: Any, Education: Bachelor’s or Master’s in Business Administration, Environmental Studies, or Public Relations, Occupation: CSR Manager or Sustainability Director, Income Level: $80,000 - $130,000 annually.
Background: With a passion for creating positive change, this persona has a rich background in both business and environmental advocacy. They started their career in marketing before transitioning to CSR, where they found their calling in blending corporate strategy with sustainability initiatives. They often travel for conferences or workshops to stay ahead of emerging CSR trends and strategies.
Psychographics: Driven by a strong sense of corporate ethics and community impact, this persona values innovation and creativity. They believe that responsible practices can lead to competitive advantages and enhance brand loyalty. In their free time, they explore leadership literature and participate in local advocacy groups.
Needs: They need access to comprehensive reporting tools that enable them to measure the impact of their initiatives, as well as resources for research on best practices in CSR. They also seek collaboration tools to engage stakeholders and gather feedback on their projects.
Pain: This persona often struggles with aligning corporate goals with rigorous sustainability criteria, facing resistance from traditionalists within the organization. They also experience challenges in measuring the true impact of CSR initiatives and translating that into tangible business value.
Channels: They are active on LinkedIn and industry-specific networking platforms, frequently reading sustainability blogs and attending webinars. They also engage with stakeholders through email newsletters highlighting CSR successes.
Usage: The Innovator engages with GreenSync at least three times a week, primarily during project planning phases, reporting cycles, and when collaborating with colleagues on new initiatives.
Decision: When making decisions, this persona prioritizes stakeholder engagement and often tests ideas through pilot projects. They are influenced by industry benchmarks, sustainability ratings, and testimonials from peers in the field.

Energy Efficiency Advocate

Name: Energy Efficiency Advocate
Description: The Energy Efficiency Advocate focuses on optimizing energy use within their organization. They rely on GreenSync to track energy consumption patterns and identify areas for improvement, aiming to reduce costs and environmental footprints.
Demographics: Age: 35-55, Gender: Any, Education: Bachelor’s in Engineering, Environmental Science, or related field, Occupation: Energy Manager or Sustainability Engineer, Income Level: $75,000 - $120,000 annually.
Background: Having grown up in the energy sector, this persona developed a strong understanding of the technical aspects of energy consumption and sustainability. They earned an engineering degree specializing in energy systems and have worked in energy efficiency roles across various industries. They are passionate about renewable energy sources and regularly participate in community energy conservation events.
Psychographics: They believe that energy efficiency is critical to environmental sustainability and corporate responsibility. Their motivation stems from a combination of personal values and professional goals, seeking to create a lasting impact on both their organization and the environment. They tend to embrace advancements in technology and innovative solutions.
Needs: They need a user-friendly platform to monitor and analyze energy data in real-time, tools for predicting energy needs, and comprehensive reporting to showcase energy-saving achievements to stakeholders.
Pain: They often face issues with outdated monitoring tools that lack the capability to provide real-time data and insights. Additionally, they experience pressure to meet aggressive energy reduction targets, and resistance from departments slow to adopt new technologies.
Channels: They utilize industry-specific software communities, webinars, and online courses for continuous learning. They also follow energy efficiency forums and networks to gather insights about the latest innovations and technologies.
Usage: The Advocate uses GreenSync every working day to analyze energy needs, review consumption patterns, and generate reports. Usage peaks during audits or strategic planning sessions.
Decision: In their decision-making, the Advocate is driven by data and proven practices, often relying on environmental impact case studies and performance metrics to support their proposals. They also consider the corporate culture when pitching new initiatives.

Product Ideas

EcoScore Dashboard: The EcoScore Dashboard is a customizable feature within GreenSync that allows users to visualize their organization's environmental impact through an easy-to-understand score. It aggregates data from various sustainability initiatives and compliance metrics, providing a real-time score based on eco-friendly practices. This tool encourages informed decision-making and identifies areas for improvement in sustainability efforts.
Compliance Alerts System: The Compliance Alerts System is an automated notification feature that sends real-time alerts to responsible personnel about upcoming deadlines for compliance reporting and potential violations of environmental regulations. By integrating with local regulatory databases, it allows organizations to proactively manage their compliance responsibilities and minimize legal risks.
Sustainability Impact Simulator: The Sustainability Impact Simulator enables organizations to model the potential impact of various sustainability initiatives before implementation. Users can input different scenarios related to energy use, resource consumption, and waste management, and receive predictions on their environmental, financial, and social outcomes, facilitating strategic planning.
GreenSync Marketplace: The GreenSync Marketplace is a platform for organizations to discover and procure eco-friendly products and services that align with their sustainability goals. Featuring certified vendors, the marketplace streamlines the purchasing process, enabling enterprises to make informed choices that contribute to their environmental objectives.
Stakeholder Engagement Portal: The Stakeholder Engagement Portal is a feature that allows organizations to communicate their sustainability efforts and achievements to external stakeholders through customized reports and dashboards. This fosters transparency and builds trust between the organization and its stakeholders, enhancing corporate reputation and accountability.
AI-Powered ESG Reporting Tool: The AI-Powered ESG Reporting Tool simplifies the generation of Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) reports by automating data collection and analysis. Organizations can create reports that meet various regulatory requirements faster and more accurately, ultimately improving their ability to communicate sustainability performance.

Product Features

Real-time Impact Trends

This feature provides users with dynamic visualizations of their EcoScore over time, allowing for easy tracking of improvements and setbacks in environmental performance. By highlighting trends in sustainability initiatives, users can quickly identify which actions are yielding positive results and where adjustments may be needed, fostering a proactive approach to sustainability management.

Requirements

Dynamic EcoScore Visualization

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to visualize my team’s EcoScore trends over time so that I can easily track improvements, identify areas needing further attention, and report accurate metrics to upper management.
Description: This requirement encompasses the development of interactive visual components that display the EcoScore trends of users over selected timeframes (daily, weekly, monthly, yearly). The visualization will include charts, graphs, and color-coded indicators to clearly represent sustainability performance, allowing users to grasp complex data effortlessly. It must integrate seamlessly with the existing dashboard functionality, ensuring compatibility with various devices and screen sizes. Enhanced visualizations will provide users powerful insights into their environmental impact and foster informed decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the EcoScore visualization feature on the GreenSync dashboard after logging in, selecting a daily view to observe their EcoScore trends.

Given the user is logged into the GreenSync dashboard, when they select the daily EcoScore view, then the display should show a line graph representing the EcoScore for each day, with distinct color coding for positive and negative trends.

A project manager wants to analyze the EcoScore trends over the course of a month to prepare for a sustainability report.

Given the project manager has selected the monthly EcoScore view, when they request the data, then the visualization should generate a bar chart that accurately depicts EcoScore changes for each day of that month, allowing for easy identification of peaks and troughs.

An environmental compliance officer intends to view specific EcoScore metrics for the past year in order to assess long-term sustainability performance trends.

Given the environmental compliance officer selects the yearly EcoScore view, when the data loads, then the software should present a pie chart summarizing the EcoScore trends, with labeled percentages showing the distribution of improvements, setbacks, and stability across the year.

A team member notices unexpected fluctuations in the EcoScore and wants to analyze the data to identify potential causes.

Given the team member accesses the EcoScore visualization feature, when they hover over any data point on the graph, then a tooltip should appear, displaying detailed information about the specific EcoScore value and associated date, enabling deeper analysis.

An administrator needs to ensure the EcoScore visualization feature works effectively on various devices including tablets and smartphones.

Given the administrator accesses the EcoScore visualization on both tablet and smartphone devices, when they view the EcoScore over time, then the visualizations should adjust responsively to fit the screen sizes without losing any functionality or readability.

A sustainability analyst wants to compare EcoScore performance across multiple teams within the organization.

Given the sustainability analyst selects the comparative analysis option within the EcoScore feature, when they choose multiple teams to compare, then the system should generate a grouped bar chart that shows the EcoScore trends side by side for each selected team over a specified timeframe.

A user requires the option to download the visualized EcoScore data for offline review.

Given the user is viewing the EcoScore visualization, when they select the 'Download' option, then the system should export the current visualization in a CSV format, including all data points and trends accurately represented.

Sustainability Action Tracking

User Story: As an operations coordinator, I want to track the sustainability actions implemented by our team so that we can measure their impact on the EcoScore and make informed adjustments to our strategies.
Description: This requirement involves implementing a tracking mechanism that allows users to log and monitor sustainability initiatives taken within the organization. Users should be able to categorize actions, assign metrics, and measure the impact of these actions on the EcoScore over time. This feature will allow for detailed reporting and analysis to identify which initiatives yield the best results, enhancing the ability to refine strategies for improved environmental performance. Integration with existing user profiles and roles will ensure data security and relevance.
Acceptance Criteria: User logs a new sustainability initiative through the GreenSync dashboard.

Given that the user is logged into their GreenSync account, when they enter details of a new sustainability initiative and submit, then the initiative is recorded and categorized correctly in the system with a unique identifier and timestamp.

User views the impact of sustainability initiatives on EcoScore over a specified timeframe.

Given that the user has logged multiple sustainability initiatives, when they navigate to the EcoScore trends page and select a date range, then the system displays a graphical representation of the EcoScore fluctuations correlated with logged initiatives during the selected timeframe.

User edits an existing sustainability initiative entry within their profile.

Given that the user is on the sustainability action tracking page, when they select an existing initiative to edit and submit updates, then the changes are saved and reflected immediately in the user's logged initiatives list without data loss.

User generates a detailed report of sustainability initiatives and their impacts on EcoScore.

Given that the user has logged multiple initiatives, when they request a report through the reporting tool, then the system compiles and displays a report that includes initiative categories, metrics, and corresponding EcoScore changes, downloadable in CSV format.

User interacts with a tutorial for categorizing sustainability initiatives.

Given that the user is on the sustainability action tracking page, when they access the tutorial for categorizing initiatives, then the system displays an interactive guide with examples and tips for effective categorization that they can follow.

User shares sustainability initiative results with their team members.

Given that the user has access to the logged sustainability initiatives, when they select an initiative and choose to share it via the collaboration tool, then the team members receive a notification with access to the details of the initiative.

Real-time Notification System

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to receive real-time notifications about changes to our EcoScore so that I can respond quickly to issues and reinforce successful initiatives.
Description: The requirement defines the creation of an alert system that notifies users about significant changes in their EcoScore, allowing for immediate awareness of any setbacks or notable improvements. Notifications will be based on pre-set thresholds and will inform users via email or in-app alerts. This functionality is critical for maintaining engagement with sustainability goals and ensuring quick adjustments can be made when necessary. The system must also allow users to customize which metrics trigger notifications to minimize alert fatigue.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification about a significant increase in their EcoScore after completing a sustainability initiative to decrease energy consumption.

Given that the user has set a threshold increase of 5 points for their EcoScore, when the EcoScore increases by 6 points, then the user should receive an in-app notification and an email alert informing them of the improvement.

A user opts to receive alerts for EcoScore declines and reaches a threshold set for notifications.

Given that the user has set a threshold decline of 3 points for their EcoScore, when the EcoScore decreases by 4 points, then the user should receive an in-app notification and an email alert informing them of the decline.

Users customize notification preferences for specific metrics impacting their EcoScore changes.

Given that a user wants to customize notifications, when they select specific metrics from the dashboard that influence their EcoScore, then the system should save these preferences, and notifications should only trigger based on the selected metrics.

A user experiences multiple fluctuations in their EcoScore but wants to avoid notification fatigue.

Given that the user has received several notifications for minor changes, when the EcoScore fluctuates less than 1 point, then the system should suppress notifications to prevent alert fatigue until significant changes occur.

The user needs to review their EcoScore notification history after a set period to gauge progress over time.

Given that the user wants to review their notifications, when they navigate to the notification history section, then they should be able to see a comprehensive list of all alerts received over the past 30 days related to EcoScore changes.

Users want to verify the effectiveness of their notifications system during a scheduled review of EcoScore metrics.

Given that the user conducts a review of EcoScore metrics every quarter, when they assess the notifications received, then they should validate that 95% of notifications correspond to actual EcoScore measurements based on user-set thresholds.

Comparative Analysis Tool

User Story: As a strategy director, I want to compare our EcoScore with industry benchmarks so that we can understand our position in the market and identify areas for improvement in our sustainability strategy.
Description: This requirement focuses on developing a comparative tool that allows users to benchmark their EcoScore against industry standards or peer organizations. Users should be able to see where they stand relative to similar enterprises, highlighting strengths and weaknesses in their sustainability efforts. The tool will utilize anonymized data for comparisons to maintain confidentiality while providing valuable insights into areas for improvement. This comparative data will support user teams in setting realistic targets and encourage accountability in their sustainability practices.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Comparative Analysis Tool to evaluate their EcoScore against industry standards after implementing several sustainability initiatives.

Given the user has logged into GreenSync and navigated to the Comparative Analysis Tool, when they select their current EcoScore and the desired industry standard, then the system displays a visual comparison highlighting areas of strength and weakness with detailed metrics and trends.

User views a report generated by the Comparative Analysis Tool that outlines their EcoScore in relation to peer organizations in their sector.

Given the user selects the report generation option, when the system compiles the data using anonymized peer organization information, then the user receives a downloadable report that includes graphs, comparative analysis, and actionable insights on how to improve their EcoScore.

User participates in a team meeting to discuss the results from the Comparative Analysis Tool and strategizes improvements.

Given the user is presenting the Comparative Analysis Tool results to the team, when they discuss the strengths and weaknesses identified, then there is a clear record of proposed actionable steps logged into the project management system.

User configures the settings of the Comparative Analysis Tool to compare their EcoScore against multiple industry benchmarks.

Given the user accesses the settings of the Comparative Analysis Tool, when they choose to include multiple benchmarks, then the system shows how their EcoScore stacks up against each benchmark in a multi-chart format.

User receives alerts for significant changes in their EcoScore as compared to peer organizations over a defined period.

Given the user sets up notifications in the Comparative Analysis Tool, when there is a significant drop or rise in their EcoScore compared to peers, then the system sends an alert via email detailing the specific changes and potential impacts.

User accesses historical data to analyze the changes in their EcoScore compared to industry trends over the past year.

Given the user selects the historical comparison option, when they choose a time frame of the past year, then the system provides a comprehensive view of their EcoScore changes relative to industry averages, displayed in a chronological trend graph.

User Engagement Dashboard

User Story: As a user of GreenSync, I want a consolidated engagement dashboard that displays my EcoScore, logged actions, and notifications so that I can manage my sustainability contributions efficiently.
Description: This requirement entails designing a user engagement dashboard that consolidates all visual reports, tracking activities, and notifications related to the EcoScore and sustainability initiatives. The dashboard will provide a comprehensive overview of current performance, upcoming sustainability actions, user notifications, and trends, thereby enhancing user experience and interaction with the platform. This centralized location will facilitate effective tracking and alignment of sustainability goals across the organization, improving collaboration.
Acceptance Criteria: User views the dashboard for the first time to assess their current EcoScore and sustainability initiatives.

Given the user has logged into the GreenSync platform, when they navigate to the User Engagement Dashboard, then they should see a clear and visually engaging representation of their current EcoScore and recent activities related to sustainability initiatives.

User receives a notification about a new sustainability action that has been added to their upcoming tasks.

Given a new sustainability action has been scheduled, when the user accesses the User Engagement Dashboard, then they should see a notification that highlights the new action along with its due date and a brief description.

User analyzes trends over time to identify the effectiveness of sustainability initiatives.

Given the user is viewing the User Engagement Dashboard, when they select the EcoScore trend visualization, then the system should display a dynamic graph showing EcoScore changes over the past six months, along with annotations for major initiatives that were implemented during this period.

User interacts with visual reports to customize their view based on specific sustainability goals.

Given the user is on the User Engagement Dashboard, when they choose to customize their view by selecting specific sustainability metrics to display, then the dashboard should update in real-time to reflect those selections, allowing for a personalized experience.

User conducts a regular review of their dashboard to prepare a report for management.

Given the user has opened the User Engagement Dashboard, when they review the visual reports and notification summaries, then they should be able to export a comprehensive report summarizing their EcoScore and initiatives, along with actionable insights for management.

User seeks guidance on improving their EcoScore based on dashboard insights.

Given the user is utilizing the User Engagement Dashboard, when they click on any downward trend in their EcoScore, then they should be presented with suggested actions or resources that can help improve their sustainability performance.

User shares their EcoScore performance with team members via the dashboard.

Given the user has reviewed their EcoScore on the User Engagement Dashboard, when they utilize the share functionality, then the selected EcoScore report should be successfully shared with designated team members through an internal messaging system.

Goal Setting Interface

The Goal Setting Interface empowers users to establish specific sustainability targets based on their current EcoScore. Users can customize their scoring criteria and set measurable goals, making it easier to create actionable plans. This feature enhances user engagement by providing clear milestones, motivating teams to achieve their sustainability objectives.

Requirements

Customizable Scoring Criteria

User Story: As an environmental manager at a mid-sized enterprise, I want to customize the scoring criteria for my EcoScore so that I can accurately reflect our unique sustainability objectives and motivate my team accordingly.
Description: The Customizable Scoring Criteria requirement enables users to define specific parameters and metrics that align with their organizational sustainability goals when setting their EcoScore. This flexibility allows for a tailored approach to measuring sustainability performance, accommodating different business models and strategies. By implementing this feature, GreenSync enhances user experience by allowing businesses to adopt a scoring method that resonates with their actual circumstances, promoting more accurate tracking of environmental impact over time. This will ultimately lead to more realistic and achievable sustainability targets, driving engagement and accountability across teams.
Acceptance Criteria: User customizes their EcoScore parameters through the Goal Setting Interface to establish sustainability targets relevant to their organization’s needs.

Given a user is logged into GreenSync, when they access the Goal Setting Interface and modify the EcoScore parameters, then the system should save the new criteria and allow the user to see these changes reflected in the EcoScore.

An organization defines its scoring metrics to align with its sustainability objectives using the Customizable Scoring Criteria feature.

Given an organization has a defined set of sustainability objectives, when they input specific metrics into the Customizable Scoring Criteria section, then these metrics should be saved and retrievable for reporting purposes.

Users evaluate the effectiveness of their selected scoring criteria in tracking sustainability performance.

Given a user has established scoring criteria, when they review their EcoScore after a defined reporting period, then the system should display performance results based on the established metrics and allow for adjustments if necessary.

Users collaborate on setting and modifying sustainability goals based on the custom scoring criteria.

Given multiple users are part of the same organization, when one user updates the scoring criteria, then all users in the organization should receive a notification of the change and the updated criteria should be visible to all.

Users generate compliance reports using the established scoring criteria to assess progress against sustainability targets.

Given a user requests a compliance report, when the report is generated, then it should accurately reflect progress against the sustainability targets set through the customizable scoring criteria.

The system provides feedback on the achievability of sustainability targets based on user-defined scoring criteria.

Given a user has set visibility for their sustainability goals, when they analyze the goals, then the system should indicate which goals are realistic based on past performance data and the defined metrics.

Users can reset EcoScore parameters to default settings if needed, providing flexibility in their goal setting.

Given a user is in the Goal Setting Interface, when they choose to reset the EcoScore parameters, then all previous customizations should revert to the default settings without loss of organization data.

Goal Progress Tracking

User Story: As a sustainability officer, I want to track my progress towards our sustainability goals in real-time so that I can make informed decisions and adjustments as needed to ensure we stay on track.
Description: The Goal Progress Tracking requirement provides users with a visual dashboard that displays their progress towards set sustainability targets in real-time. This feature integrates with the existing data-monitoring tools within GreenSync to ensure that users can view their advancement against their goals using various metrics such as emissions reduction, waste management, and resource consumption. The visual representation of progress not only enhances user engagement but also allows teams to celebrate small wins and identify areas needing improvement, ultimately driving continuous motivation and commitment towards achieving their sustainability goals.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Goal Progress Tracking dashboard to view real-time updates on their sustainability targets after setting initial goals in the Goal Setting Interface.

Given a user has set sustainability goals, when they access the Goal Progress Tracking dashboard, then it should display real-time progress with key metrics like emissions reduction and resource consumption against those goals.

A team member wants to analyze their progress in reducing waste management in the last quarter using the Goal Progress Tracking feature.

Given that waste management goals have been established, when the user filters the dashboard to view waste management progress for the last quarter, then the system should provide a visual representation of the percentage of goal achieved, displayed with a clear chart.

A user receives a notification about their current progress towards their established sustainability targets through the Goal Progress Tracking interface.

Given that the user has opted in for notifications, when their progress reaches key milestones (e.g., 25%, 50%, 75%, 100%), then the interface should send a customizable notification summarizing their progress and suggesting next steps.

An enterprise manager wants to export the progress data reported in the Goal Progress Tracking dashboard for an upcoming sustainability report presentation.

Given that the user is on the Goal Progress Tracking dashboard, when they select the export option, then the system should generate a structured report in both PDF and Excel formats containing all relevant progress metrics and visual representations.

The Goal Progress Tracking feature integrates with data-monitoring tools to ensure accurate reporting of sustainability metrics.

Given that data from monitoring tools is collected, when the user navigates to the Goal Progress Tracking dashboard, then the displayed progress metrics should accurately reflect the most recent data from those integration points, updated in real-time.

Users want to adjust their goals after reviewing their progress on the Goal Progress Tracking dashboard.

Given users can reassess their sustainability targets, when they select the option to edit their goals from the dashboard, then the system should allow them to input new targets and seamlessly adjust the visually represented data accordingly.

Milestone Notifications

User Story: As a project lead, I want to receive notifications when I hit key milestones in our sustainability initiatives so that I can celebrate successes with my team and maintain momentum towards our goals.
Description: The Milestone Notifications requirement allows users to set up alerts and notifications for when they reach specific milestones related to their sustainability goals. This feature will help maintain engagement by notifying users when they achieve significant checkpoints, encouraging continued effort and recognition of accomplishments. By providing timely reminders and rewards, users will be more motivated to stay focused on their sustainability objectives, creating a culture of achievement and accountability within their organizations.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives notifications when a sustainability milestone is achieved after setting up their goals in the Goal Setting Interface.

Given the user has set sustainability milestones, when they achieve a milestone, then they should receive an immediate notification via email and app alert.

User can customize the frequency of notifications for their sustainability milestones to avoid overload or missed reminders.

Given the user has access to notification settings, when they specify their preferred notification frequency (daily, weekly, monthly), then the system must adhere to this preference without generating excess notifications.

A user wants to celebrate their team's achievement upon reaching a significant sustainability milestone, prompting them to share the news within their organization.

Given the user has achieved a milestone, when the user clicks on the 'Share' button, then a pre-formatted message should be created that can be shared via the company intranet or email systems.

Users should have the ability to view a historical log of milestone notifications received, allowing them to track their achievements over time.

Given the user accesses the milestone notifications history, when they open the log, then they should see a chronological list of all notifications received, including the date, milestone achieved, and any associated rewards.

The system sends a notification to the team leader when team members reach their individual milestones to foster team collaboration and recognition.

Given that the team members have individual milestones, when a team member reaches a milestone, then the team leader should receive a notification summarizing the achievement of their team member.

Users are able to set different types of milestones associated with various sustainability goals (short-term vs. long-term).

Given the user is in the Goal Setting Interface, when they create a new milestone, then they must be able to select the type of milestone (short-term or long-term) and this must be reflected in the milestone notification settings.

Users can disable milestone notifications if they prefer not to receive alerts or reminders.

Given the user is in the notification settings, when they select the option to disable milestone notifications, then the system must confirm this change and cease sending any further milestone notifications to the user.

Actionable Insights Generation

User Story: As a sustainability analyst, I want to receive actionable insights and recommendations based on our current EcoScore so that I can implement strategies that enhance our sustainability initiatives effectively.
Description: The Actionable Insights Generation requirement utilizes data analytics to provide users with tailored recommendations for improving their sustainability performance based on their current EcoScore and goals. By analyzing patterns in historic data and benchmarking against industry standards, this feature will empower users to make data-driven decisions that enhance their sustainability strategies. This integration will allow GreenSync to not only report on performance but also actively guide users toward better practices, ultimately fostering a proactive attitude toward environmental compliance and responsibility.
Acceptance Criteria: User A logs into GreenSync and navigates to the Goal Setting Interface to set a new sustainability goal based on their current EcoScore. They select specific scoring criteria that align with their corporate sustainability objectives and submit the goal for approval.

Given User A is logged in and on the Goal Setting Interface, when they select scoring criteria and enter a sustainability goal, then the goal is successfully saved and displayed in the user's dashboard after submission.

User B accesses the Actionable Insights Generation feature after setting their sustainability goals and initiates the analysis process. They expect to receive tailored recommendations based on their EcoScore and submitted goals.

Given User B has set sustainability goals, when they initiate the Actionable Insights Generation, then the system analyzes data and provides at least three actionable recommendations clearly linked to the established goals.

User C reviews the recommendations generated by the Actionable Insights Generation feature and decides to implement one of the strategies suggested to improve their sustainability performance.

Given User C receives actionable insights, when they choose to implement one of the recommended strategies, then the system logs the action and updates the user's EcoScore accordingly within the next reporting period.

User D wants to monitor the effectiveness of the implemented sustainability strategies over time and navigates to the relevant dashboard to view performance trends based on the previous recommendations.

Given User D is on the relevant dashboard, when they select the performance trends section, then they can view a visual representation of their EcoScore changes over time and see the correlation with implemented strategies.

User E seeks to adjust their sustainability goals based on new insights from the Actionable Insights Generation feature and accesses the Goal Setting Interface to modify existing goals.

Given User E is logged in and on the Goal Setting Interface, when they adjust their sustainability goals and submit the changes, then the revised goals are reflected accurately in their dashboard without errors.

Benchmarking Against Industry Standards

User Story: As a corporate sustainability leader, I want to benchmark our EcoScore against industry standards so that I can understand our position and set competitive goals for improvement.
Description: The Benchmarking Against Industry Standards requirement enables users to compare their EcoScore and sustainability goals against similar companies within their industry. This feature will provide businesses with valuable context for their sustainability performance and help identify areas for improvement. By understanding where they stand relative to industry benchmarks, organizations can set more competitive and achievable goals, fostering a culture of excellence in sustainability. This benchmarking capability will contribute to transparency, accountability, and ongoing improvement in environmental practices among users.
Acceptance Criteria: User compares their EcoScore with industry standards using the Benchmarking Against Industry Standards feature.

Given an active user account, when the user navigates to the Benchmarking feature, then they should see a comparison of their EcoScore against at least three industry benchmarks.

User sets sustainability goals based on benchmarked EcoScores.

Given the Benchmarking report, when the user selects to set a new sustainability goal, then they must see recommended targets that align with their EcoScore and industry standards.

User receives notifications about changes in industry standards.

Given the user is subscribed to notification alerts, when there is an update to industry standards, then the user should receive an email notification detailing the changes.

User generates a report on their sustainability performance versus industry benchmarks.

Given the user accesses the report generation tool, when they request to generate a performance report, then the system should include a visual representation comparing their EcoScore to at least five industry peers' EcoScores.

User updates their EcoScore and sees an immediate reflection in benchmarking outcomes.

Given the user updates their EcoScore, when they refresh the Benchmarking page, then their EcoScore should be reflected in the industry comparison section within 2 minutes.

User seeks guidance on improving their EcoScore based on benchmarking results.

Given the user views their Benchmarking results, when they click on the 'Improve Your Score' link, then they should receive actionable suggestions tailored to their current EcoScore and industry standard.

User customizes and saves their industry comparison parameters.

Given the user accesses the customization options, when they select specific sectors to compare against, then the system should save these parameters and reflect them in subsequent benchmarking results until changed by the user.

Integrated Reporting Tools

User Story: As an operations director, I want to generate reports on our sustainability performance and compliance so that I can share this information with stakeholders and demonstrate our commitment to corporate responsibility.
Description: The Integrated Reporting Tools requirement allows users to generate customized reports on their sustainability performance, progress towards goals, and compliance with regulatory standards. By providing templates and the ability to pull data directly from the EcoScore system, this feature streamlines the reporting process for users. With these integrated tools, organizations can efficiently monitor and report their sustainability efforts to stakeholders, ensuring transparency and fostering trust with customers and regulatory bodies, while also helping track compliance in a comprehensive manner.
Acceptance Criteria: User generates a customized sustainability performance report after setting their goals in the Goal Setting Interface to evaluate their progress.

Given that the user has established specific sustainability targets, when they access the Integrated Reporting Tools, then they should be able to generate a report that accurately reflects their EcoScore progress and goal achievements based on these targets.

A compliance officer uses the Integrated Reporting Tools to create a report for regulatory submission on the company’s recent sustainability initiatives.

Given that the compliance officer selects the regulatory reporting template, when the report is generated, then it must include all required fields and accurately pull data from the EcoScore system to reflect compliance metrics.

An executive team reviews sustainability reports generated during a quarterly meeting to assess overall corporate sustainability performance.

Given that multiple reports have been generated, when the executive team accesses the Integrated Reporting Tools, then they should be able to view and compare different reports side-by-side to evaluate sustainability performance and compliance over the quarter.

A user needs to track historical sustainability performance and compliance data from the last year using the reporting tool.

Given that a user selects the historical data option, when they generate a customized report for the past year, then the report must reflect all relevant metrics and compliance data accurately over that timeframe.

A project manager wants to share a sustainability report with stakeholders to demonstrate progress toward achieving environmental goals.

Given that the report is created, when the project manager exports the report, then it must be in a user-friendly format (e.g., PDF or Excel) and include all necessary information for external stakeholders.

Benchmarking Insights

Benchmarking Insights allows users to compare their EcoScore against industry standards and similar organizations. This feature offers valuable context on how an organization stacks up in sustainability practices, helping identify opportunities for improvement and fostering a competitive spirit towards achieving higher environmental standards.

Requirements

EcoScore Comparison Dashboard

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to visually compare my organization's EcoScore with industry standards so that I can identify key areas for improvement and enhance our sustainability practices effectively.
Description: The EcoScore Comparison Dashboard provides users with a visual representation of their EcoScore in relation to industry standards and peer organizations. This feature will graphically showcase sustainability metrics to highlight where users stand compared to the competition, enabling quick understanding of their performance benchmarks. This integration will allow users to drill down into specific areas of performance, facilitating targeted improvement initiatives and promoting accountability within their organizations. The dashboard should be customizable, allowing users to select which metrics are most relevant to their strategic goals and operational needs, thereby enhancing user engagement and satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the EcoScore Comparison Dashboard to visualize their EcoScore in relation to industry benchmarks.

Given the user is logged into GreenSync, when they navigate to the EcoScore Comparison Dashboard, then they should see a graphical representation of their EcoScore compared to industry standards and similar organizations.

User customizes the metrics displayed on the EcoScore Comparison Dashboard to align with their strategic goals.

Given the user is on the EcoScore Comparison Dashboard, when they select specific sustainability metrics from a customizable options menu, then the dashboard should update to display only the selected metrics in real-time.

User wants to drill down into specific areas of performance to identify improvement opportunities.

Given that the EcoScore Comparison Dashboard shows overall EcoScore metrics, when the user clicks on a specific metric, then they should be directed to a detailed breakdown that provides insights and suggestions for improvement for that metric.

User shares the EcoScore Comparison Dashboard with team members for collaborative performance evaluation.

Given the user is viewing the EcoScore Comparison Dashboard, when they select the 'Share' option, then an email link or shareable link should be generated allowing them to easily send the dashboard view to their team members.

User checks the accuracy of their EcoScore displayed on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the EcoScore Comparison Dashboard, when they cross-reference the EcoScore metric with the source data from their internal sustainability reports, then the EcoScore should match or have a documented explanation for any discrepancies.

User wants to compare their EcoScore over different time periods to observe improvements or declines.

Given the EcoScore Comparison Dashboard displays current EcoScore metrics, when the user selects a time frame for comparison, then the dashboard should show a historical trend line or bar graph illustrating the changes in EcoScore over the selected period.

User seeks contextual information about the industry standards represented in the EcoScore comparison.

Given the user is viewing the EcoScore Comparison Dashboard, when they hover over the industry standards data points, then a tooltip should appear providing contextual information about how those standards are calculated and updated.

Automated Benchmark Reporting

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to automatically receive benchmark reports on our EcoScore performance so that I can keep stakeholders informed and make data-driven decisions regarding our sustainability strategies.
Description: Automated Benchmark Reporting will enable users to generate detailed reports on their EcoScore performance compared to similar organizations. Users will be able to schedule regular reports that outline their standing regarding sustainability practices, compliance achievements, and improvement areas. This feature will facilitate transparency and accountability, highlighting both strengths and weaknesses in sustainability efforts. The reports should be exportable in various formats (PDF, Excel) and allow for automated delivery to stakeholders and decision-makers, supporting informed decision-making and strategy development in sustainability management.
Acceptance Criteria: Scheduled Generation of Automated Benchmark Reports

Given a user has access to the Automated Benchmark Reporting feature, when they schedule a report for weekly generation, then the system should successfully generate and send the report to the specified stakeholders every week without manual intervention.

Export Functionality for Reports

Given a user has generated a Benchmark Report, when they choose to export the report, then the system should provide options to export the report in PDF and Excel formats without any loss of data or format integrity.

Real-Time EcoScore Comparison

Given a user is viewing their EcoScore dashboard, when they initiate a request for an Automated Benchmark Report, then the report should include a real-time comparison of their EcoScore against at least three similar organizations within the same industry.

Stakeholder Notification upon Report Generation

Given a report has been generated by the Automated Benchmark Reporting feature, when the report is successfully created, then all specified stakeholders should receive an email notification with a summary and a link to access the report.

Comprehensive Improvement Areas Identification

Given a user views their Automated Benchmark Report, when the report is generated, then it should clearly identify at least three areas for potential improvement based on the comparison with industry standards.

User Interface for Scheduling Reports

Given a user wants to schedule a Benchmark Report, when they access the scheduling interface, then the user should be able to easily set the frequency, format, and recipients for the report within five clicks.

Feedback Mechanism for Report Utility

Given a user has received their Automated Benchmark Report, when they complete the feedback survey about the report, then the system should successfully capture and log the feedback for future report enhancements.

Peer Comparison Analysis

User Story: As a data analyst, I want to perform peer comparisons of sustainability metrics so that I can identify industry best practices and drive improvements in our sustainability strategy.
Description: Peer Comparison Analysis enables users to conduct in-depth comparisons with similar organizations regarding their sustainability metrics. This feature will allow users to filter peer organizations by size, industry, or region, providing a tailored analysis that accurately reflects their competitive landscape. By leveraging peer comparison, users will gain insights into best practices and identify gaps in their sustainability efforts, facilitating a culture of continuous improvement within their organizations. This capability will be integrated into the GreenSync platform’s analytics tools, ensuring seamless access to relevant data.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to compare their organization's EcoScore with those of peer companies ranging from similar sizes.

Given a user has entered their organization's metrics, when they select peer organizations by size, then the system should accurately display a benchmark comparison of EcoScores for those peers.

A sustainability manager is performing a region-specific analysis of peer organizations to identify best practices.

Given the user selects a specific region, when the analysis is executed, then only peer organizations from that region should be included in the comparison, with results clearly stating the organizations' comparative EcoScores.

An administrator needs to filter peer organizations by industry for a targeted sustainability metric analysis.

Given the user has selected an industry category, when they request a comparison, then the system must retrieve and display EcoScores of only those organizations classified under the selected industry.

The user wants to visualize their organization’s EcoScore trend against peer organizations over the last year.

Given the user selects a time frame of the last year, when the data is requested, then the system should present a graphical representation of EcoScore trends for both the user’s organization and chosen peer organizations.

A corporate sustainability officer is reviewing the gaps in sustainability practices against peers to inform their strategy.

Given the user has executed a peer comparison analysis, when the results are presented, then a summary report highlighting the identified gaps, along with actionable insights, should be generated and accessible for download.

The user needs to see the comparative impact of sustainability initiatives implemented over the last quarter.

Given the user inputs the initiatives undertaken in the past quarter, when a comparative analysis is initiated, then the system should report on the EcoScore improvements of the user's organization vis-a-vis peer organizations within the same timeframe.

Customizable Benchmark Alerts

User Story: As a sustainability director, I want to receive alerts when our EcoScore changes significantly or when competitors improve their scores so that I can rapidly adjust our strategies and maintain our competitive position.
Description: Customizable Benchmark Alerts will notify users when their EcoScore reaches specified thresholds or when competitors surpass their scores. Users will have the ability to set personalized alerts based on metrics that matter most to them, ensuring that they receive timely information to act upon. This feature promotes proactive management of sustainability practices, allowing organizations to pivot strategies quickly depending on performance changes, thereby fostering a competitive edge in sustainability management.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets personalized alerts for EcoScore thresholds and saves the settings in the GreenSync application.

Given a user is logged into the GreenSync application, when they navigate to the Benchmarking Insights feature and set alert thresholds for their EcoScore, then the system should save their alert preferences successfully and display a confirmation message.

User receives notifications when their EcoScore falls below a set threshold.

Given a user has set an alert for their EcoScore to notify them when it falls below a certain value, when their EcoScore drops below that threshold, then an email and in-app notification should be sent to the user immediately.

User is notified when a competitor's EcoScore exceeds their own score.

Given a user is monitoring their EcoScore and has competitors' scores set in the GreenSync application, when a competitor surpasses the user's EcoScore, then the user should receive a notification via email and in-app alert within 10 minutes of the competitor's EcoScore update.

User can modify existing EcoScore alert thresholds.

Given a user has previously set EcoScore alert thresholds, when they navigate to the Benchmarking Insights feature and choose to edit their alert settings, then they should be able to modify those thresholds and receive an updated message confirming the changes.

User can disable EcoScore alerts at any time.

Given a user has previously set EcoScore alerts, when they navigate to the alerts management section and select to disable alerts, then the system should disable all notifications and confirm the action with a message.

User receives a summary of their EcoScore alerts on a monthly basis.

Given a user has active EcoScore alerts set up, when the monthly report is generated, then the user should receive an email summary of their alert triggers and any actions taken in response over the past month.

System ensures alerts are compliant with relevant data privacy regulations.

Given the current privacy regulations, when the user sets up or modifies their EcoScore alerts, then the system must inform the user about data usage related to alerts and ensure compliance with all applicable data privacy laws in the notification process.

Benchmarking Insights Share Feature

User Story: As a project manager, I want to share our Benchmarking Insights reports with my team so that we can collaboratively work on improving our sustainability efforts and track progress towards our goals.
Description: The Benchmarking Insights Share Feature allows users to easily share their sustainability performance reports with internal teams or external stakeholders via email or through integrated platforms. This functionality aims to foster collaboration and communication regarding sustainability practices while emphasizing the importance of transparency in reporting. Users can control sharing permissions and ensure sensitive information is handled appropriately, which helps promote a culture of accountability and encourages collective effort towards increasing sustainability standards across the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: User shares their EcoScore report with team members via email from the Benchmarking Insights feature.

Given the user is on the Benchmarking Insights page, when they select the option to share the report via email, then the system should prompt for email addresses and successfully send the report to the entered recipients.

User shares sustainability reports with selected groups through integrated collaboration platforms.

Given the user has chosen to share their report through an integrated platform (e.g., Slack, Microsoft Teams), when they complete the sharing process, then the report should be successfully posted and accessible to the designated groups in that platform.

User controls sharing permissions for sensitive information before sending reports.

Given the user is about to share a report, when they access the sharing permissions settings, then they should have the option to restrict access to specific internal teams or external stakeholders before finalizing the sharing process.

User successfully shares a report and receives confirmation of sharing success.

Given the user initiates the sharing process, when the report sharing is complete, then the user should receive a confirmation notification indicating successful sharing.

User attempts to share a report without entering email addresses or selecting a collaboration platform.

Given the user tries to share a report without providing the necessary email addresses or platform, when they click on the share button, then the system should display an error message prompting them to enter the required information before proceeding.

User reviews past shared reports and their status of delivery.

Given the user accesses the sharing history from the Benchmarking Insights feature, when they view the list, then they should see entries for all past shared reports along with their delivery status (sent, failed, viewed).

Interactive Learning Resources

User Story: As a team leader, I want access to interactive learning resources on sustainability benchmarks so that I can educate my team and foster a culture of continuous learning in our sustainability efforts.
Description: Interactive Learning Resources provide users with access to a library of articles, case studies, and best practices related to sustainability benchmarks. This feature will enable users to engage with educational content to understand the factors affecting their EcoScore and how to enhance their sustainability measures. The learning resources will be tailored to specific industries, ensuring relevance and applicability, which significantly contributes to improving users' knowledge and competencies in sustainability practices.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Interactive Learning Resources and selects a specific topic relevant to their industry to enhance their understanding of sustainability benchmarks.

Given a user with a valid account and access to the Interactive Learning Resources, when they select a specific industry topic from the library, then they should be able to view comprehensive educational content that includes articles, case studies, and best practices.

A user searches for a specific keyword related to sustainability within the Interactive Learning Resources library and retrieves relevant content.

Given a user is on the Interactive Learning Resources page, when they enter a keyword into the search bar and submit the query, then the system should return a list of relevant articles, case studies, and resources that match the keyword criteria.

A user completes a learning module on sustainability benchmarks and receives feedback on their understanding.

Given a user completes an interactive learning module, when they submit their answers to any quizzes or assessments included in the module, then they should receive an immediate score and feedback on their performance, highlighting areas for improvement.

A user marks specific resources in the Interactive Learning Resources library as favorites for easy access later.

Given a logged-in user views an article or case study in the Interactive Learning Resources, when they click on the 'favorite' button, then that resource should be saved to their personalized favorites list, accessible in their user profile.

A user receives recommendations for additional learning resources based on their EcoScore and previous interactions with the Interactive Learning Resources.

Given a user with an established EcoScore and prior resource engagements, when they log into their account, then they should see personalized recommendations for additional articles and case studies that are relevant to improving their EcoScore.

An administrator updates the Interactive Learning Resources library by adding new articles and case studies relevant to emerging sustainability trends.

Given an administrator logged into the backend of the GreenSync system, when they upload a new article or case study and save the changes, then the resource should be immediately available in the Interactive Learning Resources for all users to access.

Customizable Score Metrics

With Customizable Score Metrics, users can tailor the dimensions that contribute to their EcoScore based on their unique sustainability priorities. This feature ensures that organizations can focus on the most relevant aspects of their environmental impact, making the dashboard a truly personalized tool that aligns with their specific missions and goals.

Requirements

Custom Metric Creation

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to create custom metrics for my organization's EcoScore so that I can tailor monitoring efforts to our specific sustainability goals and challenges.
Description: This requirement allows users to define and create custom metrics that are personalized to their environmental sustainability goals. Users can select from various dimensions, such as carbon footprint, water usage, waste production, and energy consumption, and define weightings for each to calculate a customized EcoScore. This flexibility enables organizations to prioritize metrics that are most relevant to their operational impact and sustainability strategy, leading to improved insights and targeted action plans. It is crucial for ensuring that the software meets diverse user needs and supports various sustainability initiatives.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects various dimensions to create a custom EcoScore metric.

Given a user is on the Custom Metric Creation page, when they select multiple dimensions such as carbon footprint, water usage, and energy consumption and assign weightings to each, then the system should save this configuration successfully and reflect it in the user's dashboard.

User edits an existing custom EcoScore metric.

Given a user has already created a custom EcoScore metric, when they navigate to the metric editing page and change the dimensions or weightings, then the system should update the metric and notify the user of the successful update.

User deletes a custom EcoScore metric.

Given a user has created a custom EcoScore metric, when they choose to delete the metric, then the system should remove the metric from the dashboard and confirm deletion with a notification to the user.

User views the impact of custom EcoScore metrics in the dashboard.

Given a user has created multiple custom EcoScore metrics, when they access their dashboard, then the dashboard should display the EcoScores based on the user's input metrics accurately, reflecting the latest weighting and dimensions used.

User receives guidance on creating effective custom metrics.

Given a user is on the Custom Metric Creation page, when they click on the help section, then the system should provide tips and examples on creating effective custom metrics tailored to sustainability goals.

User exports their customized EcoScores for reporting.

Given a user has created custom EcoScore metrics, when they select the export option, then the system should generate a report containing all custom EcoScores and their respective configurations in a downloadable format.

Real-Time Data Integration

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to receive real-time updates on our EcoScore so that I can quickly assess our compliance status and make informed decisions to address any issues that arise.
Description: This requirement ensures seamless integration with external data sources so that users can receive real-time updates on their sustainability metrics. By connecting to data feeds from IoT devices, energy management systems, and supply chain partners, organizations can automatically update their EcoScore based on the latest information. Real-time data provision will enhance decision-making efficiency, enabling businesses to respond promptly to changing circumstances, optimize their sustainability operations, and maintain compliance with regulations.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of Real-Time Data from IoT Devices

Given that the organization has configured an IoT data feed, when the data is updated, then the EcoScore should display the new values within 5 minutes and reflect any changes in the dashboard metric visualization.

Automated Compliance Reporting with External Systems

Given that the system is integrated with external compliance reporting tools, when a new regulation is implemented, then the system should automatically adjust the reporting metrics to include the new compliance requirements within 24 hours.

Real-Time Updates from Energy Management Systems

Given that the organization has linked its energy management system, when there is a fluctuation in energy consumption data, then the EcoScore must adjust and display the updated score within 10 minutes on the dashboard.

Data Synchronization with Supply Chain Partners

Given that the system is set to receive supply chain data updates, when a partner updates data on their emissions, then the EcoScore must reflect the updated data within 15 minutes, with appropriate notifications sent to users.

User Notification of Data Integration Errors

Given that a data integration error occurs, when the system detects the error, then the users must receive a notification alerting them to the issue within 2 minutes and provides guidance on troubleshooting steps.

Custom Metric Updates in Real-Time Environment

Given that users have customized their EcoScore metrics, when data from an external source reflects critical changes, then the dashboard must instantly update the score considering the user-defined dimensions without manual intervention.

Historical Data Comparison Functionality

Given that the system has integrated real-time data over the past month, when users select the historical metrics comparison feature, then the system should generate a comparative report showing the EcoScore trends accurately within 5 seconds.

User-Friendly Dashboard Customization

User Story: As an environmental analyst, I want to customize my dashboard view so that I can focus on the metrics that matter most to my projects without being overwhelmed by irrelevant information.
Description: This requirement enables users to customize the dashboard interface to display metrics that are most pertinent to their role or focus area. Users can rearrange widgets, choose the types of graphs and visualizations they wish to see, and set visibility preferences for different team members. This personalization makes the user experience more intuitive and relevant, allowing stakeholders to quickly access and interpret data that drives their sustainable practices and reporting efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: As a sustainability officer accessing the GreenSync dashboard for the first time, I want to customize widget arrangements to prioritize metrics related to carbon footprint reduction, so I can focus on achieving my organization's sustainability goals effectively.

Given I am a logged-in user with permissions to customize the dashboard, when I drag and drop the carbon footprint widget to the top position, then the widget should remain in the new position upon reloading the dashboard.

As a project manager, I want to be able to choose specific types of visualizations (such as bar charts, line graphs, or pie charts) for the energy consumption data on my dashboard, allowing me to present the data in the format that best conveys the information to my team.

Given I have selected the energy consumption data widget, when I select the preferred visualization type as a pie chart, then the energy consumption data should immediately refresh to display in a pie chart format.

As an environmental analyst, I need the ability to hide certain widgets on my dashboard that are not relevant to my work, so that I can focus solely on the metrics that matter to me without distractions.

Given I am viewing the dashboard, when I select the option to hide the waste management widget, then the widget should not be visible on my dashboard during future sessions until I choose to display it again.

As a team lead, I want to set visibility preferences on specific widgets for my team members, ensuring that only relevant team members can see certain data that pertains to their roles.

Given I have the option to manage widget visibility, when I assign the waste reduction metrics widget to only be visible to the operations team, then the widget should only appear on the dashboards of designated users in the operations team.

As a compliance officer, I want the dashboard to remember my last customization settings after I log out and log back in, ensuring a seamless and personalized experience every time I access the system.

Given I have customized my dashboard layout and visualizations, when I log out and then log back in, then my custom settings should be restored exactly as I left them without requiring any additional modifications.

As a business executive, I want to access the dashboard on my tablet while attending a meeting, so I can review the customized metrics relevant to our discussion on sustainability strategies.

Given I access the dashboard from my tablet, when I log in with my credentials, then I should see my customized dashboard, ensuring the interface is responsive and specifically designed for mobile devices.

Integrated Actionable Recommendations

This feature provides users with targeted suggestions based on their current EcoScore and performance metrics. By analyzing the data, the EcoScore Dashboard can recommend specific initiatives or changes that will help improve sustainability scores, thus empowering organizations to take concrete steps towards better environmental performance.

Requirements

EcoScore Analysis Engine

User Story: As an environmental manager, I want to see an accurate and consolidated EcoScore so that I can assess my organization's sustainability performance and identify areas for improvement.
Description: The EcoScore Analysis Engine is responsible for aggregating and analyzing data across various sustainability metrics to calculate the overall EcoScore for an organization. This engine will ingest data from multiple sources, including real-time monitoring inputs, past compliance reports, and external regulatory updates. It is essential for providing a baseline score that helps gauge environmental performance and guides users in understanding their current standing in relation to sustainability benchmarks. The output will be a detailed, understandable score that can inform targeted actions and strategies for improvement. Integration with the EcoScore Dashboard will showcase these scores visually, improving user comprehension and engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User logs into GreenSync and navigates to the EcoScore Dashboard to access the EcoScore Analysis Engine prior to making environmental initiatives.

Given the user is on the EcoScore Dashboard, when they trigger the EcoScore Analysis Engine, then the output must display the aggregated EcoScore based on real-time data from connected inputs, past compliance reports, and regulatory updates.

A sustainability manager requests actionable recommendations post-EcoScore calculation for their organization based on the most recent analysis.

Given the EcoScore has been calculated, when the user requests recommendations, then the EcoScore Analysis Engine must provide at least three targeted suggestions to improve sustainability metrics tailored to the organization's current performance.

The system is required to update the EcoScore automatically as new data streams in from various connected sources.

Given that the EcoScore Analysis Engine is operational, when new data is ingested from any connected source, then the EcoScore must be recalculated automatically without user intervention and the update must reflect on the EcoScore Dashboard within 10 minutes.

A user wishes to understand how their organization’s EcoScore compares against industry benchmarks.

Given the EcoScore is available, when the user requests benchmarking data, then the system must provide a comparative analysis that shows their EcoScore alongside relevant industry standards and highlights areas of improvement.

A compliance officer is preparing a report based on EcoScore data, requiring detailed insights into the score’s breakdown and its influencing factors.

Given the EcoScore has been generated, when the user requests a detailed breakdown report, then the EcoScore Analysis Engine must produce a report outlining the contributing factors and metrics influencing the overall EcoScore in a user-friendly format.

The organization wants to visualize the changes in EcoScore over time to analyze trends and improvements in sustainability practices.

Given the user is on the EcoScore Dashboard, when they select the historical analysis view, then the EcoScore Analysis Engine must present a visual graph showing EcoScore trends over the last 12 months with annotations for key initiatives taken.

Personalized Sustainability Recommendations

User Story: As a team member responsible for sustainability initiatives, I want to receive personalized recommendations based on my EcoScore so that I can implement targeted actions for improvement.
Description: The Personalized Sustainability Recommendations feature will analyze user data, including EcoScores and industry benchmarks, to generate tailored action plans for improving sustainability performance. By leveraging machine learning algorithms, the system can adapt and refine recommendations based on user engagement and success with prior initiatives. This feature promotes accountability and proactive management, allowing organizations to take direct steps towards compliance and improved environmental footprints. The recommendations will be presented in the EcoScore Dashboard, ensuring high visibility and easy access for users looking to enhance their sustainability efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User views EcoScore Dashboard after submitting their data for the first time.

Given the user is logged into GreenSync, when they access the EcoScore Dashboard, then they should see personalized sustainability recommendations tailored to their EcoScore and previous performance metrics.

User implements a recommended action plan from the EcoScore Dashboard.

Given the user has received a recommendation from the EcoScore Dashboard, when they complete the suggested action, then the system should log the action and update the user’s EcoScore accordingly within 24 hours.

User reviews the impact of implemented recommendations on their EcoScore over time.

Given the user has implemented multiple recommendations, when they view the EcoScore Dashboard after 30 days, then they should see a clear comparison of their EcoScore before and after the actions were taken with specific metrics indicating improvements.

User selects an industry benchmark for comparison in their EcoScore Dashboard.

Given the user is on the EcoScore Dashboard, when they select a specific industry benchmark, then the system should display tailored recommendations that align with the selected benchmark criteria.

Administrator updates the machine learning model that generates recommendations.

Given the administrator has access to the backend system, when they update the machine learning model with new data, then the recommendations presented on the EcoScore Dashboard should reflect the updated learning within one business day.

User requests more information on a specific recommendation.

Given a user is viewing their personalized sustainability recommendations, when they click on a recommendation for more details, then they should be presented with a detailed explanation, potential impacts, and resources for implementation.

User experiences difficulty accessing the EcoScore Dashboard.

Given a user attempts to access the EcoScore Dashboard and encounters an error, when they report the issue, then the support team should respond with a resolution or workaround within 4 hours on business days.

Dashboard Visualization Enhancements

User Story: As a user of the EcoScore Dashboard, I want to have visually engaging and interactive displays of my sustainability metrics so that I can easily track performance and make informed decisions.
Description: The Dashboard Visualization Enhancements will introduce advanced graphical representations and interactive features to the EcoScore Dashboard, making it easier for users to understand their sustainability metrics and progress over time. This includes dynamic charts, trend lines, and predictive analytics that illustrate potential future performance based on current data. Enhancements will allow users to filter data by various parameters and zoom in on specific areas of interest, facilitating more informed decision-making. Improved visualization capabilities will foster better user engagement and help communicate sustainability goals effectively across the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: User is interacting with the EcoScore Dashboard to analyze their sustainability performance over the last quarter.

Given the user has accessed the EcoScore Dashboard, when they apply a date filter of the last quarter, then the dashboard should update to display only the relevant sustainability metrics for that timeframe.

A user wants to visualize trends in their sustainability performance to present to the stakeholders during a quarterly meeting.

Given the user has selected a specific sustainability metric, when they choose to add a trend line to the chart, then the dashboard should display a trend line indicating performance over time accurately based on the selected data.

A user is exploring different initiatives suggested by the EcoScore to improve their score.

Given the user clicks on the 'Actionable Recommendations' section, when they view the suggested initiatives, then each initiative should include a clear description, expected impact on EcoScore, and potential cost for implementation.

A sustainability manager is preparing a report on the organization's overall environmental performance for the year.

Given the manager is on the EcoScore Dashboard, when they select the option to generate an annual report, then the dashboard should automatically compile and download a report that includes key metrics, trends, and recommendations for improvement.

A team member is interested in understanding the effects of different variables on the EcoScore.

Given the user is viewing the EcoScore Dashboard, when they use the parameter filtering options, then the dashboard should update in real-time to reflect the changes and show how those variables impact the sustainability metrics displayed.

A user wants to identify key areas for immediate action to enhance their EcoScore.

Given the user has logged into the EcoScore Dashboard, when they look at the visual indicators (like red flags for low scores), then the system should highlight at least three key areas or metrics that require immediate attention for improvement.

Alerts and Notifications System

User Story: As an organization’s sustainability expert, I want to receive alerts when my EcoScore changes significantly so that I can quickly address any compliance issues or performance drops.
Description: The Alerts and Notifications System will proactively inform users of significant changes to their EcoScore or compliance metrics. Users will be able to customize alert settings to receive notifications via email, SMS, or app notifications whenever there are critical updates or when specific performance thresholds are met. This feature is intended to foster timely responses to sustainability challenges, encouraging immediate action as issues arise. This system will also facilitate ongoing engagement with sustainability goals, helping organizations remain vigilant in their compliance efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User customizes alert settings for EcoScore changes.

Given a user is logged into GreenSync, when they navigate to the Alerts and Notifications settings, then they should be able to enable or disable notifications and select their preferred notification method (email, SMS, app notifications) for EcoScore changes.

User receives an email notification for critical EcoScore change.

Given that a user has enabled email notifications for their EcoScore, when their EcoScore increases or decreases by more than 10% in a 24-hour period, then the user should receive an email notification summarizing the change and advising on potential actions.

User receives an SMS notification for compliance metric threshold.

Given a user is subscribed to receive SMS alerts, when their compliance metrics fall below a pre-defined threshold, then they should receive an SMS alert detailing the specific metrics that triggered the alert.

User views the notification history for EcoScore changes.

Given a user is logged into GreenSync, when they navigate to the Notification History section, then they should see a chronological list of all past notifications related to their EcoScore and compliance metrics, including timestamp and details of each alert.

User customizes notification frequency settings.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they select the frequency of alerts (instant, daily, or weekly), then the system should update the user’s preferences accordingly and ensure notifications are sent as per the selected frequency.

User tests the alert system functionality.

Given a user has set up their alert preferences, when they trigger a test notification from the Alerts and Notification settings, then the user should receive a test alert through their chosen notification channel (email, SMS, app notification) successfully.

Benchmarking Against Peers

User Story: As a sustainability officer, I want to benchmark our EcoScore against peers in our industry so that I can identify our competitive standing and areas for improvement.
Description: The Benchmarking Against Peers feature will allow organizations to compare their EcoScores and sustainability performance metrics against those of similar companies in their industry. This feature will provide insights into where an organization stands relative to its peers and can highlight best practices and areas for improvement. Benchmarking reports will be generated on a regular basis and presented in an easily digestible format within the EcoScore Dashboard, enabling organizations to motivate their teams by striving to match or surpass industry leaders in sustainability.
Acceptance Criteria: User views the EcoScore Dashboard to analyze their performance metrics against industry benchmarks.

Given a user accesses the EcoScore Dashboard, when they select the 'Benchmarking Against Peers' option, then the system should display a comparative report showing their EcoScore against at least three peer organizations in the same industry, with visual indicators for performance levels.

User receives automated benchmarking reports at regular intervals to assess sustainability performance.

Given the system is set to generate benchmarking reports, when the scheduled time for report generation arrives, then the system should automatically compile and email the benchmarking report to the designated user, including performance metrics and comparison to industry peers.

User wants to explore areas for improvement based on benchmarking results.

Given a user has received their benchmarking report, when they click on any highlighted area for improvement, then the system should provide actionable recommendations linked to specific initiatives designed to enhance their sustainability performance.

User checks for real-time updates to their EcoScore from peer comparisons.

Given a user is logged into the EcoScore Dashboard, when they refresh the page, then the system should update to reflect any changes in peer EcoScores and their relative rankings without requiring a manual reload of the data.

User exports benchmarking reports for team discussions.

Given a user views the benchmarking report on the EcoScore Dashboard, when they select the 'Export' option, then the system should allow them to download the report in PDF format, maintaining the layout and data accuracy as displayed on the dashboard.

User seeks insights into best practices from peers for sustainability improvement.

Given a user is viewing the benchmarking results, when they select the option to view 'Best Practices', then the system should present a list of sustainability initiatives undertaken by top-performing peers, along with a summary of their impacts.

Compliance Reporting Automation

User Story: As a compliance manager, I want to automate the generation of regulatory reports for environmental compliance so that I can reduce the time spent on manual reporting and improve accuracy.
Description: The Compliance Reporting Automation feature will automate the generation of sustainability compliance reports based on the collected EcoScore metrics and regulatory frameworks. This feature will simplify the reporting process by pulling relevant data, compiling it into a user-friendly report format, and scheduling distribution to relevant stakeholders. Automation of these reports will save valuable time and ensure accuracy, allowing organizations to maintain compliance with environmental regulations with minimal manual intervention. This feature supports the overarching goal of facilitating sustainability management and corporate accountability.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated generation of the sustainability compliance report for Q4, following the integration of EcoScore metrics and relevant regulatory updates.

Given that the EcoScore metrics for Q4 are fully collected and up-to-date, when the compliance report generation is triggered, then the report should be generated within 10 minutes and reflect all relevant EcoScore metrics and regulatory requirements accurately.

Distribution of the automated compliance report to stakeholders via email after generation.

Given that the compliance report has been generated, when the report is ready for distribution, then it should be automatically emailed to the designated stakeholders listed in the system without manual intervention. A confirmation notification should be logged in the system.

User interface that allows users to review and customize the compliance report prior to distribution.

Given that a compliance report is generated, when a user accesses the report review interface, then they should be able to view the complete report, make real-time modifications to the report content, and save the changes before scheduling distribution.

Scheduled distribution of compliance reports on a predefined timeline.

Given that a compliance report is ready, when the user sets a schedule for distribution (daily, weekly, or monthly), then the system should adhere to the defined schedule and ensure the report is sent out at the specified time without errors.

Access control for generating and distributing compliance reports among users in the organization.

Given that user roles are defined in the system, when a user attempts to generate or distribute a compliance report, then the system should verify the user's permissions and allow action only if the user has the required role with the appropriate permissions.

Comprehensive logging of compliance report generation and distribution activities for auditing purposes.

Given that a compliance report has been generated and distributed, when this action is completed, then the system should log all relevant activities including user actions, timestamps, and any changes made to the report for auditing purposes.

Feedback mechanism for users to improve the automation process of compliance reporting.

Given that a compliance report has been generated and distributed, when users complete a feedback survey, then their inputs should be collected systematically to help refine future iterations of the compliance reporting automation process.

Collaboration Tools

Collaboration Tools enable users to share the EcoScore Dashboard with team members and stakeholders, facilitating discussions around sustainability initiatives and strategies. This feature enhances teamwork by allowing members to comment on data points, set collective goals, and monitor progress together, fostering a culture of shared responsibility for environmental stewardship.

Requirements

Real-time Updates

User Story: As a team member, I want to see real-time updates on the EcoScore Dashboard so that I can make informed decisions based on the latest available data during our discussions.
Description: The Real-time Updates requirement ensures that changes made to the EcoScore Dashboard are immediately reflected across all user accounts. This functionality will allow team members and stakeholders to view the most current data at any moment, facilitating timely decision-making. The feature enhances collaboration by ensuring that all participants are working from the same information, reducing the risk of misinformation and supporting a cohesive strategy towards sustainability initiatives.
Acceptance Criteria: User updates a data point on the EcoScore Dashboard during a live meeting, and all participants immediately see the change reflected in their view on their devices.

Given a user updates a data point on the EcoScore Dashboard, when another user refreshes their dashboard, then the updated data point should be displayed without any delay.

A team member modifies a sustainability goal, and all team members receive a notification of the change, indicating that they are now viewing updated information.

Given a team member modifies a sustainability goal, when the updates are made, then all other team members should receive an instant notification and confirmation of the change.

Multiple team members are simultaneously viewing the EcoScore Dashboard, and one member adds a comment to a data point, prompting others to discuss the change in real-time.

Given multiple users are viewing the EcoScore Dashboard, when one user adds a comment to a data point, then all other users should see the comment appear in real-time without needing to refresh their screens.

A stakeholder checks the EcoScore Dashboard for the latest compliance data right after changes have been made by team members.

Given that changes were made to the EcoScore Dashboard, when a stakeholder accesses the dashboard, then they should see the most current compliance data immediately reflected.

During a scheduled review meeting, team leaders present the EcoScore Dashboard to stakeholders, sharing the latest updates on progress and goals.

Given the EcoScore Dashboard is updated prior to the meeting, when team leaders present the dashboard, then stakeholders should see the most current data and achievements accurately reflected.

A user logs into the EcoScore Dashboard after being away for a day, expecting to see any changes made in their absence.

Given a user logs back into the dashboard after 24 hours, when they check the changes made, then they should see all updates and comments made during their absence immediately displayed without requiring a refresh.

Comment and Annotation Feature

User Story: As a user, I want to comment on specific data points in the EcoScore Dashboard so that I can provide insights and ask questions directly relevant to that information.
Description: This requirement introduces a Comment and Annotation Feature, enabling users to leave feedback, pose questions, or provide insights directly on specific data points within the EcoScore Dashboard. This enhances collaborative discussions by contextualizing comments and making it easier for team members to engage with each specific metric. The ability to have threaded discussions directly linked to the data encourages a deeper analysis and a shared understanding of sustainability targets.
Acceptance Criteria: User adding a comment to a specific data point on the EcoScore Dashboard.

Given a user is viewing the EcoScore Dashboard, when they select a data point and enter a comment, then the comment should be saved and visible to all team members associated with the dashboard.

User viewing comments on a specific data point within the EcoScore Dashboard.

Given a user is logged into the EcoScore Dashboard, when they navigate to a data point that has comments, then all relevant comments should be displayed in chronological order with the author's name and timestamp.

User threading comments on a specific data point for contextual discussions.

Given a user is viewing comments on a data point, when they select an existing comment to reply to, then they should be able to add a threaded reply that links back to the original comment

User editing their own comment within the EcoScore Dashboard.

Given a user has posted a comment, when they select the edit option on their comment, then they should be able to modify the text and save the updated comment which should reflect immediately in the dashboard.

User deleting their own comment in the EcoScore Dashboard.

Given a user has posted a comment, when they choose the delete option, then that comment should be removed from the dashboard and should no longer be visible to other team members.

User receiving notifications for new comments on a data point.

Given a user has access to the EcoScore Dashboard, when a new comment is added to a data point they are following, then they should receive a notification alerting them of the new comment.

User tagging team members within comments for direct participation.

Given a user is writing a comment, when they tag another user by using '@username', then that user should receive a notification of the comment and a direct link to the dashboard.

Goal Setting and Tracking

User Story: As a project leader, I want to set sustainability goals within the EcoScore Dashboard so that our team can track our progress and maintain accountability in achieving our environmental objectives.
Description: The Goal Setting and Tracking requirement allows users to establish collective environmental goals within the EcoScore Dashboard. Users can create, monitor, and assess progress towards specific sustainability metrics. This feature not only fosters accountability within the team but also enables visualization of performance against set targets, making it easier to identify areas for improvement and celebrate achievements in sustainability efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can collaboratively set and adjust environmental goals in the EcoScore Dashboard during a team meeting.

Given a team has access to the EcoScore Dashboard, when they create a collective environmental goal, then all team members should receive an update notification, and the goal should be visible in the dashboard with the assigned metrics.

Users are tracking the progress of their environmental goals and need to visualize achievement over time.

Given that an environmental goal has been established, when the team reviews the EcoScore Dashboard, then they should see a progress bar indicating percentage completion along with key metrics of the goal.

Teams need to not only set but also comment on goals to enhance collaborative discussions.

Given that a user is viewing a specific environmental goal on the EcoScore Dashboard, when they click on the comment section, then they should be able to post and view comments from all team members associated with that goal.

Users want to assess whether they meet their collective goals at the end of a tracking period.

Given that a tracking period for an environmental goal has ended, when the team accesses the EcoScore Dashboard, then they should see a summary report indicating if the goal was met and details of performance against the metrics.

Users decide to edit an existing environmental goal in response to changing priorities or feedback.

Given that a user has the appropriate permissions, when they edit an existing environmental goal in the EcoScore Dashboard, then the changes should be saved, and all team members should receive a notification of the updated goal.

Users want to celebrate achievements when a goal is met to foster team morale.

Given that a goal has been achieved, when the team accesses their EcoScore Dashboard, then a celebratory notification should appear, and a 'Celebration' section should be visible showing the achievement details and relevant metrics correlations.

User Role Management

User Story: As an admin, I want to manage user roles on the EcoScore Dashboard so that I can control access to sensitive information and ensure that team members can collaborate effectively.
Description: The User Role Management requirement encompasses the development of a system that allows administrators to designate different access levels to users of the EcoScore Dashboard. This ensures that sensitive information can be restricted to specific roles, while still promoting collaboration among team members. By tailoring user access according to their responsibilities, this feature supports data security and integrity while allowing for efficient teamwork.
Acceptance Criteria: User Role Management for the EcoScore Dashboard allows an administrator to set up different access levels for various roles within the organization, enabling controlled sharing of sensitive information while facilitating collaboration on sustainability initiatives.

Given the administrator is on the User Role Management page, when they assign roles to users, then users should have access according to their designated role without compromising sensitive data visibility for unauthorized roles.

A project manager needs to review the EcoScore Dashboard data while preparing for an upcoming sustainability meeting. They require access only to non-sensitive data sections.

Given the project manager logs in with their user role, when they access the EcoScore Dashboard, then they can see all non-sensitive data while restricted from sensitive information based on their assigned role.

A team member responsible for data entry needs to collaborate with a compliance officer to finalize sustainability reports using the EcoScore Dashboard, requiring both roles to have appropriate access to relevant sections.

Given the team member and compliance officer have logged in with their respective roles, when they view the EcoScore Dashboard, then both should be able to access the necessary data fields relevant to their responsibilities without data breaches.

An administrator wants to ensure that the access levels for all users are correctly configured before a major project begins, requiring a comprehensive overview of the roles and their permissions.

Given the administrator clicks on the overview of user roles, when they review the assigned roles and permissions list, then it should accurately reflect the intended access levels for each user role in the EcoScore Dashboard.

A new employee is onboarded and needs to be set up with the correct access level for their role in the EcoScore Dashboard to facilitate their contribution to sustainability projects.

Given the administrator is adding a new user, when they select the appropriate role for the new employee, then the system should automatically assign access permissions that align with that role and notify the user of their access level.

The compliance officer needs to audit the access logs to ensure users are accessing only the data they are permitted to see, verifying system integrity and compliance with security protocols.

Given the compliance officer accesses the audit logs, when they review user access data, then the logs should accurately show which users accessed specific sections of the EcoScore Dashboard and confirm compliance with assigned roles.

Dashboard Customization Options

User Story: As a user, I want to customize my EcoScore Dashboard layout so that I can focus on the metrics that matter most to me and my team.
Description: The Dashboard Customization Options requirement provides users with the ability to personalize their EcoScore Dashboard layout, select visible metrics, and choose preferred visualization types (charts, graphs, etc.). This feature enhances user experience by allowing individuals and teams to tailor the dashboard according to their specific needs and preferences, thus optimizing their engagement with the data and improving overall productivity.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customization of EcoScore Dashboard Layout

Given the user is on the EcoScore Dashboard page, when they select 'Customize Layout', then they can drag and drop widgets to rearrange their dashboard layout, and save their changes successfully.

Selection of Visible Metrics on EcoScore Dashboard

Given the user is customizing the EcoScore Dashboard, when they choose metrics from a predefined list, then they can toggle the visibility of each metric, and see the changes reflect immediately on the dashboard.

Change Visualization Types for Data Representation

Given the user has selected a metric, when they click on 'Change Visualization', then they can choose from chart, graph, or table options, and the selected visualization updates accurately without data loss.

Restoring Default Dashboard Settings

Given the user is on the EcoScore Dashboard, when they select 'Restore Default Settings', then the dashboard layout and metrics revert to the original state as defined by system defaults without any errors.

Saving Dashboard Customizations for Future Sessions

Given the user has made changes to their EcoScore Dashboard, when they click 'Save Changes', then their customizations are preserved and reflected when they log in again later.

Engagement Metrics for Dashboard Customization

Given the user has customized their EcoScore Dashboard, when they access the dashboard again, then an engagement metric indicating the number of times changes were made is displayed on the dashboard.

User Help and Documentation for Dashboard Customization

Given the user is on the EcoScore Dashboard, when they select 'Help', then they are directed to relevant documentation that instructs them on customizing their dashboard effectively.

Interactive Scenario Analysis

Interactive Scenario Analysis allows users to simulate the effects of different sustainability strategies on their EcoScore. By adjusting variables related to resource consumption and waste management, organizations can visualize potential outcomes before implementing changes, making informed decisions that positively influence their environmental impact.

Requirements

Dynamic Variable Adjustment

User Story: As an environmental manager, I want to adjust resource and waste parameters dynamically so that I can see how different sustainability strategies impact our EcoScore in real-time.
Description: The Dynamic Variable Adjustment requirement allows users to modify key sustainability metrics such as resource consumption and waste generation in real-time during scenario analysis. This features intuitive sliders, input fields, and preset values for common scenarios. The capability to adjust these variables empowers users to explore various strategies comprehensively, predicting a range of EcoScore outcomes based on their modifications. This dynamic interaction enhances the product’s usability, making it easier for users to conduct effective simulations and derive actionable insights for sustainable decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully adjusts the resource consumption slider to simulate the impact on EcoScore.

Given the user is in the Interactive Scenario Analysis module, when they adjust the resource consumption slider, then the EcoScore should update in real-time to reflect the new input value without any delays or errors.

User can enter a specific waste generation value using an input field.

Given the user is in the Interactive Scenario Analysis module, when they enter a numerical value in the waste generation input field and press enter, then the EcoScore should update accurately based on the new waste generation value.

User accesses preset values for common sustainability scenarios.

Given the user is in the Interactive Scenario Analysis module, when they select a preset value for resource consumption or waste generation, then the EcoScore should reflect the changes accurately and instantly show the predicted outcome based on the selected preset.

User can reset adjusted variables to default settings with one click.

Given the user has made multiple adjustments to the sliders and input fields, when they click the 'Reset' button, then all variables should revert to their default values, and the EcoScore should update accordingly.

User attempts to input a waste generation value exceeding the maximum allowed limit and sees a warning message.

Given the user is in the waste generation input field, when they enter a value that exceeds the preset maximum limit, then a warning message should appear indicating that the input is invalid, and the EcoScore should remain unchanged.

User interacts with the scenario analysis and requires help utilizing the adjustment features.

Given the user is in the Interactive Scenario Analysis module, when they click the 'Help' icon, then a modal should appear with detailed instructions on how to use the sliders, input fields, and presets for effective modeling.

User observes a visual representation of EcoScore changes as variables are adjusted.

Given the user is adjusting the sustainability metrics, when any slider or input field is modified, then a visual graph should dynamically update to illustrate the trend of EcoScore in relation to the adjustments made.

Visual Impact Charts

User Story: As a decision-maker, I want to see visual charts indicating the impact of various strategies on our EcoScore so that I can make quick and effective decisions on sustainability initiatives.
Description: The Visual Impact Charts requirement involves the creation of graphical representations of EcoScore changes resulting from different sustainability strategies. The charts will illustrate trends and comparisons, providing users with visual feedback on the impact of their selected variables and decisions. This functionality helps users quickly interpret complex data, providing a clearer understanding of how various decisions may affect their corporate sustainability efforts. Visual aids are critical for enhancing user engagement and ensuring informed decision-making throughout the analysis process.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully generates a Visual Impact Chart after selecting specific sustainability strategies for resource consumption and waste management.

Given that a user has selected sustainability strategies, when they click the 'Generate Chart' button, then a Visual Impact Chart should render showing the EcoScore changes based on the selected variables.

User interacts with the Visual Impact Chart to compare different sustainability strategies in a side-by-side view.

Given that multiple sustainability strategies have been selected, when the user chooses the 'Compare' option, then the interface should display a side-by-side comparison of the Visual Impact Charts for those strategies.

User saves the Visual Impact Chart to their dashboard for future reference.

Given that the Visual Impact Chart is displayed, when the user clicks the 'Save to Dashboard' button, then the chart should be saved to the user's dashboard and accessible in future sessions.

User views tooltips on the Visual Impact Chart for additional information on EcoScore metrics.

Given that a user is viewing the Visual Impact Chart, when they hover over any data point, then a tooltip should appear providing detailed information about the EcoScore at that point in time.

User exports the Visual Impact Chart to a PDF document for reporting purposes.

Given that the Visual Impact Chart is displayed, when the user clicks the 'Export to PDF' button, then a PDF file containing the chart should be created and prompted for download.

User can filter visual data based on specific timeframes to analyze short-term or long-term impacts.

Given that the user is viewing the Visual Impact Chart, when they select a specific timeframe filter, then the chart should update to reflect the EcoScore changes only for that selected timeframe.

Scenario Comparison Feature

User Story: As a sustainability analyst, I want to compare multiple scenarios in a side-by-side format so that I can identify the best strategies for improving our EcoScore effectively.
Description: The Scenario Comparison Feature allows users to save multiple scenario configurations and compare their EcoScores side-by-side. By providing detailed comparison tables alongside visual charts, this requirement ensures that users can assess the merits and risks of different sustainability approaches comprehensively. This functionality is essential for environmental teams seeking to evaluate various projects efficiently and determine the most beneficial strategies for reducing their environmental footprint and achieving compliance while enhancing overall corporate responsibility.
Acceptance Criteria: User saves different sustainability strategy scenarios for comparison.

Given multiple scenario configurations are created, When the user selects and saves the scenarios, Then the scenarios should be stored in the database and should be retrievable for future comparisons.

User compares EcoScores side-by-side for saved scenarios.

Given the user has saved multiple scenarios, When the user selects the compare option, Then a detailed comparison table and visual charts should display the EcoScores of each scenario side-by-side.

User views detailed metrics for each scenario.

Given the user selects a specific scenario from the comparison, When the user clicks on the scenario, Then detailed metrics, including resource consumption and waste management data, should be displayed for that scenario.

User assesses the environmental impact of selected scenarios.

Given multiple scenarios are available for comparison, When the user reviews the comparison data, Then the system should highlight the scenario with the least environmental impact based on the current EcoScore calculations.

User exports comparison results for reporting purposes.

Given a comparison between saved scenarios, When the user selects the export option, Then the system should generate a report including comparison tables and visual insights in a downloadable format (e.g., PDF, Excel).

User receives alerts for significant changes in EcoScore between scenarios.

Given scenarios are being compared, When EcoScores change significantly due to updates in resource data, Then the system should alert the user about these changes through a notification system.

User accesses help documentation for using the comparison feature.

Given the user is using the scenario comparison feature, When the user clicks on the help icon, Then the user should be directed to appropriate documentation explaining how to use the feature effectively.

Automated Reporting of Simulations

User Story: As a project leader, I want automated reports on our scenario analyses so that I can present clear findings and recommendations to stakeholders for improving our EcoScore.
Description: The Automated Reporting of Simulations requirement enables the generation of comprehensive reports that detail the outcomes of the scenario analyses performed by the users. Reports will include current EcoScore metrics, assumptions made during simulations, and recommendations based on the analyzed data. This functionality enhances transparency and keeps stakeholders informed, allowing for better tracking of improvement efforts over time. It will provide users with a consolidated view of potential impacts, thereby supporting strategic planning and stakeholder communications.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated Reporting of Simulations includes generation of detailed reports showing EcoScore metrics.

Given that the user has performed a scenario analysis, when they request the automated report, then the system should generate a report that includes the user's current EcoScore metrics, the assumptions made during the simulation, and actionable recommendations based on analyzed data.

Users can access automated reports in multiple formats.

Given that the report is generated, when the user selects the report format, then the system should offer options for PDF, CSV, and Excel formats for download without data loss.

Stakeholders receive automated notification of new reports.

Given that a new report is generated, when the report is saved, then the system should automatically notify relevant stakeholders via email containing a link to access the report.

Reports maintain a clear version history for tracking changes.

Given that multiple simulation reports are generated, when the user accesses the report archive, then they should see a version history for each report that indicates the dates and details of changes made.

Users are able to filter and customize report outputs.

Given that the user accesses the automated report, when they apply filters, then the report output must reflect only the selected parameters such as date range, specific EcoScore components, and simulation types.

Reports are accessible on mobile devices for user convenience.

Given that the report is generated, when the user attempts to access it on a mobile device, then the report must display correctly and be fully functional across multiple mobile platforms without loss of data or functionality.

Systems integrate seamlessly with existing sustainability tracking tools.

Given that the user wants to incorporate data from external tools, when they perform an automated report generation, then the system must successfully integrate and reflect data from those external sustainability tracking tools within the report.

Scenario Preset Templates

User Story: As a new user, I want access to preset scenario templates that apply to my industry so that I can quickly begin analyzing our EcoScore with established strategies without starting from scratch.
Description: The Scenario Preset Templates requirement provides users with pre-configured scenarios based on industry best practices and common resource use cases. These templates will enable users to start their analysis without having to manually input every variable. By offering a selection of effective strategies tailored to different industries, this requirement contributes to a better user experience and encourages quick engagement with the feature. Users can modify these templates to fit their specific needs, thereby supporting faster decision-making processes.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects a preset scenario template for waste management from the GreenSync platform.

Given the user is on the Interactive Scenario Analysis page, when they click on the 'Select Template' button and choose a waste management template, then the corresponding EcoScore variables should populate automatically without manual input.

User modifies a preset scenario template to adjust resource consumption metrics.

Given the user has successfully loaded a waste management template, when they change the variable for 'Recycling Rate' and save the scenario, then the updated EcoScore should reflect the new value accurately in real-time.

User saves a customized scenario based on a preset template.

Given the user has modified a preset template to better fit their organization's needs, when they click the 'Save Scenario' button, then the new scenario should be stored in their user profile and accessible in the dashboard.

User retrieves and applies a saved scenario template for analysis.

Given the user has previously saved a scenario, when they navigate to the 'My Scenarios' section and select the saved scenario, then the EcoScore analysis for that scenario should automatically load with all previous variable settings intact.

User reviews the predefined outcomes of a selected scenario template.

Given the user has selected a scenario template, when they view the 'Expected Outcomes' section, then the system should display a comprehensive report of expected EcoScore changes and their impacts based on industry benchmarks.

User shares a customized scenario with team members for collaboration.

Given the user has customized a scenario, when they click the 'Share' button and enter team members' emails, then all specified members should receive an email with a link to the shared scenario and a summary of its settings.

User accesses scenario template descriptions to understand their relevance.

Given the user is on the template selection page, when they hover over a template name, then a tooltip should appear displaying a short description of the template and its intended use case.

User Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on my experience with the scenario analysis feature so that I can influence future updates and enhancements to better meet my needs.
Description: The User Feedback Mechanism requirement ensures an avenue for users to provide input on the effectiveness of the Interactive Scenario Analysis feature. This feedback will be collected through surveys and in-product prompts after simulations are completed. Analyzing user feedback will allow the development team to understand user needs more effectively, leading to iterative improvements and enhanced user satisfaction. Such a mechanism is vital for aligning the functionality with user expectations and ensuring that the product evolves based on real-world use cases.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback after completing a simulation in the Interactive Scenario Analysis feature.

Given a user has completed a simulation, when they are prompted to provide feedback, then they should see a feedback form that includes at least three specific questions regarding their experience and options for additional comments.

User accesses the feedback mechanism from the Interactive Scenario Analysis feature.

Given a user is on the Interactive Scenario Analysis results page, when they look for feedback options, then they should find a clearly labeled feedback button that is easily accessible.

User provides feedback through the in-product prompt after a simulation.

Given a user submits their feedback through an in-product prompt, when they click the 'Submit' button, then they should receive a confirmation notification that their feedback has been successfully recorded.

The system analyzes user feedback for trends and patterns.

Given a set of user feedback submissions, when the development team reviews the feedback data, then they should be able to identify at least three common themes or issues within the user responses that can inform improvements.

Users receive updates on improvements made based on their feedback.

Given feedback has been collected and analyzed, when changes are made to the Interactive Scenario Analysis feature, then users should receive notifications about the updates and how their feedback influenced these changes.

User feedback is stored and categorized for future reference.

Given a user submits feedback, when the submission is processed, then the feedback should be stored in a database with tags for easy categorization and retrieval based on content and themes.

Feedback mechanism is evaluated for effectiveness after a set period.

Given the User Feedback Mechanism has been active for at least three months, when the product team reviews its utilization and impact, then they should be able to report on user engagement rates and actionable insights gained from the feedback.

Deadline Countdown Alerts

Deadline Countdown Alerts provide users with a visual countdown timer for impending compliance deadlines. By dynamically displaying days left for each requirement, this feature enhances urgency and awareness, ensuring that compliance responsibilities are not overlooked and allowing teams to allocate resources efficiently.

Requirements

Visual Countdown Timer

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to see a countdown timer for compliance deadlines so that I can prioritize my workload and ensure that no deadlines are missed.
Description: The Visual Countdown Timer requirement involves creating a dynamic visual representation of a countdown for each compliance deadline within the GreenSync platform. This feature should display the number of days left until each respective deadline, utilizing an intuitive design that ensures immediate visibility to users. The countdown timer will be integrated into the compliance dashboard, allowing users to prioritize tasks based on impending deadlines. This functionality enhances user awareness of upcoming obligations and ensures that compliance responsibilities are managed efficiently, minimizing the risk of non-compliance. The timer should update in real-time and provide visual cues (like color changes) as the deadline approaches, thereby increasing urgency and focus among teams.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the compliance dashboard on the GreenSync platform to review upcoming compliance deadlines for multiple regulatory requirements.

Given a user is logged into GreenSync, when they access the compliance dashboard, then they should see a visual countdown timer displaying the number of days left for each compliance deadline, updated in real-time.

The countdown timer displays a compliance deadline that is less than 30 days away.

Given a compliance deadline is within 30 days, when the countdown timer is displayed, then the timer should change its color to red to indicate urgency.

An administrator wants to ensure that the countdown timers are displayed correctly for different compliance requirements.

Given multiple compliance deadlines exist, when the dashboard is loaded, then each compliance requirement should have its own distinct countdown timer displayed accurately with no discrepancies.

A teamwork setting where team members are discussing the status of compliance deadlines in a meeting.

Given team members are in a meeting and reviewing the compliance dashboard, when they refer to the countdown timer, then they should easily identify which deadlines are approaching within the next 7 days.

A compliance officer needs to check if the countdown timer resets correctly after a deadline is met.

Given a compliance deadline passes, when the dashboard is refreshed, then the corresponding countdown timer should no longer display, and the next deadline should start its countdown accurately.

A user checks the countdown timer at various times of the day to ensure real-time updates.

Given a user observes the countdown timer, when the time changes throughout the day, then the countdown timer should reflect the updated number of days accurately without requiring a page refresh.

The system administrator wants to review performance metrics on user engagement with the countdown timer feature over a month.

Given the countdown timer has been active for one month, when the administrator accesses reporting metrics, then they should see analytics on how often users interacted with the timer and the average time spent on the compliance dashboard.

Deadline Notification System

User Story: As a compliance manager, I want to receive alerts for upcoming compliance deadlines so that I can ensure my team is prepared in advance and prevent any last-minute rush to meet requirements.
Description: The Deadline Notification System requirement entails the development of an automated alert system to notify users when compliance deadlines are approaching. Users should receive notifications via email, SMS, or in-app alerts based on their preference settings. The notifications will be customizable, allowing users to select how far in advance they wish to receive alerts (e.g., one week, three days, one day prior to the deadline). This feature will ensure that teams stay informed and can proactively address compliance tasks, contributing to the overall goal of enhancing awareness and fostering a culture of compliance within the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives timely notifications about upcoming compliance deadlines via their selected communication method.

Given a user has set their notification preferences to receive alerts 3 days before a compliance deadline, When the deadline approaches, Then the user receives an email notification 3 days in advance of the deadline.

Users can customize their notification settings to receive alerts at preferred intervals.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, When they select a custom interval for alerts, Then the system saves their preference and reflects it in future notifications for compliance deadlines.

Users receive multiple types of notifications based on their preferences.

Given a user has opted to receive SMS and in-app alerts for compliance deadlines, When a deadline is 2 days away, Then the user receives both an SMS alert and an in-app notification.

Users have the ability to view a history of received notifications about compliance deadlines.

Given a user navigates to the notification history section, When they check their notifications, Then they can see all past alerts related to compliance deadlines along with timestamps and compliance details.

The system allows users to test the notification settings before final selection.

Given a user is in the notification settings section, When they click on the 'Test Notification' button, Then the system sends a test alert according to the current settings and displays a confirmation message.

Users can manage their notification preferences in a user-friendly interface.

Given a user opens the notification settings page, When they view the interface, Then the layout is intuitive, and users can easily toggle preferences for each notification type without confusion.

Notifications contain detailed information about compliance tasks.

Given a user receives a notification for an impending deadline, When they open the notification, Then the content includes the specific compliance task, deadline date, and necessary action items.

Deadline Management Dashboard

User Story: As a sustainability coordinator, I want a central place to view all compliance deadlines so that I can effectively manage my team’s workload and ensure we meet all our obligations on time.
Description: The Deadline Management Dashboard requirement seeks to create a dedicated section within the GreenSync platform for managing compliance deadlines. This dashboard will provide users with a comprehensive view of all upcoming deadlines, including details such as the responsible team member, the specific compliance requirement, and any associated documents. The dashboard will enable users to filter deadlines by various criteria (e.g., urgency, department, type of compliance) and allow for easy navigation to related tasks and documentation. This feature will help streamline deadline tracking, foster collaboration among teams, and ensure clarity in compliance responsibilities across the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: As a compliance manager, I want to view all upcoming compliance deadlines on the Deadline Management Dashboard so that I can effectively monitor tasks and ensure compliance responsibilities are met.

Given I am logged into the GreenSync platform, when I navigate to the Deadline Management Dashboard, then I should see a comprehensive list of all upcoming compliance deadlines, including responsible team members and associated documents.

As a project lead, I need to filter deadlines by urgency on the Deadline Management Dashboard to prioritize my team's tasks effectively.

Given I am on the Deadline Management Dashboard, when I select the 'Urgency' filter, then I should see all deadlines sorted by their urgency levels, with the nearest deadlines at the top of the list.

As a team member, I want to easily navigate from the Deadline Management Dashboard to the associated task or document, ensuring that I can efficiently manage compliance requirements.

Given I am viewing a specific compliance deadline on the Deadline Management Dashboard, when I click on the associated task link, then I should be redirected to the task's details page or the document's location without errors.

As an administrator, I want to ensure that the Deadline Management Dashboard updates in real-time as deadlines approach, so all team members have the latest information.

Given I have set multiple compliance deadlines, when one of those deadlines is less than 7 days away, then the Deadline Management Dashboard should automatically refresh to reflect this status change without requiring a manual page refresh.

As a compliance analyst, I want to review the historical compliance deadlines for insights on trends and improvements in meeting compliance to enhance our overall performance in environmental regulations.

Given I am on the Deadline Management Dashboard, when I select the 'Historical Data' option, then I should be able to view past compliance deadlines alongside their statuses and any documentation linked to them.

Progress Tracking for Compliance Tasks

User Story: As a project lead, I want to track the progress of compliance tasks so that I can ensure my team stays on track to meet deadlines and identify any potential issues early.
Description: The Progress Tracking for Compliance Tasks requirement involves creating an interface for users to track the progress of compliance-related tasks associated with each deadline. Users will be able to update the status of each task (e.g., not started, in progress, completed) and attach relevant documentation or notes. This feature will empower teams to maintain clarity on what has been accomplished and what is still pending, significantly enhancing internal communication and accountability. The progress tracking will be visually represented, allowing users to easily identify and manage bottlenecks, which will ultimately streamline compliance processes and promote efficiency within the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: Users need to track the status of compliance-related tasks with a user-friendly interface, updating the status as they progress. They will interact with the interface during compliance reviews and to prepare for audits.

Given the user is logged in and on the compliance task tracking interface, when the user selects a task and updates its status to 'In Progress', then the system should reflect the updated status immediately on the dashboard.

During team meetings, team members use the progress tracking feature to review the status of compliance tasks and identify any stalls in progress before upcoming deadlines.

Given the user views the compliance tasks dashboard, when a task is marked as 'In Progress', then its visual representation should change to indicate current progress and deadlines should remain clearly visible.

Compliance managers need to attach relevant documentation and notes to specific compliance tasks, facilitating easy access to supporting information during audits or compliance checks.

Given a user is on the compliance task interface, when the user attaches a document to a task and saves it, then the document should be retrievable from the task details without any errors.

The organization wants to ensure all team members are aware of outstanding compliance tasks, especially those nearing their deadlines, through the progress tracking system.

Given the user accesses the compliance tasks overview, when a task is overdue, then it should highlight the task in red to indicate urgency and prompt immediate action.

Team leaders are conducting weekly compliance check-ins with their departments and need to quickly assess overall progress on compliance tasks using the dashboard interface.

Given the team leader opens the compliance tracking dashboard, when they review the summary report, then the system should display the percentage of tasks in each status category (not started, in progress, completed) in a clear, visually actionable format.

Users in different departments need to collaborate and provide updates on various compliance tasks without duplicating efforts or losing track of responsibilities.

Given multiple users are assigned to a compliance task, when one user updates the status, then all assigned users should receive a notification of the change in task status and any comments added.

Compliance audits require verification of task completion and documentation, so users must be able to filter tasks by their completion status for reporting purposes.

Given the user opens the filtering options on the compliance tasks interface, when the user selects 'Completed' tasks, then only tasks marked as completed should display in the list, ensuring accurate reporting of task statuses.

Violation Risk Assessment

The Violation Risk Assessment feature analyzes internal data and external regulatory changes to identify potential compliance risks. By proactively highlighting these risks, users can take preemptive actions to address issues before they escalate, safeguarding their organization against penalties and fostering a culture of proactive compliance.

Requirements

Automated Risk Detection

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want the system to automatically detect potential compliance risks so that I can address any issues before they escalate into violations.
Description: The Automated Risk Detection requirement involves creating a system that continuously analyzes both internal data and external regulatory updates to identify and flag potential compliance risks. This feature should leverage advanced algorithms and machine learning models to ensure real-time accuracy and efficiency, enabling organizations to swiftly react to changes and proactively avoid regulatory violations. The integration of this requirement into GreenSync will facilitate timely intervention, allowing users to maintain compliance and avoid penalties that may arise from unaddressed risks. The expected outcome is a robust compliance framework that supports sustainable practices and strengthens corporate reputation.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated Risk Detection for Internal Data Analysis

Given that the system is integrated with internal databases, When a new internal data point is recorded, Then the system shall automatically analyze this data against existing compliance standards and flag any identified risks within 5 minutes.

Integration with External Regulatory Updates

Given that the system is subscribed to regulatory bodies' updates, When a new regulatory update is released, Then the system shall process and integrate this update within 10 minutes and re-evaluate existing risks accordingly.

Real-time Alert System for Compliance Risks

Given that multiple risks have been identified by the system, When users are logged into their dashboards, Then they shall receive real-time alerts on high-priority risks through notifications and email within 5 minutes of risk detection.

User Interface for Reviewing Identified Risks

Given that risks have been flagged by the system, When a user accesses the risk dashboard, Then they shall be able to view, sort, and filter risks based on criteria such as severity, risk type, and detection time.

User Training for Automated Risk Detection

Given that a new feature is implemented, When training sessions are held for users, Then at least 90% of the participants must demonstrate a clear understanding of how to interpret risk alerts and take appropriate action during a post-training evaluation.

Reporting Functionality for Detected Risks

Given that the system has detected compliance risks, When a user requests a report, Then the system shall generate a detailed report summarizing detected risks, potential impacts, and recommended actions within 2 minutes.

Feedback Mechanism for Risk Assessment Accuracy

Given that users are interacting with the risk assessment system, When users provide feedback on detected risks, Then the system shall log feedback and adapt its risk detection algorithms to improve accuracy, demonstrating consistent updates based on user feedback within a defined update cycle.

Customizable Alert Notifications

User Story: As a compliance manager, I want to customize notification alerts for potential compliance risks so that I can respond quickly and effectively to emerging issues.
Description: The Customizable Alert Notifications requirement entails developing a flexible notification system that allows users to set and modify thresholds for risk alerts based on specific compliance criteria. Users can choose to receive alerts via various channels such as email, SMS, or in-app notifications, ensuring that they are promptly informed of any identified risks. The purpose of this requirement is to enhance user engagement and responsiveness, fostering proactive compliance management. This capability will empower teams to take immediate actions based on the detected risks, thereby reinforcing the organization’s commitment to compliance and sustainability.
Acceptance Criteria: User configures the alert settings for potential compliance risks in the GreenSync application, specifying the types of risks to receive alerts about, such as emissions levels and regulatory changes, and selects their preferred communication method.

Given the user accesses the alert settings, when they select specific risk types and communication channels, then the system should save the settings and confirm with a success message.

An alert is triggered when the compliance risk level exceeds a user-defined threshold, and the user should receive the alert via their selected channel promptly after the alert is triggered.

Given a compliance risk is detected that exceeds the user-defined threshold, when the system generates an alert, then the user should receive the alert through the channels configured in their settings within 5 minutes.

A user wishes to modify their alert settings to reduce the number of notifications they receive. They access the settings and make adjustments to their thresholds and channels.

Given the user edits their alert settings, when they save the changes, then the system should update the settings instantly without errors and provide a confirmation message reflecting the new settings.

A system administrator reviews and tests the alert notification system to ensure all users can receive alerts through their chosen channels without failure or delay.

Given the administrator initiates a test for the alert system, when the test alert is sent, then all users should receive the alert in their specified communication methods within 2 minutes, with logs confirming successful delivery.

A user receives an alert notification and then accesses the GreenSync interface to view details about the compliance risk that triggered the alert.

Given the user receives a risk alert notification, when they click the notification, then they should be redirected to a detailed summary of the compliance risk in the GreenSync application with all relevant data and actions to be taken.

Historical Risk Analysis Reporting

User Story: As a compliance analyst, I want to access reports on historical compliance risks so that I can identify trends and improve our future compliance strategies.
Description: The Historical Risk Analysis Reporting requirement involves creating a feature that allows users to generate detailed reports on past compliance risks and violations. This reporting feature should provide insights into trends, common issues, and outcomes of previously addressed risks, thereby assisting organizations in understanding their compliance journey. By analyzing historical data, users can identify patterns and formulate strategies to mitigate future risks, resulting in improved compliance practices. This enhancement to GreenSync will add a layer of analytical insight, ultimately fostering a culture of informed decision-making within the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: User generates a historical risk analysis report based on data from the last 12 months to review past compliance risks.

Given that the user selects 'Historical Risk Analysis' and specifies a 12-month period, when the report is generated, then it should display a summary of compliance risks and violations, including number of incidents, categories of risks, and status updates for each incident.

A user reviews the trends in compliance risks over the previous quarters to prepare for an upcoming internal audit.

Given that the user accesses the 'Trends Overview' section of the Historical Risk Analysis report, when they filter by quarterly data, then it should show a visual representation of risk trends, including an upward or downward trend line indicating the compliance status over the specified period.

User extracts a detailed report on common compliance issues for internal review meetings.

Given that the user requests a detailed report on common compliance issues, when the report is generated, then it should list at least five of the most frequently occurring issues, including the total number of occurrences, details of resolutions applied, and the time taken to resolve each issue.

A compliance officer assesses the outcomes of previously addressed risks to adjust the compliance strategy.

Given that the compliance officer reviews the outcomes section of the Historical Risk Analysis report, when they select a previously addressed risk, then it should display the risk details, resolution actions taken, and the current status, along with any recommendations for future mitigation.

The user wants to compare compliance risks from two different time periods to identify improvements or regressions.

Given that the user selects two different time periods for comparison, when they generate a comparative analysis report, then it should provide side-by-side data on compliance incidents, resolution effectiveness, and any changes in penalties issued between the two periods.

A stakeholder wants to visualize the company's compliance journey to present during a board meeting.

Given that the stakeholder selects the 'Compliance Journey Visualization' option within the Historical Risk Analysis report, when the report is generated, then it should provide an interactive timeline highlighting key compliance milestones, risks encountered, and resolutions applied over time.

Integration with Regulatory Databases

User Story: As a regulatory affairs specialist, I want GreenSync to integrate with regulatory databases so that I can receive automatic updates on changes affecting our compliance status.
Description: The Integration with Regulatory Databases requirement is focused on establishing seamless connectivity between GreenSync and various external regulatory databases. This functionality will allow the compliance system to automatically pull in updated regulations and requirements that directly impact users' operations. By providing this integration, GreenSync will ensure that users stay informed about relevant changes in laws, thereby reducing the risk of non-compliance. This requirement will significantly enhance the product’s effectiveness by providing accurate, up-to-date information essential for compliance management.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses GreenSync to set up integration with regulatory databases, requiring access to at least three distinct external regulatory databases to ensure comprehensive coverage of relevant regulations.

Given the user has administrative privileges, When they initiate the regulatory database integration process, Then the system should successfully establish connections with the selected databases and confirm successful integration with a completion message.

After the integration is successfully established, users want to verify that updated regulatory information is being pulled automatically from the connected databases

Given the integration is active, When regulatory changes are published in any connected database, Then GreenSync should automatically update its internal database with the new information within 24 hours of the change being published.

A user needs to locate a specific regulation that has been updated to ensure compliance with newly established guidelines pertinent to their operations.

Given the user is on the GreenSync dashboard, When they search for the specific updated regulation, Then the system should display the current status of the regulation, including any changes made, along with the date it was last updated.

In response to regulatory changes, users want to receive notifications to remain aware of potential compliance risks approached by recent updates.

Given a user has opted into notifications, When a new regulation affecting their compliance area is integrated, Then the system should send an email notification to the user within one hour of the update being received.

A compliance officer needs to run a compliance report to assess how many regulations have been modified since their last audit.

Given the compliance report feature is utilized, When the user inputs the desired date range, Then the report should generate a list of all regulations that have been added or modified during that period, including details of the changes.

Users are conducting a review session and need to check the compliance status of all regulations currently integrated into GreenSync.

Given a user accesses the compliance overview feature, When they request the compliance status report, Then the system should provide a real-time report detailing the compliance status of each integrated regulation, indicating which are compliant, non-compliant, or pending review.

User-Friendly Risk Dashboard

User Story: As a sustainability officer, I want a user-friendly dashboard that visually presents our risk assessments so that my team can quickly grasp compliance statuses and make informed decisions.
Description: The User-Friendly Risk Dashboard requirement focuses on developing an intuitive dashboard that summarizes risk assessments and compliance statuses in real-time. This dashboard will offer visualizations such as graphs, heat maps, and alerts, making it easy for users to understand their compliance landscape at a glance. Furthermore, the dashboard should be customizable, allowing users to select which data points they wish to monitor closely. By enhancing the user interface, this requirement seeks to improve user engagement and facilitate better decision-making through accessible and digestible information.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Risk Dashboard to check the current compliance status and potential risks before a quarterly compliance review meeting.

Given the user is logged into the GreenSync platform, when they navigate to the User-Friendly Risk Dashboard, then they should see a summary of all risk assessments with visual indicators (green, yellow, red) showing compliance statuses and potential violations.

A user customizes the Risk Dashboard to focus on specific data points relevant to their department's compliance metrics.

Given the user is viewing the Risk Dashboard, when they select specific data points to display (e.g., air quality metrics, waste management compliance), then the dashboard should update in real-time to reflect these selections and retain this configuration for future sessions.

The Risk Dashboard sends automated alerts to users when a compliance risk exceeds a predefined threshold.

Given the predefined risk thresholds are set in the system, when a compliance risk is identified that exceeds these thresholds, then the dashboard should generate an alert notification and display it prominently on the dashboard interface.

A compliance manager reviews the historical data visualizations on the Risk Dashboard during an annual compliance strategy meeting.

Given the user accesses the Risk Dashboard, when they select the historical data view, then they should be able to view trend graphs and heat maps that accurately represent compliance data for the last 12 months and any identified risks.

Users need to generate a compliance report from the Risk Dashboard for external stakeholders.

Given the user is on the Risk Dashboard, when they select the option to generate a compliance report, then a downloadable report in PDF format should be created that includes all relevant data visualizations and risk assessments from the dashboard.

A user trains new staff members on how to utilize the User-Friendly Risk Dashboard for compliance monitoring.

Given the user has logged into the system, when they navigate through the dashboard features in a training session, then they should be able to demonstrate how to interpret visualizations, customize settings, and respond to alerts effectively.

Custom Alert Settings

Custom Alert Settings empower users to tailor notifications according to their preferences. Users can specify which alerts they want to receive, the frequency of notifications, and the channels of communication (e.g., email, SMS, in-app), ensuring that they are only informed in ways that suit their unique needs and workflows.

Requirements

Custom Alert Frequency

User Story: As a compliance manager, I want to set the frequency of my alert notifications so that I can receive updates without being overwhelmed by too many messages, allowing me to focus on critical compliance tasks.
Description: The Custom Alert Frequency requirement allows users to specify how often they wish to receive notifications about important updates regarding environmental compliance. This setting enhances user experience by preventing notification fatigue and ensuring that users receive alerts in a manner that suits their workflow. By offering variable frequencies such as real-time, daily, weekly, or monthly options, this feature allows users to maintain control over their information flow. Moreover, it ensures critical alerts are not missed during busy periods, thereby increasing the effectiveness of GreenSync in keeping users informed and compliant with environmental regulations.
Acceptance Criteria: User configures custom alert frequency settings for the first time after logging into GreenSync.

Given the user is on the 'Alert Settings' page, when they select 'Alert Frequency', then they should be able to choose from multiple options (real-time, daily, weekly, monthly) and save their settings successfully.

User with a set daily alert frequency wants to ensure they are only receiving alerts once a day.

Given the user has set their alert frequency to 'Daily', when a compliance update occurs, then they should receive a single notification within the specified daily time frame rather than multiple notifications.

User wishes to receive real-time alerts for critical compliance updates while maintaining weekly alerts for general notices.

Given the user has selected both 'Real-time' for critical alerts and 'Weekly' for general notices, when both types of updates occur, then the user should receive real-time notifications immediately and a summary of weekly alerts at the selected time.

User updates their alert frequency settings to a new preference after receiving several notifications.

Given the user is on the 'Alert Settings' page, when they change their alert frequency from 'Weekly' to 'Monthly', then their preferences should update correctly upon saving, and the system should confirm the update with a success message.

User checks their alert preferences to confirm that their selected frequencies are accurately displayed.

Given the user is on the 'Alert Settings' page, when they review their alert frequency settings, then all selected frequencies should be accurately displayed as per their last saved configuration.

User tries to set an invalid alert frequency to ensure the system validates inputs.

Given the user is on the 'Alert Settings' page and tries to select an invalid frequency, when they attempt to save these settings, then the system should display an error message indicating that the selected frequency is not valid.

Multi-Channel Alert Options

User Story: As an environmental officer, I want to receive compliance alerts via SMS so that I can stay updated while I am on the move and may not have access to my email.
Description: The Multi-Channel Alert Options requirement enables users to choose their preferred communication channels for receiving alerts. Users can select from options such as email, SMS, or in-app notifications, allowing for a personalized approach to alerts. This flexibility ensures that users receive important compliance information in the manner that is most convenient for them. It caters to varying user preferences and scenarios, such as being mobile on-site or working remotely. By providing this functionality, GreenSync enhances user engagement and responsiveness to environmental compliance notifications.
Acceptance Criteria: Multi-Channel Alert Preferences Selection by User

Given a user is logged into the GreenSync application, when they navigate to the alert settings page, then they should see options to select their preferred communication channels: email, SMS, or in-app notifications.

User Notification Toggle Functionality

Given a user has selected their preferred channels in the alert settings, when they toggle the notification options on or off for each channel, then the selected preferences should be saved and reflected accurately in their alert settings.

Alert Delivery Through Selected Channels

Given a user has configured their alert settings with specific channels, when a compliance alert is generated, then the alert should be delivered through all selected channels within the configured timeframe.

Frequency of Notifications Setting

Given a user is configuring their alert preferences, when they set the frequency of notifications to a specific interval (daily, weekly, instant), then alerts should be sent according to their chosen frequency without fail.

User Experience for Mobile and Remote Settings

Given a user who works remotely or is mobile, when they check their alert settings on a mobile device, then the user interface should display the same options and functionality as the desktop version, allowing for seamless experience across devices.

Testing Alert Types Across Channels

Given a user has activated alerts for different compliance types, when alerts are triggered for each type, then the user should receive notifications via all their chosen channels without any missed alerts.

Default Communication Channel Selection

Given a new user who has not yet set up their alert preferences, when they first access the alert settings, then the system should automatically suggest a default communication channel based on common user behavior, which they can accept or change.

Alert Categorization and Prioritization

User Story: As a sustainability coordinator, I want to categorize my alerts by priority so that I can quickly identify and respond to the most critical compliance issues without getting sidetracked by less important notifications.
Description: The Alert Categorization and Prioritization requirement allows users to classify alerts based on their significance and urgency. Users can assign categories such as critical, warning, or informational to different types of alerts. This capability enables users to prioritize their responses to notifications, ensuring that the most important alerts receive immediate attention, while less urgent notifications can be addressed at a later time. By incorporating this requirement, GreenSync improves user productivity and compliance responsiveness, helping to mitigate risks associated with environmental management.
Acceptance Criteria: User classifies a newly created alert as critical, warning, or informational based on its urgency and importance.

Given a user is on the custom alert settings page, when they create a new alert and select a categorization (critical, warning, informational), then the alert should be saved with the selected category and displayed accordingly in the user's dashboard.

User receives a notification based on the selected categorization and priority of an alert.

Given a user has set their notification preferences to receive alerts via email for critical alerts, when a critical alert is triggered, then the user should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of the alert being generated.

Users can edit the categorization of an existing alert to reflect changes in priority.

Given a user has an existing alert categorized as warning, when they change the category to critical, then the alert should update its categorization and be reflected in the alert management dashboard immediately.

User checks the history of alerts to verify correct categorization over time.

Given a user accesses the historical alert report, when they filter alerts by category, then all alerts should display accurately in their respective categories (critical, warning, informational) for the selected date range.

User configures alert settings to prioritize critical alerts to be displayed at the top of their dashboard.

Given a user has multiple alerts categorized by critical, warning, and informational, when they access their dashboard, then critical alerts should appear first, followed by warning, and lastly informational alerts in a sorted list order.

User tests the alert system to ensure notifications are delivered accurately based on the set categorization.

Given a user has defined custom alert settings for critical and informational alerts, when a critical alert is triggered, then the user should receive an immediate notification and subsequent informational alerts should not override the critical notification.

Custom Alert Templates

User Story: As a regulatory affairs specialist, I want to create custom alert templates for compliance notifications so that my team can understand key points quickly and take action promptly.
Description: The Custom Alert Templates requirement allows users to design and save personalized notification templates for specific types of compliance alerts. Users can customize the content, format, and tone of their alerts, making them more relevant and easier to understand. This feature not only fosters better communication between compliance teams but also ensures that important details are highlighted as needed. By leveraging customized alerts, GreenSync enhances clarity and ensures that users remain engaged and informed about their compliance efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a new custom alert template for compliance notifications regarding waste management

Given the user is on the Custom Alert Templates page, when they fill out the template fields (title, content, format) and save the template, then the new alert template should be listed on their templates dashboard and be editable.

User customizes the frequency of notifications for a specific alert template

Given the user has created a custom alert template, when they set the notification frequency to 'weekly' and save, then the system should send reminders every week as specified, confirming the change in the template settings.

User edits an existing custom alert template to change the alert tone and content

Given the user selects an existing custom alert template, when they modify the tone and content of the alert and click 'save', then the updated template should reflect the changes without errors, and the previous version should be archived.

User selects preferred channels of communication for receiving alerts from the custom template

Given the user is on the alert settings page, when they choose to receive alerts via both email and SMS for a specific template and save these preferences, then all notifications for that template should be sent through the selected channels without issues.

User tests the delivery of a notification using a custom alert template

Given the user has an active custom alert template set for immediate notification, when a compliance issue occurs, then the system should trigger the alert delivery as per the user's preferred channels within 5 minutes, confirming successful notification dispatch.

User deletes a custom alert template that is no longer needed

Given the user is viewing their list of custom alert templates, when they select an unwanted template and confirm the deletion, then the template should be permanently removed from the list and no longer accessible.

User previews a custom alert template before saving it

Given the user is creating a new custom alert template, when they click on the 'Preview' button, then a modal should display the template's content as it would appear to recipients, allowing for final adjustments before saving.

Alert History and Audit Trail

User Story: As a compliance analyst, I want to access a history of all alerts I have received so that I can analyze patterns in compliance notifications and report on our performance over the last year.
Description: The Alert History and Audit Trail requirement provides users with access to a comprehensive log of past alerts issued through the system. This historical data allows users to track compliance notifications over time, facilitating better reporting and analysis of compliance performance. Users can refer back to previous alerts to understand trends, identify recurring issues, and ensure accountability within their teams. This feature enhances the overall effectiveness of GreenSync in managing environmental compliance and supports informed decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can access their alert history to review compliance notifications received over the past six months.

Given the user is logged into GreenSync, when they navigate to the Alert History section, then they should see a list of all alerts issued in the last six months, including the date, type, and details of each alert.

Users can filter their alert history based on alert type and date range.

Given the user is on the Alert History page, when they apply filters for alert type and select a date range, then the displayed alerts should match the specified criteria and only show the relevant notifications.

Users can export their alert history data for offline analysis or reporting.

Given the user is viewing their Alert History, when they click on the 'Export' button, then they should receive a downloadable CSV file containing the complete alert data displayed on the page.

The audit trail provides detailed logging of who accessed alert history and when.

Given an admin user, when they access the audit trail, then they should see a log of all user access events for the Alert History, including timestamps and user IDs.

Users can search for specific alerts within their alert history using a keyword search.

Given the user is on the Alert History page, when they enter a keyword in the search bar, then the history should dynamically update to show only those alerts that contain the keyword in their details.

Users receive real-time notifications for critical alerts through their preferred communication channel.

Given the user has set custom alert settings, when a critical alert is triggered, then the user should receive a notification via their selected communication channel (e.g., email, SMS, or in-app alert).

Users can easily identify patterns or recurring issues from their alert history over time.

Given the user accesses their Alert History, when they analyze the data visually represented on a timeline graph, then they should be able to spot recurring alerts over a specified period, aiding in trend identification.

Regulatory Database Integration

Regulatory Database Integration seamlessly connects the Compliance Alerts System with local and national regulatory databases. This feature ensures that alerts are based on the latest legal requirements and compliance obligations, empowering organizations to stay up to date and compliant without manual monitoring.

Requirements

Dynamic Compliance Alerts

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to receive real-time alerts about regulatory changes so that I can ensure my organization remains compliant without having to constantly monitor databases myself.
Description: The Dynamic Compliance Alerts feature will provide real-time notifications to users based on regulatory changes or updates from integrated databases. This functionality will allow GreenSync users to receive alerts that are not only timely but also relevant to their specific operational context. By integrating with both local and national regulatory databases, the feature will tailor alerts to the organization's specific compliance landscape, reducing the risk of non-compliance and saving time in manual checks. This ensures that users can act promptly on changes, supporting proactive compliance management and reducing legal liabilities.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification about a new regulation that affects their industry sector, ensuring they are informed about compliance obligations in real-time.

Given a user has subscribed to notifications for their industry sector, When a new regulation is published in the regulatory database, Then the user should receive a notification within 5 minutes of the regulation's release.

Users can filter compliance alerts based on their specific operational context, ensuring relevance and reducing information overload.

Given a user has access to the filter settings, When they apply filters for their relevant operational context, Then only alerts matching the applied criteria should be displayed in their dashboard.

A compliance officer reviews the history of compliance alerts received over the past month to assess the responsiveness of the organization to regulatory changes.

Given the compliance officer is accessing the alert history, When they view the alert history for the past month, Then it should display a complete log of all alerts received with timestamps and details of the regulations.

The alerts generated by the system should reflect updates from both local and national regulatory databases, providing comprehensive awareness of compliance obligations.

Given the system is integrated with multiple regulatory databases, When a regulation is updated in either the local or national database, Then the alert generated should accurately reflect the source and nature of the regulation.

Users with different roles (admin, compliance officer, general user) can receive alerts tailored to their responsibilities without overlap.

Given users with different roles have specified their alert preferences, When a regulation changes, Then only the relevant users should receive specific alerts based on their defined responsibilities.

The system allows users to customize the frequency and format of compliance alerts to suit their preferences for notification.

Given a user is on the notification settings page, When they adjust the frequency and format of alerts, Then the system should save these preferences and apply them to future notifications.

Regulatory Impact Assessment

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to assess the impact of new regulations on our business operations so that I can strategize our compliance efforts and resource allocation in advance.
Description: The Regulatory Impact Assessment feature will enable organizations to analyze the potential impacts of new regulations on their operations effectively. This capability will provide users with tools to simulate various compliance scenarios, evaluate costs, benefits, and operational shifts necessary to adapt to regulatory changes. By doing so, businesses can prioritize compliance actions based on risk assessments and strategic objectives, leading to better resource allocation and enhanced decision-making. This feature integrates seamlessly with existing dashboards, providing visual scenarios and detailed reports to aid understanding and communication among stakeholders.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Regulatory Impact Assessment feature to evaluate a newly proposed local environmental regulation that may affect their manufacturing processes.

Given the user has access to the Regulatory Impact Assessment feature, when they input the proposed regulation's details, then the system should generate a report outlining potential impacts on operations, including compliance costs and necessary changes.

The user simulates multiple compliance scenarios based on varying regulations and operational strategies to forecast potential impacts.

Given the user selects different regulatory scenarios and operational strategies, when they request a simulation, then the system should provide comparative reports detailing the projected costs, benefits, and risks of each scenario.

Stakeholders in the organization need to understand the implications of new regulations through visual representation in the dashboard after conducting a regulatory impact assessment.

Given the user has completed a regulatory impact assessment, when they view the dashboard, then the relevant visual scenarios and summaries should be displayed clearly, allowing for easy comprehension among stakeholders.

The organization wants to ensure that the Regulatory Impact Assessment feature works with existing compliance alerts and updates from the regulatory database.

Given the integration with the Regulatory Database Integration feature, when new regulations are updated, then the Regulatory Impact Assessment should automatically reflect these changes in its simulations and reports.

Users want to prioritize compliance actions based on the results of the regulatory impact assessment.

Given the user has completed an impact assessment, when they review the results, then the system should suggest prioritized compliance actions based on risk levels and strategic objectives identified in the assessment.

The organization needs to assess the effectiveness of the tool through feedback from its users after several months of use.

Given a user has been using the Regulatory Impact Assessment feature for at least three months, when they provide feedback through the feedback form, then the system should collect and summarize the feedback to identify areas for improvement.

User Role Management for Compliance Access

User Story: As an administrator, I want to create and manage user roles so that team members have appropriate access to compliance data based on their responsibilities, enhancing both security and workflow efficiency.
Description: User Role Management for Compliance Access will allow administrators to define specific access levels and permissions for team members based on their roles within the organization. This requirement is crucial for ensuring that sensitive compliance information is only accessible to authorized personnel while streamlining the workflow for various teams working on sustainability initiatives. With this functionality, GreenSync will enhance data security while improving collaboration, as team members can focus on their specific tasks without the distraction of unnecessary information. Easy-to-use tools will assist in managing user roles and permissions within the application settings.
Acceptance Criteria: Administrator assigns different access roles to team members responsible for compliance reporting.

Given the administrator is logged into the GreenSync application, When they navigate to the User Role Management section and assign roles, Then team members should only see information relevant to their assigned roles.

Compliance team member attempts to access a restricted compliance document based on their role.

Given the compliance team member does not have the necessary permissions, When they try to access the restricted document, Then they should receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions.

Administrator modifies existing user roles and permissions for the sustainability team.

Given the administrator is in the User Role Management interface, When they modify an existing user role and save the changes, Then the changes should be reflected immediately in the team member's access rights without requiring a system reboot.

Sustainability team member needs to collaborate on a compliance report with limited data access.

Given the team member's role is defined to limit access to sensitive data, When they access the compliance reporting tool, Then they should be able to gather appropriate data while restricted from viewing sensitive compliance information.

User role management settings are configured to allow for easy updates and modifications.

Given an administrator is in the user roles settings, When they add a new role or modify an existing one, Then they should be able to do this in less than 5 minutes and the changes should take effect immediately.

Multiple team members collaborate on a compliance initiative with varying access levels.

Given multiple team members with different user roles are logged in, When they attempt to collaborate on the compliance initiative, Then they should only see the documents and data relevant to their roles while working effectively together.

Administrator reviews role-specific access logs to ensure compliance with security policies.

Given the administrator accesses the audit trail of user role activities, When they filter the logs by role, Then they should see all access attempts documented, including both successful and denied access along with timestamps.

Automated Report Generation

User Story: As a compliance manager, I want to automate our compliance report generation so that I can save time and reduce human error while ensuring timely submissions.
Description: The Automated Report Generation feature will streamline the process of creating compliance reports by automatically aggregating data from various integrated sources. This functionality will allow organizations to produce detailed and accurate compliance documentation with minimal manual effort, enhancing both efficiency and accuracy. Users will have the ability to customize report templates and schedules for generation, ensuring that they receive timely reports that align with regulatory timelines and internal review procedures. By automating this process, GreenSync will significantly reduce administrative workload and improve compliance visibility.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated generation of quarterly compliance reports for internal audits.

Given that the user has selected the quarterly report template and specified the date range, when they initiate the report generation, then the system shall automatically compile data from all relevant integrated sources and produce a report in the specified format.

Customization of report templates prior to generation.

Given that the user accesses the template management section, when they modify an existing report template, then the system shall save the changes and allow those changes to be used in future report generations.

Scheduling automated report generation based on regulatory timelines.

Given that the user sets up a new report schedule for compliance documentation, when the specified date and time arrive, then the system shall automatically generate the selected report and send notifications to the relevant stakeholders.

Reviewing generated compliance reports for accuracy and completeness.

Given that a compliance report has been generated, when the user opens the report, then they shall find that all required sections are present, data is aggregated correctly, and formatting follows the predefined template specifications.

Integration of regulatory updates into automated report generation.

Given that the regulatory database is updated with new legal requirements, when the user generates a report, then the report shall reflect the latest compliance obligations without the need for manual intervention.

Sending automated reminders for upcoming report due dates.

Given that a report schedule has been established, when the report is approaching its due date, then the system shall automatically send reminders to designated users via email.

User access management for report generation features.

Given that an administrator is managing user roles within the system, when they assign report generation permissions, then only users with the appropriate role shall have access to create and edit reports.

Integrated Training Modules

User Story: As a team member, I want access to training resources within GreenSync so that I can understand my compliance responsibilities better and use the platform effectively.
Description: Integrated Training Modules will provide on-demand training resources within the GreenSync platform to enhance user understanding of regulatory compliance and best practices in sustainability management. This feature will include a library of training materials, webinars, and quizzes tailored to specific roles within the organization. By offering this functionality, GreenSync will ensure that users are not only aware of compliance obligations but also proficient in navigating the software effectively. Enhanced training capabilities will lead to better compliance outcomes and empower team members to take ownership of their roles in sustainability efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Integrated Training Modules for the first time to review regulatory compliance materials relevant to their role within the organization.

Given that the user has logged into the GreenSync platform, when they navigate to the Integrated Training Modules section, then they should be able to access a library of training resources tailored to their role without any errors.

A user completes a training module and submits their quiz to measure their understanding of compliance obligations.

Given that a user has finished a training module, when they complete and submit the quiz, then their score should be recorded correctly and displayed in their user profile.

An administrator updates the training materials in the Integrated Training Modules section with new compliance regulations and best practices.

Given that the administrator has the necessary permissions, when they upload new training materials, then the updated resources should be accessible to all users in the Integrated Training Modules within 24 hours.

Users engage with the Integrated Training Modules to track their progress and completion of various training materials.

Given that a user has initiated training modules, when they view their progress dashboard, then it should accurately reflect the completion percentage and status of each module they have undertaken.

A user provides feedback on a training module to improve future content and delivery.

Given that a user completes a training module, when they fill out a feedback form, then the feedback should be successfully submitted and stored for administrator review without technical issues.

A user encounters an issue while trying to access a webinar within the Integrated Training Modules.

Given that a user tries to access an ongoing or recorded webinar, when they click on the webinar link, then they should be able to join the webinar or view the recording without any latency or access issues.

An organization reviews the effectiveness of the Integrated Training Modules in improving compliance understanding among users.

Given that the organization has completed a quarterly review, when they analyze users' quiz scores and completion rates, then they should observe a measurable improvement in compliance knowledge as compared to previous quarters.

Dashboard Customization Options

User Story: As a user, I want to customize my dashboard so that I can prioritize the information that is most relevant to my role and stay informed about compliance and sustainability efforts effectively.
Description: The Dashboard Customization Options feature will allow users to personalize their compliance dashboard according to their specific needs and preferences. This capability will enable users to drag and drop various widgets, including compliance notifications, audit summaries, and training resources, onto their dashboards. Customizable dashboards will empower users to focus on the information that matters most to them, improving user engagement and ensuring that important insights are readily accessible. This feature will also assist users in tracking progress toward sustainability goals more effectively through a tailored interface.
Acceptance Criteria: User customizes their dashboard by dragging and dropping widgets based on their preference during an active compliance review session.

Given a user is logged into the GreenSync dashboard, when they drag and drop a widget to a new location on the dashboard, then the widget should remain in the new location after refreshing the page.

A user wants to add a compliance notification widget to their dashboard to monitor updates relevant to their industry.

Given a user is on the dashboard customization page, when they select the compliance notification widget from the widget library, then the widget should be added to their dashboard and be fully functional.

A user removes an audit summary widget from their compliance dashboard to reduce clutter.

Given a user has an audit summary widget on their dashboard, when they click the 'remove' option on that widget, then the widget should disappear from the dashboard and not appear again upon re-login.

A sustainability manager needs to track progress towards specific sustainability goals using customized metrics on their dashboard.

Given a user has created a dashboard with customized metrics, when they view the dashboard, then the metrics should accurately reflect their tracked data in real-time without any discrepancies.

A user wishes to reset their dashboard to the default settings after making multiple customizations.

Given a user is on the dashboard settings page, when they click the 'reset to default' button, then all custom widgets and arrangements should revert to the original default settings.

A user wants to save their custom dashboard layout and settings for future use.

Given a user has customized their dashboard layout, when they click the 'save' option, then their dashboard settings should be saved and accessible upon their next login without loss of any configurations.

Team Accountability Tracker

The Team Accountability Tracker feature allows organizations to assign compliance tasks to specific team members while tracking their progress. By providing visibility into who is responsible for each task, this feature enhances accountability within teams and ensures that compliance duties are met on time.

Requirements

Task Assignment Management

User Story: As a compliance manager, I want to assign specific compliance tasks to team members so that I can ensure accountability and track progress effectively.
Description: The Task Assignment Management requirement enables users to assign specific compliance tasks to individual team members within the GreenSync platform. This functionality is critical for enhancing accountability among team members by providing clear visibility into who is responsible for each task. It integrates seamlessly with the existing project management tools within GreenSync, allowing managers to monitor compliance tasks in real-time. By utilizing this feature, organizations can ensure that all compliance responsibilities are transparently allocated and tracked, ultimately leading to improved on-time completion of tasks and enhanced compliance performance across the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: Team Leader Assigns Compliance Tasks to Team Members in GreenSync

Given a team leader is logged into GreenSync, when they select a specific compliance task and assign it to a team member, then the assigned team member should receive a notification and the task should appear in their dashboard with appropriate status indicators.

Team Member Updates Task Progress

Given a team member has been assigned a compliance task, when they complete a portion of the task and update its progress on GreenSync, then the team leader should see the updated progress in real-time reflected on their dashboard.

Team Leader Reviews Overall Task Completion Status

Given the team leader accesses the compliance task tracking section in GreenSync, when they filter tasks by team members, then they should be able to see the completion status of all tasks assigned to each member in a summarized format.

Compliance Tasks Triggered Due Date Alerts

Given a compliance task assigned to a team member is approaching its due date, when the due date is within 3 days, then the assigned team member and their team leader should receive a reminder notification about the impending due date.

System Integrates with Existing Project Management Tools

Given the organization uses external project management tools, when a compliance task is created and assigned in GreenSync, then it should be automatically synced and visible in the integrated project management tool with full details.

Task Assignment Records Are Auditable

Given a compliance task has been assigned within GreenSync, when an administrator views the task details, then they should see a complete audit trail of all assignments and changes made to the task, including timestamps and the users involved.

Team Members Can Comment on Assigned Tasks

Given a compliance task is assigned to a team member, when they leave a comment on the task in GreenSync, then the team leader and all team members assigned to that task should be able to view the comment and receive a notification about it.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

User Story: As a team member, I want to view a dashboard that shows the status of my assigned compliance tasks so that I can prioritize my work and meet deadlines efficiently.
Description: The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement focuses on developing a visual interface where users can monitor the status of assigned compliance tasks. This dashboard will display key metrics such as completion percentages, deadlines, and responsible team members. By consolidating this data in one place, users can quickly assess the overall compliance posture of their organization and identify any areas needing attention. This functionality supports better decision-making and resource allocation while reinforcing a culture of transparency and accountability among team members.
Acceptance Criteria: Team members can view their assigned compliance tasks and see the current status of each task through the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given a team member is logged in to the GreenSync platform, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a list of compliance tasks assigned to them along with the current status (e.g., In Progress, Completed, Overdue).

Management can assess the overall compliance status by viewing completion percentages and deadlines on the dashboard.

Given a manager is logged in to the GreenSync platform, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of the overall completion percentage of compliance tasks and any deadlines that are approaching.

Users can filter the displayed tasks by status to focus on specific compliance areas requiring attention.

Given a user is viewing the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they apply a filter to display tasks by status, then only tasks that match the selected status should be displayed in the dashboard.

Team leaders can assign compliance tasks to team members directly from the dashboard.

Given a team leader has access to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select a task and choose to assign it to a team member, then the task should be successfully assigned and reflected in the respective team member’s dashboard view.

The dashboard automatically updates task statuses based on user inputs and deadlines.

Given a user updates a compliance task status or marks it as completed, when the status is changed, then the dashboard should reflect the updated status immediately without requiring a page refresh.

The dashboard provides alerts for overdue tasks to ensure compliance is maintained.

Given there are overdue compliance tasks assigned to team members, when the team member accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should be presented with a notification or alert indicating the tasks that are overdue.

Users can export the compliance task data from the dashboard for reporting purposes.

Given a user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select the option to export task data, then the system should generate a downloadable report in a designated format (e.g., CSV, PDF) containing the relevant task information.

Email Notifications for Deadlines

User Story: As a team member, I want to receive email reminders for upcoming task deadlines so that I can stay on track with my compliance responsibilities.
Description: The Email Notifications for Deadlines requirement ensures that team members receive automated email alerts related to upcoming deadlines for their assigned tasks. This feature will help maintain engagement and accountability by reminding users of their responsibilities and encouraging timely completion of compliance tasks. The notifications can be customized based on user preferences, contributing to a proactive compliance culture within the organization. Integration with the existing email systems will ensure that these notifications are delivered seamlessly and promptly.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated Email Alerts for Upcoming Task Deadlines

Given a team member is assigned a compliance task with a deadline, When the deadline is set to 7 days away, Then an automated email notification should be sent to the assigned team member.

Customization of Notification Preferences

Given a team member accesses their notification settings, When they choose to receive reminders via email and set their preferred frequency to 'Daily', Then they should receive daily email reminders for all upcoming task deadlines based on their preferences.

Integration with Existing Email Systems

Given the email notifications feature is implemented, When a notification is triggered, Then the email should be delivered to the user's inbox without delays or technical errors.

Tracking Notification Receipt and Engagement

Given an email reminder is sent to a team member for an upcoming task deadline, When the email is delivered, Then the system should log the delivery and track if the email was opened or clicked, indicating engagement.

Handling Notification Failures

Given an email notification fails to be delivered due to incorrect email address, When the system identifies the failure, Then it should send an error alert to the administrator for follow-up action.

Notification for Completed Tasks

Given a task is marked as completed by the assigned team member, When the completion status is updated in the system, Then an automated email should be sent to all stakeholders indicating task completion.

Daily Summary of Task Deadlines

Given that there are tasks with upcoming deadlines, When a team member logs into the application, Then they should see a daily summary of all tasks with due dates within the next 7 days, including a quick link to the task details.

Compliance Reporting Feature

User Story: As a compliance analyst, I want to generate reports on task completion and accountability metrics so that I can provide insights into compliance performance to stakeholders.
Description: The Compliance Reporting Feature requirement allows users to generate detailed reports on task completion status and accountability metrics. This functionality is vital for auditing purposes and assessments of compliance performance. Users will be able to customize report parameters, such as date ranges and specific tasks, aiding stakeholders in understanding compliance efforts and achievements. The reports can be exported in various formats (PDF, Excel) for further analysis and presentation, enhancing communication with external regulatory bodies and internal decision-makers.
Acceptance Criteria: Generates a report on all compliance tasks completed within the last quarter for review by stakeholders.

Given the user selects the date range for the last quarter and chooses 'All Completed Tasks', when the user clicks 'Generate Report', then the system produces a detailed report that includes each completed task, the responsible person, the completion date, and status.

Allows users to customize report parameters for specific task analysis.

Given the user is on the report generation page, when the user specifies custom parameters (e.g., specific tasks, team members, or date ranges), then the system should provide an accurate preview of the report based on selected criteria before generating the actual report.

Enables users to export compliance reports in multiple formats for various stakeholder needs.

Given the user has generated a report, when they select the export option, then the report must be available in at least three formats: PDF, Excel, and CSV without any loss of data integrity or formatting.

Provides an error message when there are no compliance tasks completed in the specified report parameters.

Given the user specifies a date range where no tasks have been completed, when the user attempts to generate the report, then the system should display a clear message stating 'No tasks found for the specified parameters.'

Tracks the progress of compliance tasks assigned to the team members.

Given a compliance task is assigned to specific team members, when the user views the task report, then the system should show the completion status of each task along with comments and assigned individuals for accountability.

Ensures that reports are securely accessed and shared among authorized users only.

Given that a user attempts to access compliance reports, when they log in, then the system should verify their credentials and only permit access to reports related to their authorized teams and roles.

Allows users to schedule automatic compliance report generation at defined intervals.

Given the user sets a schedule for automatic report generation (daily, weekly, monthly), when the schedule is active, then the system should automatically generate and send the report to designated users without manual initiation.

User Role Management

User Story: As an administrator, I want to manage user roles and permissions so that I can ensure the security and integrity of compliance-related information.
Description: The User Role Management requirement is designed to establish different access levels for team members based on their roles within the organization. This feature is crucial for ensuring that sensitive compliance information is securely accessed only by authorized personnel. Users will be categorized into roles such as 'Administrator,' 'Manager,' and 'Team Member,' each with defined permissions for task assignment, tracking, and reporting. The role management system will integrate with existing user authentication processes, aligning with best practices for data security within compliance platforms.
Acceptance Criteria: User Role Assignment for Compliance Tasks

Given an Administrator user, when the Administrator assigns a compliance task to a Team Member, then the Team Member should receive an email notification of the assigned task and it should appear in their task list.

Role Permission Verification

Given any user logged in as a Manager, when they attempt to assign a task to another Team Member, then the system should successfully allow this action, while preventing them from accessing the Administrator settings.

Access Control for Sensitive Data

Given a default Team Member role, when the user tries to access the compliance reporting area, then the system should display an error message indicating insufficient permissions.

Integration with Existing User Authentication

Given a user attempting to log in, when their authentication credentials are verified against the existing user database, then the system should allow appropriate access based on user role.

Role-Based Dashboard Customization

Given a Manager role user, when they access the dashboard, then the displayed data should be relevant to tracking their team's compliance tasks and overall performance metrics.

Tracking User Activity by Role

Given an Administrator user, when they view the Activity Log, then they should see a detailed report of actions taken by all users based on their assigned roles within the last 30 days.

Permissions Management for Role Changes

Given an Administrator user, when they change the role of a Team Member to Manager, then that Team Member should immediately gain the permissions associated with the Manager role.

Historical Compliance Insights

Historical Compliance Insights provides users with an archive of past compliance alerts and actions taken. Users can analyze patterns over time to enhance future compliance strategies, identify repetitive challenges, and continuously improve their compliance processes based on data-driven insights.

Requirements

Automated Compliance Alerts

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to receive automated alerts for compliance violations so that I can address issues promptly and avoid potential fines.
Description: The Automated Compliance Alerts requirement involves the development of a system that automatically generates notifications and alerts to users regarding compliance violations, upcoming deadlines, and updates to relevant regulations. This system should integrate seamlessly with the existing GreenSync platform, ensuring that alerts are accurate, timely, and actionable. It will help users to proactively manage their compliance obligations, reducing the risk of non-compliance penalties and enhancing overall operational efficiency. By utilizing historical compliance data, the system will tailor alerts to specific user needs, ensuring that stakeholders are informed without being overwhelmed by irrelevant notifications.
Acceptance Criteria: Notification of Compliance Violations

Given a compliance violation has occurred, when the system triggers an automatic alert, then the affected user should receive a notification within 5 minutes and the alert must include details of the violation and recommended actions to take.

Upcoming Deadline Alerts

Given a compliance deadline is approaching within 7 days, when the system identifies this approaching deadline, then the affected users should receive a reminder notification detailing the specific compliance requirement and the deadline date.

Regulation Update Notifications

Given a relevant regulation has been updated, when the update is added to the database, then all users subscribed to that specific regulation should receive an alert within 24 hours of the update, including a summary of the changes.

Custom User Preferences for Alert Frequency

Given a user has set their alert preferences in the system, when a compliance alert is generated, then the system should follow the user’s specified frequency (daily, weekly, or monthly) for sending notifications without sending duplicates.

Integration with Historical Compliance Insights

Given that historical compliance data is available, when a user receives an alert, then the alert must include historical context (previous violations, actions taken) related to that specific compliance matter to help inform their response.

Actionable Alerts with Clear Next Steps

Given that an alert has been triggered, when the user views the alert, then it should clearly outline the next steps they need to take in order to address the compliance issue, without ambiguity or extra jargon.

Feedback Mechanism for Alert Effectiveness

Given that alerts have been sent to users, when users review their alerts, then they should have the option to provide feedback on the usefulness of the alerts, and this feedback should be captured for future improvements.

Customized Reporting Dashboard

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to customize my reporting dashboard with specific metrics so that I can focus on the most relevant compliance data for my team.
Description: The Customized Reporting Dashboard requirement entails creating a feature that allows users to build their own reports based on selected metrics and historical compliance data. Users should be able to choose from various data visualization tools such as graphs, tables, and charts to best convey the information relevant to their unique compliance needs. This customization will empower users to focus on the specific metrics that matter most to their organization, facilitating more informed decision-making and strategy development. The dashboard should be interactive, enabling filtering and drilling down on data points for deeper insights into compliance performance over time.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Customized Reporting Dashboard to create a report that visualizes historical compliance data over the last year, focusing on water usage metrics.

Given the user has access to the Customized Reporting Dashboard, when they select 'Water Usage' as a metric and choose the last year’s data, then the report should display a line graph with monthly water usage trends and include data labels for each point.

User customizes their reporting dashboard by adding multiple metrics and visualizations to track compliance performance across different areas.

Given the user is on the Customized Reporting Dashboard, when they add 'Energy Consumption' and 'Waste Management' metrics along with a bar chart and table visualization, then the dashboard should reflect both metrics accurately and allow toggling between the visuals without data loss.

The user filters the compliance data by specific regions and time periods to analyze trends for different departments.

Given the user is using the filtering options on the dashboard, when they select 'Region A' and set the date range from '2023-01-01' to '2023-12-31', then the dashboard should only display data relevant to 'Region A' within the specified date range.

The user wants to save a customized report for future reference and access.

Given the user has created a customized report, when they click the 'Save Report' button and provide a name, then the report should be saved in their dashboard and accessible under 'My Reports' section upon the next login.

User attempts to generate a report using metrics that have no historical data available.

Given the user selects a metric that has no historical compliance data, when they try to generate the report, then the system should display an error message indicating that there is no data available for the selected metric.

The user views a report and decides to export it in a .CSV format for further analysis.

Given the report is generated and displayed on the Customized Reporting Dashboard, when the user clicks the 'Export as CSV' button, then the report should download in the .CSV format containing all displayed data accurately.

The user seeks assistance via tooltips or help sections available within the dashboard interface.

Given the user is viewing the Customized Reporting Dashboard, when they hover over a specific metric or feature, then an informative tooltip should appear providing guidance on how to use the feature effectively.

Integration with Third-Party Data Sources

User Story: As an environmental analyst, I want to integrate third-party data sources into GreenSync so that I can access comprehensive and real-time compliance information.
Description: The Integration with Third-Party Data Sources requirement focuses on allowing GreenSync to connect with external data sources and software systems, such as environmental monitoring tools and compliance databases. This feature is critical for enhancing the accuracy and comprehensiveness of compliance data available within the GreenSync platform. By facilitating real-time updates from these third-party systems, users can gain a holistic view of their compliance status and environmental performance. This interconnectivity will streamline data collection processes and reduce manual data entry errors, ultimately improving compliance management efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user of GreenSync, I want to connect to external environmental monitoring tools to receive real-time data updates, enabling me to have an up-to-date view of my compliance status.

Given that I have configured my external environmental monitoring tool in GreenSync, When the tool sends a data update, Then the latest compliance data should be reflected in my GreenSync dashboard within 5 minutes.

As a compliance manager, I want to access historical data from third-party compliance databases through the GreenSync platform to analyze trends and develop future strategies.

Given that I have access to the third-party compliance database, When I request historical compliance data, Then the system should display data spanning at least the last 5 years in a user-friendly format.

As a user, I need to ensure that all data imported from third-party sources maintains accuracy and integrity to trust the compliance information presented in GreenSync.

Given that I have imported data from a third-party source, When I compare the imported data with the source data, Then I should find discrepancies no greater than 2% for any compliance metrics.

As a system administrator, I want to ensure that the integration with third-party data sources does not compromise the security of user data stored within GreenSync.

Given that I have activated the third-party integration, When I perform a security audit, Then there should be no unauthorized access or data breaches related to the integration process.

As a user of GreenSync, I want to receive alerts when data from third-party sources are successfully integrated or if there are any issues during the integration process.

Given that I have set up alert notifications, When there is a successful or failed data integration attempt from a third-party source, Then I should receive an email notification detailing the outcome within 10 minutes.

As a data analyst, I want to visualize the combined data from multiple third-party sources in dashboards to facilitate better decision-making and reporting.

Given that I have multiple third-party data sources integrated, When I view the dashboard, Then the dashboard should display an integrated chart that combines insights from all connected sources for easy analysis.

As a compliance auditor, I want to generate reports that include data from third-party integrations to evaluate overall compliance performance effectively.

Given that third-party data has been successfully integrated, When I generate a compliance report, Then the report should include metrics from integrated data sources as part of the overall compliance performance analysis.

Historical Trend Analysis

User Story: As a compliance analyst, I want to analyze historical compliance trends to understand recurring challenges and improve our strategy moving forward.
Description: The Historical Trend Analysis requirement involves developing a feature that enables users to visualize and analyze compliance data trends over time. Users should be able to access graphical representations of historical compliance alerts, actions taken, and performance metrics to identify patterns, recurring issues, and opportunities for improvement. This feature will enhance users' ability to make data-driven decisions for future compliance strategies by leveraging past performance insights. The analysis tools should allow users to compare different time periods and draw actionable conclusions to enhance overall compliance effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: Visualization of Historical Compliance Data Trends

Given the user is on the Historical Trend Analysis dashboard, when they select a specific compliance category and time range, then a graphical representation of compliance alerts and actions taken should be displayed accurately for the selected parameters.

Comparison of Different Time Periods

Given the user has selected two different time periods for analysis, when they initiate the comparison, then the system should display side-by-side graphs illustrating compliance trends for both periods, highlighting any significant differences.

Analysis of Recurring Compliance Issues

Given the user is viewing historical compliance data, when they utilize the analysis tools to identify recurring alerts, then the system should generate a report listing recurring compliance issues along with their frequency over time.

Integration of Performance Metrics

Given the user has selected compliance alerts to visualize, when they enable performance metrics, then the system should overlay relevant performance statistics on the trend graphs for enhanced insights.

Data-Driven Decision Making

Given the user has completed their analysis of historical trends, when they generate actionable conclusions, then the system should produce a summary report that outlines suggested improvements based on historical data.

User-Friendly Interface for Trend Analysis

Given the user accesses the Historical Trend Analysis feature, when they navigate through the visualizations, then the interface should be intuitive and allow easy adjustments to data filters without technical assistance.

Exporting Compliance Trend Reports

Given the user has analyzed the historical compliance trends, when they choose to export the data, then the system should provide an option to download the trend analysis report in multiple formats (e.g., PDF, Excel).

User Role Management

User Story: As an IT administrator, I want to manage user roles and permissions in GreenSync so that I can ensure data security while allowing collaborative compliance efforts.
Description: The User Role Management requirement focuses on implementing a system that allows administrators to define roles and permissions for different users within the GreenSync platform. This feature will enable organizations to control access to sensitive compliance data and features based on user roles, ensuring that employees can only access the information and tools necessary for their job functions. By promoting a secure and organized environment, User Role Management will enhance collaboration while safeguarding sensitive data. This feature should provide an intuitive interface for administrators to set and manage roles easily.
Acceptance Criteria: User with Administrator role adds a new user and assigns them a specific role with defined permissions within the GreenSync platform.

Given an Administrator is logged in, when they navigate to the User Management section and fill out the new user form with valid information and select a role, then the user should be successfully created and visible in the user list with the correct role assigned.

A user attempts to access a compliance report they do not have permission to view based on their assigned role.

Given a user with a restricted role navigates to the compliance report section, when they attempt to open a report that is outside their permission scope, then they should receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions.

An Administrator modifies an existing user's role and permissions from the User Management interface.

Given an Administrator is logged in, when they select an existing user from the user list, modify their role and permissions, and save the changes, then the user’s profile should reflect the updated role and permissions immediately upon refresh.

Audit logs capture changes made to user roles and permissions by an Administrator.

Given an Administrator modifies user roles, when the changes are saved, then an entry should appear in the audit logs detailing the timestamp, the user's previous role, the new role, and the Administrator who made the change.

The system allows bulk uploading of users with assigned roles through a CSV file.

Given an Administrator prepares a CSV file with user details including roles, when they upload the file through the User Management interface, then all users should be created with the correct roles and receive confirmation of successful uploads.

Users receive notifications when their role and permissions are changed.

Given an Administrator changes a user's role, when the changes are applied, then the user should receive an email notification outlining the changes to their role and permissions.

An Administrator views a dashboard that summarizes users by their roles and associated permissions.

Given an Administrator is logged in, when they access the User Role Management dashboard, then they should see a summary grid displaying the number of users in each role along with their respective permissions.

Multi-Channel Notification System

The Multi-Channel Notification System ensures that compliance alerts reach users via multiple platforms, including email, mobile push notifications, and in-app messages. This feature maximizes the chances that all relevant parties receive critical updates, thereby reducing the risk of missed deadlines or compliance failures.

Requirements

Real-Time Alert Configuration

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to configure my notification settings so that I receive compliance alerts through my preferred channels and according to my schedule, thereby ensuring I never miss important updates.
Description: The Real-Time Alert Configuration requirement allows users to customize their notification preferences for compliance alerts, ensuring that alerts are sent through their preferred channels at specified times and for specific compliance events. This flexibility will empower users to manage their notification settings based on urgency and relevance, thereby enhancing usability and ensuring that critical compliance information is always delivered in a timely manner. The system will integrate seamlessly with existing user profiles, enabling easy adjustments and consistent updates to notification setups across all platforms utilized by GreenSync, enhancing user engagement and compliance awareness.
Acceptance Criteria: User configures their alert preferences to receive notifications for compliance events via email, mobile push notifications, and in-app messages anytime an event is triggered.

Given the user is logged into their profile, when they navigate to the alert settings, then they should be able to select preferred notification channels for specific compliance events.

User sets specific times for receiving compliance alerts, such as alerts for new regulations or deadlines.

Given the user has access to the alert settings, when they define a specific time for receiving alerts, then the system should send notifications only at the designated times.

User updates their notification preferences and expects instant reflection of these changes across all platforms (email, push notification, in-app).

Given the user changes their notification preferences, when they save the settings, then the new preferences should be immediately applied and reflected across email, push notifications, and in-app messages.

User wants to ensure they receive notifications for high-urgency compliance events immediately while low-urgency events can be batched together for a daily summary.

Given the user categorizes compliance events by urgency, when high-urgency events occur, then these should trigger immediate notifications, while low-urgency events should be summarized in a daily digest.

User seeks to revert notification settings back to a previous configuration after receiving too many alerts.

Given the user has previously configured alert settings, when they choose to revert to a prior setup, then the system should restore all notifications to the last saved configuration accurately.

User wishes to receive alerts only for specific compliance categories like emissions, waste management, or water use.

Given the user is in the alert settings, when they select specific compliance categories, then they should only receive notifications related to those selected categories.

Compliance Status Dashboard

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want a comprehensive dashboard that displays my compliance metrics so that I can easily track and manage our compliance status for timely action.
Description: The Compliance Status Dashboard requirement offers users a centralized view of their compliance metrics in real time. This dashboard will display key performance indicators, alert statuses, and upcoming deadlines all in one place. By providing visual insights such as graphs and charts, users can track their compliance journey effectively, allowing for proactive decision-making. This feature integrates with the Multi-Channel Notification System to ensure users are instantly informed about changes in their compliance standing or approaching deadlines. This centralized access empowers teams to focus on areas needing attention, thereby reducing the risk of non-compliance.
Acceptance Criteria: User views the Compliance Status Dashboard on their desktop, checking for real-time updates on compliance metrics and alerts.

Given the user is logged into GreenSync and navigates to the Compliance Status Dashboard, when the user opens the dashboard, then the dashboard should display real-time compliance metrics, alert statuses, and upcoming deadlines in an accessible format.

A compliance officer receives a push notification about an approaching deadline for a compliance report.

Given the compliance officer has the Multi-Channel Notification System set up for push notifications, when a deadline for the compliance report approaches, then the officer should receive a push notification alerting them to the deadline at least 48 hours in advance.

The Compliance Status Dashboard updates automatically as compliance metrics are modified due to new data entries.

Given that the dashboard is displayed, when new compliance data is entered into the system, then the Compliance Status Dashboard should refresh its metrics automatically without requiring the user to refresh the page.

Users review the upcoming deadlines section on the Compliance Status Dashboard to identify tasks that require immediate attention.

Given that the user is looking at the upcoming deadlines section, when upcoming compliance deadlines are displayed, then the deadlines should be listed in chronological order with details on the compliance task associated with each deadline.

A user attempts to access the Compliance Status Dashboard on a mobile device and expects a responsive design.

Given the user accesses the Compliance Status Dashboard on a mobile device, when the dashboard is loaded, then it should display correctly and responsively with all features accessible without loss of functionality.

The system logs a user activity when they access the Compliance Status Dashboard for auditing purposes.

Given the user is logged into GreenSync, when the user accesses the Compliance Status Dashboard, then the system should create a log entry capturing the user ID, time of access, and actions performed on the dashboard for compliance tracking.

Push Notification Settings

User Story: As a field worker, I want to customize my push notification settings so that I only receive essential compliance alerts when I am on the go, helping me stay focused without unnecessary distractions.
Description: The Push Notification Settings requirement enables users to manage how they receive mobile notifications regarding compliance alerts. Users can choose to enable or disable notifications, select specific types of alerts to receive, and set quiet hours when notifications will not be sent. By giving users control over their mobile notification preferences, this feature enhances user satisfaction and prevents alert fatigue, ensuring that critical information is prioritized and delivered when most relevant. The implementation will involve integrating with mobile device settings and ensuring that alerts are structured in a user-friendly manner.
Acceptance Criteria: User configuring push notification settings for the first time.

Given the user is on the Push Notification Settings page, when they select the 'Enable Notifications' option and save their preferences, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that notifications are enabled.

User selectively enabling specific types of compliance alerts.

Given the user has accessed the Push Notification Settings, when they check the boxes for specific alert types and click 'Save', then those specific alerts only should be activated and the user should see a success notification confirming the changes.

User setting quiet hours for notifications.

Given the user is on the Push Notification Settings and has specified a time range for quiet hours, when the user saves this setting, then no notifications should be sent during the specified quiet hours, and this should be reflected in the user's notification history.

User receiving notifications after enabling them based on selected preferences.

Given the user has enabled notifications and selected specific alert types, when a compliance alert is triggered, then the user should receive a mobile push notification for each selected alert type, consistent with their preferences.

User testing the toggle for enabling and disabling notifications.

Given the user has disabled notifications, when they toggle the 'Enable Notifications' switch to the 'On' position and save their preferences, then they should receive a notification confirming that notifications have been re-enabled.

User checking the user-friendly structure of the alerts in the settings interface.

Given the user is on the Push Notification Settings page, when they review the alert structure, then all alerts should be clearly labeled, and the options should be easy to understand and navigate without any technical jargon.

User being notified appropriately based on quiet hours set.

Given the user has set quiet hours, when a compliance alert occurs during that time, then the user should not receive any notifications until the quiet hours end, and the non-received notifications should be documented for the user's review later.

In-App Messaging Alerts

User Story: As a project manager, I want to receive compliance alerts directly in the app, so that I can quickly respond to them without switching between multiple platforms, thereby improving my workflow.
Description: The In-App Messaging Alerts requirement facilitates real-time communication of compliance notifications directly within the GreenSync application. Users will receive alerts as messages within the app, ensuring immediate visibility while they are actively working on their tasks. This feature will reduce the chances of missed notifications and enhance collaboration among team members, as users can respond to alerts without leaving the application. By integrating this functionality, GreenSync promotes a collaborative environment and streamlines the process of acknowledging and addressing compliance issues swiftly, ultimately aiming to improve the overall responsiveness to compliance needs.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a compliance alert while working on the GreenSync application and needs to respond to it without navigating away from their current task.

Given the user is logged into the GreenSync application, when a compliance alert is triggered, then the user should receive an in-app message notification displaying the details of the alert.

Multiple compliance alerts are triggered during a user’s session, and they need to manage them effectively without missing any important notification.

Given the user has received multiple compliance alerts, when they view the in-app messages, then all alerts should be displayed in chronological order with timestamps for clarity.

A user wants to acknowledge a compliance alert and provide a response to their team while continuing to work in the application.

Given the user receives an in-app compliance alert, when they click on the alert, then they should be presented with options to acknowledge the alert and provide feedback directly within the app interface.

A user is working on a compliance report and receives an alert for a new regulation that must be addressed immediately.

Given the user is editing a compliance report, when the alert for the new regulation is received, then the user should not only receive the alert but also have a prompt that redirects them to the relevant section of the report for updates.

The compliance team is tracking their response times to alerts and needs an overview of acknowledged alerts within the application.

Given the user has acknowledged compliance alerts, when they access their in-app message history, then they should be able to filter and view all acknowledged alerts along with response times and status updates.

The user has received a compliance alert late in the day and wants to review the alert history to ensure no missed notifications.

Given the user accesses the in-app alerts section at the end of their workday, when they check the alert history, then they should see a complete log of all alerts received during their session with appropriate status indicators for each notification.

Email Notification Templates

User Story: As a communications director, I want to customize the email notifications for compliance alerts so that they align with our brand guidelines and clearly convey essential information to our stakeholders, ensuring important messages are effectively communicated.
Description: The Email Notification Templates requirement allows users to customize the format and content of compliance alert emails generated by the system. This functionality ensures that users can tailor notifications to meet their organizational branding and communication preferences, enhancing the clarity and relevance of the information delivered. Users can select from multiple templates or create their own, providing maximum flexibility in communication. Additionally, the system will ensure compliance with relevant email regulations and best practices, thereby improving user engagement and reducing the likelihood of emails being overlooked or marked as spam.
Acceptance Criteria: As a sustainability manager, I want to select a predefined email notification template for compliance alerts so that the alerts represent our corporate branding and are easily recognizable by the recipients.

Given that the user is logged into the GreenSync system, when they navigate to the email notification settings, then they should see at least five predefined templates available for selection.

As a compliance officer, I want to create a custom email notification template so that I can include specific content relevant to our organization's compliance needs.

Given that the user is in the email notification settings, when they choose to create a new template, then they should be able to input text, add images, and save the template without any errors occurring during the process.

As a user who has selected an email notification template, I want to preview the email before sending it out so that I can verify the formatting and content are correct.

Given that the user has selected a template, when they click on the preview button, then a visual representation of the email should display with all selected content formatted accurately.

As a compliance administrator, I want to ensure that the email notification complies with GDPR and CAN-SPAM regulations to avoid any legal issues.

Given that the admin has configured the email notification settings, when the email is generated, then the email should include an unsubscribe link and comply with all relevant legal requirements.

As a user who has received a compliance alert email, I want to make sure the email does not land in the spam folder so that I can receive important updates reliably.

Given that the notification email has been sent, when the recipient checks their inbox, then the email should appear in the primary inbox rather than the spam folder for at least 90% of tested email addresses.

As a user of the system, I want to edit an existing email notification template so that I can make quick adjustments to the content as compliance regulations change.

Given that the user is on the template management page, when they select an existing template and choose to edit it, then they should be able to modify the content and save the changes successfully without issues.

Notification Analytics Reporting

User Story: As an analytics manager, I want to access reports on notification performance so that I can evaluate the effectiveness of our compliance alerts and refine our communication approach accordingly.
Description: The Notification Analytics Reporting requirement provides users with insights into how compliance notifications are being received and acted upon over time. This reporting feature will track metrics such as open rates, channel performance, and user engagement with alerts, allowing organizations to analyze and optimize their communication strategies. By identifying trends and patterns in notification effectiveness, users will be better equipped to make informed decisions regarding their compliance communications. This feature will integrate with existing reporting tools in GreenSync and help ensure that teams can continuously improve their notification strategies, ultimately enhancing compliance management.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to access the Notification Analytics Reporting feature to view the open rates of compliance notifications sent over the past month.

Given the user has permission to access reporting, when they navigate to the Notification Analytics section, then they should see a detailed report showing open rates categorized by notification method (email, mobile push, in-app) for the past month.

Users need to analyze the performance of different notification channels to optimize compliance communications based on engagement.

Given the user is viewing the Notification Analytics, when they select the 'Channel Performance' report, then they should see metrics such as click-through rates, open rates, and engagement scores for each channel over a specified time frame.

A compliance manager needs to understand trends in user engagement with notifications to improve future notifications.

Given the user selects the 'Engagement Trends' graph from the Notification Analytics, when they adjust the date range, then the graph should update to reflect engagement trends for the selected period, highlighting any spikes or drops in user interactions.

Users expect to receive a summary of notification performance via email to track compliance effectiveness without logging into GreenSync.

Given a user configures email notifications for summary reports, when the reporting period ends, then the user should receive an email containing a summary of compliance notifications performance, including open rates and engagement metrics.

An administrator wants to ensure that all alerts sent in the last week are covered in the analytics reporting.

Given the administrator requests the Notification Analytics for the last week, when the report generates, then it should include all compliance notifications sent during that week, along with detailed metrics for each alert.

A user requires customized insights into specific notification categories for targeted compliance efforts.

Given the user applies filters for specific notification categories in the Notification Analytics feature, when they view the report, then the metrics displayed should reflect only the selected categories for the chosen time period.

Scenario Customization Wizard

The Scenario Customization Wizard provides users with an intuitive interface to easily create and modify various sustainability scenarios. This feature allows users to input different parameters for energy consumption, waste generation, and resource utilization, ensuring that diverse potential initiatives can be accurately modeled. By streamlining the setup process, users can quickly explore multiple strategies, making planning more efficient and targeted to their organization's unique sustainability goals.

Requirements

User-Friendly Interface

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want a user-friendly interface in the Scenario Customization Wizard so that I can easily create and modify sustainability scenarios without requiring extensive technical knowledge.
Description: The Scenario Customization Wizard must comprise a user-friendly interface that allows users of varying technical expertise to create and adjust sustainability scenarios effortlessly. It should feature drag-and-drop functionality, intuitive navigation, and contextual help tips to facilitate user engagement and ease of use. This ensures a broad range of users can access and utilize the tool effectively, leading to increased adoption and better outcomes in sustainability planning.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a new sustainability scenario using the Scenario Customization Wizard for corporate energy consumption reduction strategies.

Given the user has accessed the Scenario Customization Wizard, when they input energy usage parameters and click 'Create Scenario', then the system should successfully generate a new scenario and display it in the user's dashboard.

User modifies an existing sustainability scenario in the Scenario Customization Wizard to adjust waste generation parameters.

Given the user has selected an existing waste management scenario, when they drag and drop the waste generation slider to adjust the values and click 'Update Scenario', then the updated scenario should reflect the new waste generation parameters and retain all other previous data.

User accesses contextual help tips while using the Scenario Customization Wizard to create a sustainability scenario.

Given the user is on the Scenario Customization Wizard page, when they hover over any interactive elements, then relevant contextual help tips should appear, providing clear guidance on how to utilize each feature effectively.

User navigates through the Scenario Customization Wizard to create a new resource utilization scenario without technical expertise.

Given the user has no prior experience with the tool, when they follow the step-by-step walkthrough provided by the system, then they should be able to create a complete sustainability scenario without needing additional assistance.

User wants to save multiple sustainability scenarios for future reference within the Scenario Customization Wizard.

Given the user has created several sustainability scenarios, when they choose the 'Save All' option, then all scenarios should be saved successfully and be retrievable in the user's dashboard upon their next login.

Dynamic Parameter Input

User Story: As an operations team member, I want to input and adjust parameters directly in the Scenario Customization Wizard so that I can see how changes in our operations affect sustainability outcomes instantly.
Description: The system will allow users to dynamically input parameters related to energy consumption, waste generation, and resource utilization. This flexibility enables scenario modeling that reflects the organization's specific sustainability goals and initiatives. Users should be able to adjust these parameters in real-time and see the immediate impact of these changes reflected in scenario outcomes, fostering an adaptive approach to sustainability planning.
Acceptance Criteria: Dynamic Input for Energy Consumption in Scenario Customization Wizard

Given the user is on the Scenario Customization Wizard page, when they input a value for energy consumption and click 'Update Scenario', then the updated energy consumption value is immediately reflected in the scenario outcomes without delay.

Real-time Adjustment of Waste Generation Parameters

Given the user is using the Scenario Customization Wizard, when they change the waste generation parameter and press 'Apply Changes', then the system recalculates and displays the updated scenario results accurately within 3 seconds.

Resource Utilization Parameter Modifications

Given the user has navigated to the parameter settings within the Scenario Customization Wizard, when they adjust the resource utilization values and submit the inputs, then the new values should appear in the scenario overview and previous values should no longer be displayed.

Validation of Dynamic Input Limits for Parameters

Given the user is entering data for energy consumption, when they attempt to input a value exceeding the predefined limits, then the system should display an error message indicating the acceptable range of values.

User Notification of Successful Parameter Update

Given the user has updated the parameters for waste generation, when they click ‘Save Changes’, then a confirmation notification should appear indicating that the parameters have been successfully updated.

Impact Visualization of Parameter Changes

Given the user modifies resource utilization inputs, when the user views the scenario outcomes, then the visual representation of outcomes (graphs, charts) should change to reflect the new inputs appropriately.

User Experience Consistency Across Different Parameters

Given the user is interacting with different parameter inputs (energy, waste, resource), when they make valid adjustments, then the interface should maintain consistent user experience and response time across all parameter types.

Multiple Scenario Comparison

User Story: As a strategic planner, I want to compare multiple sustainability scenarios side by side within the Scenario Customization Wizard so that I can make informed decisions based on their relative impacts.
Description: The tool should enable users to create multiple scenarios and compare their potential impacts side by side. This capability allows for effective analysis and decision-making, as users can evaluate which strategies yield the best outcomes concerning sustainability objectives. The comparison feature must be visually engaging and provide clear metrics to facilitate discussion and strategic planning among stakeholders.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates multiple sustainability scenarios to compare their impacts on energy consumption and waste generation.

Given the user inputs different parameters for multiple sustainability scenarios, When they initiate a comparison, Then the tool displays a side-by-side comparison of the results, highlighting key metrics such as energy savings and waste reduction for each scenario.

User modifies existing sustainability scenarios to evaluate different resource utilization strategies.

Given an existing scenario, When the user changes the parameters for resource utilization and saves the updated scenario, Then the new impact metrics are recalculated and displayed accurately for all relevant categories.

Stakeholders engage in discussions based on the scenario comparison results.

Given the comparison result page is displayed, When stakeholders view the metrics, Then they can easily understand and discuss which scenarios offer the best sustainability outcomes based on clear visualizations and comparative data.

User exports the scenario comparison results for reporting purposes.

Given the user has completed a scenario comparison, When they select the export function, Then the system generates a report in PDF format that includes the comparison metrics and graphs for external sharing.

The scenario comparison tool provides visual engagement through graphs and charts.

Given multiple scenarios have been created and compared, When the user views the comparison, Then visual elements such as graphs and charts accurately represent the data to facilitate user understanding.

The system handles user inputs efficiently during scenario customization.

Given a user is inputting parameters for creating a new scenario, When they enter data into the fields, Then the system accepts the data without lag and provides real-time feedback on input validity.

User receives feedback when no scenarios are available for comparison.

Given the user navigates to the comparison feature, When there are no scenarios created, Then the system displays a friendly message prompting the user to create scenarios before comparison can occur.

Integration with ESG Reporting

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want the scenarios I create to integrate with our ESG reporting tools so that I can ensure our sustainability initiatives are accurately reflected in our compliance documentation.
Description: The Scenario Customization Wizard should integrate seamlessly with the broader ESG reporting functionality within GreenSync. This ensures that any scenarios created can directly inform compliance reporting and overall ESG metrics, streamlining processes for users. The integration must allow users to export scenario data and visualizations for inclusion in their formal sustainability reports, thereby enhancing the overall utility of the software.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of Scenario Customization Wizard with ESG Reporting

Given a user has created a sustainability scenario in the Scenario Customization Wizard, when the user saves the scenario, then the scenario data should automatically sync with the ESG reporting module without errors.

Exporting Scenario Data for Reporting

Given a user has created a scenario and wishes to include it in an ESG report, when the user selects the export option, then the system should allow the user to export scenario data in a compatible format (e.g., CSV, PDF) and should include all relevant visualizations accurately.

Real-time Updates in ESG Metrics

Given a user modifies a scenario in the Scenario Customization Wizard, when the changes are saved, then the ESG metrics should be updated in real-time to reflect the new scenario inputs without requiring a system refresh.

User Notifications for Integration Status

Given a user is working within the Scenario Customization Wizard, when integration with ESG reporting encounters an error, then the system should provide a clear and actionable notification to the user about the error.

Access Controls for Scenario Sharing

Given a user has created a sustainability scenario, when the user attempts to share the scenario with another team member, then the system should allow sharing in accordance with user access levels defined in the organization’s settings.

Visualization Adjustment Options

Given a user has created a scenario, when the user accesses visualization settings, then the user should be able to adjust the parameters of the visualization (e.g., chart type, color schemes) and save these changes for future reports.

Scenario History and Revision Tracking

Given a user has created and modified multiple scenarios, when the user accesses the revision history for a specific scenario, then the system should display a complete log of changes made, including time-stamps and user details, allowing the user to revert if necessary.

Scenario Sharing Capabilities

User Story: As a project leader, I want to share my sustainability scenarios with my team so that we can collaboratively discuss and refine our sustainability strategies.
Description: The feature must allow users to share created scenarios with other users or stakeholders within the organization. This can be facilitated through links or direct access permissions, enabling collaborative discussions and decision-making processes. Sharing capabilities enhance collaboration across departments, ensuring alignment towards common sustainability goals and fostering a culture of sustainability within the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: User Sharing Scenarios with Team Members

Given a user has created a sustainability scenario, when they choose to share it, then the system should provide options to share via a direct link or by granting access permissions to selected team members.

Access and Edit Shared Scenarios

Given a user has received access to a shared scenario, when they log in and navigate to the shared section, then they should be able to view, edit, and save changes to the shared scenario.

Notification of Shared Scenario Access

Given a scenario has been shared with a user, when the sharing action is completed, then the system should send a notification to the user confirming access to the shared scenario.

Restricting Scenario Sharing Permissions

Given a user has created a scenario, when they set sharing permissions, then the system should allow the user to restrict access to view-only or edit permissions for stakeholders.

Tracking Edit History in Shared Scenarios

Given a shared scenario has been edited, when a user views the scenario, then they should be able to see the edit history, including who made changes and when those changes occurred.

Auditing Scenario Sharing Activities

Given multiple scenarios have been shared within the platform, when an administrator runs an audit report, then the report should include details on all scenario sharing activities, including who shared the scenario and with whom.

Real-Time Data Integration

User Story: As a sustainability analyst, I want to incorporate real-time data into my scenarios in the Scenario Customization Wizard so that I can ensure our planning is based on the latest and most accurate information available.
Description: The scenario creation tool should support real-time data integration from various sources relevant to sustainability metrics (e.g., energy consumption data, waste generation statistics). This functionality will ensure that users are basing their scenarios on the latest and most accurate information, thus improving the reliability of the scenarios produced. Real-time data enhances decision-making and enables agile responses to changing environmental conditions and regulations.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to create a sustainability scenario that impacts energy consumption, utilizing real-time data integration to ensure up-to-date information is reflected in their plans.

Given the user is on the Scenario Customization Wizard, when they input energy parameters, then the system should pull real-time energy consumption data from integrated sources with no delay, displaying the latest metrics in the user interface.

A user modifies an existing sustainability scenario to reflect new waste generation data, ensuring they are able to make accurate assessments.

Given the user selects an existing scenario for waste generation, when they trigger a data refresh, then the system should successfully update the scenario with current waste generation statistics from real-time sources without errors.

In a team meeting, users present scenarios created using real-time data to evaluate multiple strategies for sustainability initiatives.

Given multiple users are simultaneously accessing the scenario creation tool, when they create and modify scenarios, then all users should be able to view the updated scenarios in real time without any discrepancies or lag in data.

A user wants to validate the accuracy of their sustainability scenarios by comparing them to actual environmental performance data.

Given the user has created a scenario based on real-time data, when they execute a report, then the report should accurately reflect key performance metrics and discrepancies between forecasted and actual data should be less than 5%.

A user sets up alerts for deviation in real-time data which affects their sustainability initiatives.

Given the user configures alert settings for specific thresholds in energy consumption and waste generation, when the real-time data exceeds these thresholds, then the system should send timely notifications to the user via their preferred communication channel.

A user wants to integrate new data sources for enhanced decision-making in sustainability scenarios.

Given the user accesses the data integration settings, when they select and connect to new data sources, then the system should successfully retrieve and display real-time data from these new sources in the Scenario Customization Wizard without requiring a system restart.

Impact Forecasting Model

The Impact Forecasting Model uses advanced algorithms to analyze the data inputted by users and predict the environmental, financial, and social impact of proposed initiatives. This feature empowers organizations with actionable insights, enabling them to make informed decisions based on precise forecasting. By visualizing the potential outcomes of different strategies, users can enhance their planning processes and allocate resources more effectively.

Requirements

User Data Input Interface

User Story: As an environmental manager, I want a user-friendly interface for data input so that I can easily enter the necessary information for forecasting our initiatives' impact.
Description: The User Data Input Interface allows users to easily enter and manage data regarding their proposed initiatives. This requirement ensures that users can input various parameters, including environmental factors and financial metrics, through a user-friendly interface. It should support form fields, dropdowns, and data validation to enhance user experience. The importance of this feature lies in its role as the primary gateway for users to provide the necessary information needed for the Impact Forecasting Model to perform accurate predictions. A seamless input process enhances user adoption and data accuracy, ensuring actionable insights can be derived from sound data entries.
Acceptance Criteria: User Inputs Environmental and Financial Data

Given the User Data Input Interface is displayed, when the user inputs valid environmental factors and financial metrics, then the system should save the input data successfully and display a confirmation message.

Input Validation for Required Fields

Given the user is on the User Data Input Interface, when the user attempts to submit the form without filling in all required fields, then the system should display error messages for each missing required field.

Dropdown Selection for Environmental Factors

Given the User Data Input Interface is open, when the user selects an option from the dropdown for environmental factors, then the system should enable related fields that allow further specification of the selected factor.

Data Persistence after Input Submission

Given the user has filled in the User Data Input Interface and submitted the data, when they navigate away and return to the interface, then all previously entered data should still be present in the corresponding fields.

User-Friendly Interface Navigation

Given the User Data Input Interface, when a user accesses the feature, then the interface should load within 2 seconds and should be fully responsive to user actions without any lag.

Error Handling for Invalid Inputs

Given the User Data Input Interface, when the user inputs invalid data (e.g., non-numeric values in financial metrics), then the system should not allow submission and should provide clear error feedback specifying the nature of the error.

Customization of Input Fields

Given the User Data Input Interface is displayed, when an advanced user opts to customize the measurement units for the input fields, then the system should allow changes and reflect these in the data input process.

Impact Visualization Dashboard

User Story: As a sustainability analyst, I want to visualize the impact forecasts on a dashboard so that I can easily interpret complex data and make informed decisions about our sustainability initiatives.
Description: The Impact Visualization Dashboard presents users with graphical representations of the predicted outcomes based on the entered data. This requirement involves creating a dynamic dashboard that showcases key performance indicators (KPIs), graphs, and charts to illustrate potential environmental, financial, and social impacts. By integrating this visual component, users can quickly comprehend complex data and scenarios, making it easier to assess the implications of their initiatives. The dashboard will improve decision-making capabilities by providing a clear, visual synthesis of the forecasting data in real time, facilitating better resource allocation and strategic planning.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Impact Visualization Dashboard to review the predicted outcomes for their proposed environmental initiative based on recently inputted data.

Given a user is logged into GreenSync, when they navigate to the Impact Visualization Dashboard, then they should see graphical representations of the predicted environmental, financial, and social impacts immediately updated based on their input.

A user interacts with the dashboard to filter and customize the displayed KPIs based on specific criteria relevant to their initiatives.

Given the dashboard is displayed, when a user filters the KPIs by selecting specific categories, then the dashboard should dynamically update to only show the relevant KPIs and visualizations based on those selections.

The user wants to export the graphical data presented in the dashboard for reporting purposes to share with stakeholders.

Given a user has selected the desired graphical data on the dashboard, when they choose the export functionality, then the data should be exported into a PDF or Excel format without loss of quality or data accuracy.

A user experiences a scenario where the data input has errors, and they need feedback on how to correct those errors before refreshing the dashboard.

Given a user has input incorrect data, when they attempt to view the Impact Visualization Dashboard, then they should receive a clear error message indicating the nature of the input error and instructions for correction.

The user is looking to compare the projected impacts of multiple initiatives using the dashboard's capabilities.

Given multiple initiatives are inputted into the system, when the user accesses the dashboard, then they should be able to select and compare at least three different initiatives side by side on the same dashboard view with clear visual distinctions.

The dashboard loads for the user after initial data input to assess the overall impact of their initiatives.

Given valid data has been entered, when the user accesses the dashboard, then the entire dashboard should load within 5 seconds, displaying all visualizations and KPIs without errors or delays.

The user needs to understand how to navigate and utilize the dashboard effectively to maximize its features.

Given a new user is on the Impact Visualization Dashboard, when they activate the help feature, then they should see tooltips or documentation that provide detailed explanations of each component and how to use them effectively.

Scenario Analysis Functionality

User Story: As an operations manager, I want to analyze different initiative scenarios so that I can evaluate their potential impacts before deciding which strategy to pursue.
Description: The Scenario Analysis Functionality allows users to model different initiatives and their potential outcomes by altering key variables within the Impact Forecasting Model. This requirement aims to empower users to simulate various strategies and evaluate their respective impacts without the risk of unintended consequences. Users should be able to save and compare different scenarios to understand the trade-offs and benefits of each initiative comprehensively. This capability enriches the decision-making process by presenting multiple avenues for sustainability efforts while highlighting the potential risks and rewards associated with each choice.
Acceptance Criteria: User simulates various environmental initiatives using the Scenario Analysis Functionality.

Given the user has accessed the Impact Forecasting Model, When the user alters key variables for a specific initiative and runs the simulation, Then the system should accurately display the predicted environmental, financial, and social impacts of the proposed initiative.

User saves and compares different scenario models to analyze impacts over time.

Given the user has created multiple scenario models, When the user selects the save option for each scenario, Then the system should successfully save the scenarios and allow the user to retrieve and compare each saved scenario at any time.

User generates a visual representation of the impacts from multiple scenarios.

Given the user has defined and saved multiple scenarios, When the user requests a visual report of the impacts, Then the system should produce a comparative visual report showing key metrics for each scenario side by side.

User evaluates trade-offs between different sustainability initiatives.

Given the user has modeled two or more initiatives within the Impact Forecasting Model, When the user analyzes the outcomes of each initiative, Then the system should clearly indicate the trade-offs and benefits associated with each initiative based on user-defined metrics.

User receives feedback on the accuracy of forecasts.

Given the user has run multiple simulations and real data becomes available, When the user compares the actual outcomes to the forecasted results, Then the system should provide an accuracy report highlighting discrepancies and suggesting adjustments to improve future forecasts.

User accesses help resources while using the Scenario Analysis Functionality.

Given the user is in the Scenario Analysis interface, When the user clicks on the help option, Then the system should display relevant documentation and guidance related to using the Scenario Analysis Functionality effectively.

User collaborates with team members on scenario modeling.

Given the user has shared scenarios with team members, When a team member modifies a scenario, Then the original user should receive a notification and have the ability to review changes made to the scenario by others.

Automated Reporting System

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want an automated reporting system so that I can efficiently generate compliance reports without manual data compilation and ensure our organization meets regulatory requirements.
Description: The Automated Reporting System generates compliance and impact assessment reports based on the data processed through the Impact Forecasting Model. This requirement should allow users to customize report parameters, receive periodic updates, and automatically generate detailed reports that highlight key findings, trends, and compliance statuses. Implementing this feature promotes transparency and accountability within the organization by streamlining the reporting process to external stakeholders or regulatory bodies. This system supports users in maintaining adherence to evolving environmental regulations while enhancing overall corporate responsibility.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customization of Report Parameters

Given a user logged into the Automated Reporting System, when they select the report generation option, then they should be able to customize parameters such as date range, report type, and specific data points to include in the report.

Periodic Updates Notification

Given a user who has subscribed to receive updates, when a report is generated based on new data, then the user should receive an email notification detailing the updates and any changes to compliance status or trends.

Automatic Generation of Detailed Reports

Given that data has been processed through the Impact Forecasting Model, when the reporting schedule triggers, then the Automated Reporting System should generate a report including key findings, trends, and compliance statuses automatically without additional user input.

Report Accessibility for External Stakeholders

Given that a report has been generated, when a user shares the report with external stakeholders, then the stakeholders should be able to access the report without any errors or access restrictions, ensuring transparency.

Compliance Status Highlighting

Given a generated compliance report, when viewed by a user, then the report should highlight sections that indicate compliance statuses, such as compliant, non-compliant, or conditional compliance, using a visual indicator.

Data Integrity Verification

Given that the report is generated from processed data, when the report is reviewed, then it should match the original data entries from the Impact Forecasting Model to ensure accuracy and integrity of the reporting.

User Feedback on Reporting Process

Given that a report has been generated and delivered to the user, when the user is prompted for feedback, then they should be able to provide their input on the report's usefulness and clarity through a feedback form.

Comparison Insight Tool

The Comparison Insight Tool allows users to juxtapose various modeled scenarios side by side, highlighting differences in impact metrics such as carbon emissions reduction, cost savings, and social benefits. This feature enhances the decision-making process by providing clear visual comparisons, enabling organizations to identify the most effective sustainability initiatives at a glance and fostering confidence in their strategic decisions.

Requirements

Scenario Comparison Display

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to compare different sustainability scenarios side by side so that I can easily see which initiatives provide the greatest environmental and financial benefits.
Description: The Scenario Comparison Display requirement focuses on providing users with an intuitive interface that allows for the side-by-side visual comparison of multiple modeled sustainability scenarios. This display should include clear graphics and metrics that outline differences in key impact areas such as carbon emissions reductions, cost savings, and social benefits. The implementation of this requirement is essential for users to quickly interpret data and make informed decisions based on comparative analyses. By seamlessly integrating with existing data sources, the Scenario Comparison Display enhances the usability of the Comparison Insight Tool and improves the overall decision-support capabilities of GreenSync, ultimately leading to better strategic outcomes for sustainability initiatives.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can select multiple sustainability scenarios to compare their environmental impacts side by side.

Given users have selected multiple scenarios, when they navigate to the comparison display, then they should see a side-by-side comparison of carbon emissions reductions, cost savings, and social benefits clearly outlined in graphical format.

Users need to interpret the visual data quickly and accurately to inform decision-making.

Given the user is on the comparison display, when they hover over any metric, then a tooltip with detailed explanations of the data points should appear, enhancing the user’s understanding.

Different users have varying preferences for how they view the comparison metrics.

Given the user accesses the comparison tool, when they select their preferred view option (e.g., bar chart, pie chart, table), then the comparison metrics should adjust accordingly to reflect their choice.

Users require consistent data updates to ensure accurate comparisons between scenarios.

Given the underlying data sources are updated, when the user refreshes the comparison display, then all metrics should reflect the most current data without delay.

Users should be able to export the comparison results for reporting purposes.

Given the user is viewing the comparison display, when they click the export button, then a downloadable report in PDF format containing all comparison metrics should be generated successfully.

Users want to share the comparison results with stakeholders for collaborative decision-making.

Given the user has completed the comparison, when they select the share function, then an email with a link to the comparison display should be sent to specified recipients.

Interactive Metric Adjuster

User Story: As a user, I want to dynamically adjust the input parameters of various sustainability scenarios so that I can see how different choices impact my overall sustainability goals and metrics.
Description: The Interactive Metric Adjuster requirement will enable users to interactively modify key input parameters for the sustainability scenarios presented in the Comparison Insight Tool. This feature should allow for real-time updates to metrics such as cost inputs, carbon reduction estimates, and other relevant factors that affect overall sustainability outcomes. By implementing this requirement, users can simulate different scenarios and immediately observe how changes impact their sustainability metrics. This dynamic interaction not only enriches the user experience but also empowers users to conduct more thorough analyses and enhance their strategic planning capabilities.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can adjust carbon reduction estimates using the Interactive Metric Adjuster while observing immediate changes in the Comparison Insight Tool's visual metrics.

Given a user has access to the Comparison Insight Tool, when they adjust the carbon reduction estimate using the Interactive Metric Adjuster, then the visual comparison metrics should update in real-time to reflect the new estimates.

Users can modify cost inputs to analyze their impact on overall sustainability metrics in the Comparison Insight Tool.

Given a user is utilizing the Comparison Insight Tool, when they input different cost variables using the Interactive Metric Adjuster, then the tool should immediately display the updated cost savings and overall sustainability outcomes.

Users can interactively adjust multiple parameters simultaneously and view their combined effects on sustainability metrics.

Given a user is engaged with the Interactive Metric Adjuster in the Comparison Insight Tool, when they adjust multiple sustainability input parameters at once, then the Comparison Insight Tool should reflect combined changes in the relevant metrics without delay.

Users will have the ability to revert changes made to the Interactive Metric Adjuster parameters and return to previous metrics.

Given a user has modified parameters in the Interactive Metric Adjuster, when they select the revert option, then the tool should restore the previous metrics automatically and efficiently.

Users can save their scenario adjustments and load them later for further analysis.

Given a user has made adjustments in the Interactive Metric Adjuster, when they save their scenario, then they should be able to load that scenario later and see the exact same parameters reflected in the Comparison Insight Tool.

Users can view a brief summary of how each metric is influenced by their adjustments using tooltips or help texts alongside the Interactive Metric Adjuster.

Given a user is utilizing the Interactive Metric Adjuster, when they hover over an adjustment input field, then a tooltip should appear explaining how changing that input affects the overall sustainability metrics.

The Interactive Metric Adjuster remains responsive and does not lag during multiple rapid adjustments by the user.

Given a user is making multiple rapid adjustments in the Interactive Metric Adjuster, when adjustments are made in quick succession, then the system should continue to provide real-time updates on sustainability metrics without performance degradation.

Exportable Comparison Reports

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to generate and export detailed reports on scenario comparisons so that I can share these analyses with stakeholders and ensure transparency in our sustainability efforts.
Description: The Exportable Comparison Reports requirement aims to provide users with the capability to generate detailed, exportable reports that encapsulate the findings from the Scenario Comparison Display. These reports should include comparative data visuals, metrics, and key insights drawn from the modeled scenarios, formatted in user-friendly documents (e.g., PDF, Excel). This requirement is vital for facilitating stakeholder communication, enhancing transparency, and allowing organizations to document and share insights regarding their sustainability strategies. By leveraging this feature, users can effectively present their analyses to decision-makers, thus supporting informed governance and compliance.
Acceptance Criteria: Exporting a Comparison Report after conducting a detailed scenario analysis using the Comparison Insight Tool.

Given that a user completes a scenario analysis in the Comparison Insight Tool, When the user selects the option to export the report, Then a downloadable file is generated in PDF format containing all relevant metrics, visuals, and insights from the comparison.

Exporting and reviewing a Comparison Report in Excel format for enhanced data analysis.

Given that a user has generated a Comparison Report, When the user opts to export the report in Excel format, Then the user receives a correctly formatted Excel file that includes all data metrics, comparison visualizations, and key insights organized in separate worksheets.

Ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the exported Comparison Reports.

Given that a Comparison Report is exported, When the user performs a verification check against the original data in the Comparison Insight Tool, Then all metrics and visuals in the report must match the displayed information in the tool without discrepancies.

Facilitating the sharing of Comparison Reports with stakeholders via email.

Given that a user exports a Comparison Report, When the user selects the 'Email Report' option, Then the system sends the report to the specified email addresses, with a confirmation message displayed to the user.

User experience when navigating the export report options.

Given that a user is in the Comparison Insight Tool, When the user clicks on the 'Export Report' button, Then the export options (PDF and Excel) are clearly visible and accessible in a user-friendly interface.

Accessing historical Comparison Reports for future reference.

Given that a user has previously generated Comparison Reports, When the user navigates to the 'Reports Archive', Then the user can view, download, or delete past Comparison Reports with accurate timestamps.

Customizing the content included in the exported Comparison Reports.

Given that a user is preparing to export a Comparison Report, When the user selects specific metrics and visualizations to include or exclude, Then the exported report reflects only the selected content as per the user's custom choices.

User Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on the Comparison Insight Tool so that the development team can make enhancements based on my experience and needs.
Description: The User Feedback Mechanism requirement aims to incorporate features that allow users to provide real-time feedback on the Comparison Insight Tool and the insights gained from scenario comparisons. This could include rating systems, comments, and suggestions for improvement. By facilitating user feedback, the product team can continuously enhance the tool based on actual user experience and needs. This requirement is crucial for maintaining user engagement, ensuring that the tool evolves to meet user demands, and fostering a culture of continuous improvement within the GreenSync product ecosystem.
Acceptance Criteria: User provides feedback on the Comparison Insight Tool after reviewing scenario comparisons during a team meeting.

Given a user accesses the Feedback Mechanism, when they submit a rating and comment, then the system should log the feedback and confirm the submission to the user.

A user attempts to submit feedback via the Comment section of the Feedback Mechanism.

Given the feedback form is displayed, when the user enters their comment and clicks 'Submit', then the comment should be saved and immediately displayed in the feedback history.

The product team reviews aggregated user feedback from the Feedback Mechanism for future enhancements.

Given multiple feedback entries exist, when the product team accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, then they should see a breakdown of ratings and comments categorized by feature and sentiment.

A user rates the Comparison Insight Tool on a scale of 1 to 5 using the Feedback Mechanism.

Given the rating options are visible, when a user selects a rating and submits it, then the average rating should update dynamically to reflect all user ratings submitted.

Users want to suggest new features for the Comparison Insight Tool through the Feedback Mechanism.

Given a suggestion form is part of the Feedback Mechanism, when a user fills it out and clicks submit, then the suggestion should be stored in a database for future reference and displayed as 'Thank you for your suggestion!'

A user wants to view previous feedback they submitted on the Comparison Insight Tool.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the Feedback History section, then they should see a list of their past feedback entries along with timestamps and content.

The Feedback Mechanism sends notifications to users after they provide feedback.

Given a user submits feedback, when the feedback is successfully logged, then the system should send a confirmation email to the user acknowledging their input.

Customizable Dashboard Integration

User Story: As a sustainability coordinator, I want to customize my ESG dashboard to include insights from the Comparison Insight Tool so that I can visualize my sustainability metrics in a way that best suits my reporting needs.
Description: The Customizable Dashboard Integration requirement will allow users to seamlessly incorporate the insights generated from the Comparison Insight Tool into their existing ESG dashboards. This feature should support multiple data visualization options and formats to help users personalize how they view and analyze scenario comparisons. By creating a highly customizable dashboard integration, users can maintain a holistic view of their sustainability metrics and better tailor the information to meet their specific organizational needs. This requirement not only enhances user experience but also maximizes the effectiveness of sustainability reporting and monitoring.
Acceptance Criteria: User integrates insights from the Comparison Insight Tool into their ESG dashboard after analyzing various sustainability scenarios for their organization.

Given the user has access to the Comparison Insight Tool, when they select data to display on their ESG dashboard, then the selected insights should successfully appear in the customizable dashboard with visual consistency and clarity.

User customizes the layout of their ESG dashboard to include multiple views of impact metrics without any functionality issues.

Given the user is on their ESG dashboard, when they choose different visualization options for the Comparison Insight Tool's data, then the dashboard should accurately reflect these changes in real-time without delays or errors.

User wants to save their customized ESG dashboard settings for future use after incorporating various scenario comparisons.

Given the user has finalized their ESG dashboard layout, when they save the dashboard settings, then the settings should be retrievable on future logins, and the layout should match their previous configurations.

User needs to compare the impact metrics of two sustainability initiatives visually on their ESG dashboard.

Given the user has access to at least two initiative scenarios from the Comparison Insight Tool, when they add both to their ESG dashboard, then the dashboard should display a side-by-side comparison of key metrics such as carbon emissions reduction and cost savings.

User validates that the ESG dashboard is mobile-friendly after accessing it on a mobile device.

Given the user accesses their ESG dashboard on a mobile device, when the dashboard loads, then all components should be responsive, and data should be easily viewable without horizontal scrolling.

User interacts with the ESG dashboard to filter and sort displayed metrics based on priority or relevance to their organization.

Given the user is viewing their ESG dashboard, when they apply filters or sorting options to the impact metrics, then the displayed information should update immediately according to the selected criteria without requiring a page refresh.

Real-time Adjustment Simulation

The Real-time Adjustment Simulation feature enables users to modify key inputs during their modeling process and immediately see updated projections. This interactive capability allows for dynamic scenario testing, making it easier to adapt to new information or changing organizational goals. By fostering a more agile and responsive planning environment, users can optimize their sustainability strategies on-the-fly.

Requirements

Dynamic Input Modification

User Story: As an environmental manager, I want to modify key inputs in my sustainability model in real-time so that I can quickly assess the impact of changes on our environmental projections and make informed decisions.
Description: The Dynamic Input Modification requirement allows users to alter various parameters in real-time during the simulation process. This functionality is critical for enabling immediate feedback on how changes affect projections, enhancing users’ ability to make informed decisions rapidly. By integrating this feature into GreenSync, users can seamlessly modify factors such as resource allocation, carbon output targets, or compliance thresholds, all while observing the resultant effects on their sustainability models. This capability is essential for fostering a more proactive approach to environmental compliance and strategy optimization, aligning with the product's goals of enabling agile decision-making for sustainability management.
Acceptance Criteria: User modifies carbon output targets during the simulation to assess environmental impact.

Given the user is in the simulation mode, when they change the carbon output target, then they should see an updated projection within 5 seconds reflecting the new target's impact on sustainability metrics.

User adjusts resource allocation while running a scenario simulation to evaluate cost implications.

Given the user has access to the resource allocation settings, when they modify the allocation parameters, then the system should provide real-time feedback on cost implications and projected outcome updates in under 3 seconds.

User manipulates compliance thresholds to determine the feasibility of meeting regulatory requirements.

Given the user is adjusting compliance threshold settings, when they make changes and save them, then the system should display updated compliance status and risk assessment immediately on the dashboard.

User tests multiple scenarios by modifying various parameters simultaneously to analyze overall sustainability impact.

Given the user has multiple inputs to modify, when they adjust these parameters and run the simulation, then all resultant projections should refresh accurately, allowing side-by-side comparison of all scenarios within 10 seconds.

User utilizes the simulation to observe how changes in parameters affect overall sustainability goals.

Given that the user initiates simulation with certain baseline parameters, when they change any one key parameter, then the outputs displayed should directly reflect changes in sustainability goals with a clear explanation of the effects.

User needs to document changes made during simulation for compliance reporting.

Given the user has altered simulation parameters, when they finalize the simulation, then the system must automatically generate a comprehensive report detailing all changes and their impacts to facilitate compliance reporting.

User evaluates the historic effectiveness of previous simulations after making parameter adjustments.

Given the user is reviewing past simulations, when they adjust parameters in the current context, then they should be able to see a historical comparison of previous outputs versus current projections to evaluate effectiveness over time.

Instant Projection Feedback

User Story: As a sustainability analyst, I want to see updated projections immediately after changing inputs so that I can evaluate different scenarios and adjust our strategies without wasting time.
Description: The Instant Projection Feedback requirement ensures that whenever a user updates any input, the system instantly recalculates the projections based on the current data. This capability is pivotal for facilitating quick scenario tests and allowing users to immediately visualize the outcomes of their adjustments. By providing instant feedback, GreenSync enhances user experience and decision-making efficiency, enabling enterprises to respond to regulatory changes or internal strategical shifts swiftly. The expected outcome is a more agile planning process where stakeholders can analyze potential scenarios without delay, effectively driving compliance and sustainability initiatives forward.
Acceptance Criteria: User updates a key input value (e.g., carbon emissions target) in the Real-time Adjustment Simulation and expects the projections to update immediately in the ESG dashboard.

Given a user has modified a key input, when the input is saved, then the system should recalculate the projections and display the updated results within 2 seconds.

A user adjusts multiple input values (e.g., energy consumption and waste generation) simultaneously during a sustainability planning session.

Given a user has adjusted multiple inputs at once, when they apply the changes, then the system should process all adjustments and display the updated projections without requiring any additional user input.

The user needs to visualize historical projections against the currently updated projections after making input adjustments to analyze changes over time.

Given a user has updated the inputs and saved the changes, when they select to compare historical data, then the system should provide a clear visual comparison within the dashboard showing both current and historical projections side by side.

A compliance officer is under time pressure to assess the impact of new regulatory changes on current projections and requires immediate feedback on adjustments.

Given a compliance officer has entered new regulatory parameters, when they hit 'submit', then the system should instantly recalculate and provide updated compliance projections without lag, ensuring decisions can be made quickly.

An administrator wants to assess the accuracy of input changes by viewing projected impacts across various departments within the organization.

Given a department lead has made input changes, when they refresh the projections, then the system should update and display a detailed impact report specific to each department within 3 seconds.

A sustainability manager tests several what-if scenarios, adjusting inputs to see how they affect overall corporate sustainability metrics.

Given a sustainability manager is testing multiple scenarios, when they input varying data across several sessions, then the system should maintain a history of each scenario's inputs and results for quick reference and analysis.

A user is collaborating with team members in real-time, making inputs that need to be reflected across all shared dashboards immediately.

Given a user updates an input during a live session, when the change is made, then all team members should see the updated projections in their dashboards in real-time, ensuring everyone is on the same page without discrepancies.

Scenario Comparison Tool

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to compare different scenarios side by side so that I can understand the impact of varying strategies on sustainability compliance and choose the best option.
Description: The Scenario Comparison Tool requirement allows users to create, save, and compare multiple simulation scenarios side by side. This functionality is vital for assessing various strategic options and understanding potential outcomes of different actions. By integrating this tool into GreenSync, users can easily store and retrieve various parameter sets, enabling comprehensive analysis of how different strategies affect their sustainability goals. This requirement will enhance the product’s capability to facilitate strategic decision-making through comparative analysis, ultimately improving organizations’ sustainability performance and compliance adherence.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a new simulation scenario with unique parameters for analysis.

Given the user is on the Scenario Comparison Tool page, when they input unique parameters and click save, then a new scenario should be created that can be retrieved later for comparison.

User compares two different simulation scenarios side by side to evaluate their effectiveness.

Given two saved scenarios, when the user selects them for comparison, then the tool should display a side-by-side view of both scenarios with key metrics highlighted.

User deletes a simulation scenario they no longer need.

Given the user has a list of saved scenarios, when they choose to delete a scenario and confirm the action, then that scenario should be removed from the list without affecting other scenarios.

User retrieves a previously saved simulation scenario from the database.

Given the user is on the Scenario Comparison Tool page, when they select a scenario from their saved list, then the tool should display all parameters of that scenario for review or editing.

User modifies an existing simulation scenario to fine-tune their analysis.

Given the user has selected a saved scenario, when they change any parameters and click save, then the updated scenario should overwrite the previous version and be retrievable in its modified form.

User exports the results of a scenario comparison for reporting purposes.

Given the user has performed a comparison between two or more scenarios, when they click the export button, then a report should be generated in a chosen format (e.g., PDF, CSV) summarizing the comparison results.

User receives a warning when trying to delete a scenario that is currently in use in another analysis.

Given a scenario is actively being used in a real-time adjustment simulation, when the user attempts to delete that scenario, then the system should display a warning message preventing the deletion until the scenario is no longer in use.

User-Friendly Interface for Input Handling

User Story: As a team member with limited technical skills, I want an easy-to-use interface for entering and adjusting model inputs so that I can participate effectively in sustainability simulations without frustration.
Description: The User-Friendly Interface for Input Handling requirement focuses on developing an intuitive and easy-to-navigate interface for users to input and modify data during simulations. This feature is crucial for ensuring that all team members, regardless of their technical expertise, can engage with the simulation tool effectively. By designing an interface that is visually appealing and easy to use, GreenSync can promote widespread adoption of the feature, ensuring that all stakeholders can actively participate in sustainability modeling. The expected outcome is an enhanced user experience that leads to greater engagement, ultimately benefiting the overall sustainability decision-making process.
Acceptance Criteria: User inputs data into the simulation interface to model a sustainability scenario.

Given the user navigates to the input section, when they enter valid data into the input fields, then the inputs should be correctly displayed on the interface without errors.

User adjusts input values during an active simulation run to test different scenarios.

Given the user has started a simulation, when they modify any input field, then the updated projections should be recalculated and displayed within 2 seconds.

User attempts to input data into the simulation interface without prior training or instructions.

Given the user is new to the platform, when they access the input section, then they should be able to understand the input requirements through tooltips and placeholder text without external help.

A user saves the modified simulation data for future use.

Given the user has made changes to the inputs, when they click the save button, then a confirmation message should appear and the latest inputs should be stored in their user profile.

A user reviews past simulations to compare results with current projections.

Given the user navigates to the history section, when they select a previous simulation, then all parameters and results should be displayed accurately alongside the current simulation data.

Multiple users collaborate on simulation adjustments in real-time.

Given that multiple users are editing the same simulation, when one user makes an input change, then all other users should see the updated projections immediately without needing to refresh their interface.

User accesses the simulation interface on various devices (desktop, tablet, mobile).

Given the user accesses the interface from a tablet, when they input data, then the interface should visually adapt and maintain functionality regardless of the screen size.

Automated Reporting Generation

User Story: As an operations director, I want automated reports generated after simulations so that I can quickly provide stakeholders with the latest compliance and sustainability data without manual effort.
Description: The Automated Reporting Generation requirement deals with the capability to automatically generate compliance and sustainability reports based on the updated simulations and projections. This functionality is essential for reducing manual reporting efforts and ensuring that teams can focus on analysis rather than data compilation. By implementing a system that auto-creates reports from the simulation data, GreenSync aligns with its goal of streamlining environmental compliance processes. Users can expect timely and accurate reporting that reflects the latest insights, enhancing transparency and facilitating adherence to regulations.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a simulation in the Real-time Adjustment Simulation feature and makes changes to key input variables to assess different sustainability strategies.

Given a user is in the simulation interface, When they modify any key input variable, Then the projected outcomes should be recalculated and displayed within 30 seconds.

After adjusting inputs in the Real-time Adjustment Simulation, the user requests an automated compliance report based on the most recent simulation results.

Given the user has completed a simulation, When they select the option to generate an automated compliance report, Then the report should be generated with real-time data reflecting the latest input adjustments within 2 minutes.

A user wants to review the changes made during the simulation to ensure accurate reporting and compliance data.

Given a user has made adjustments and generated a report, When they access the report details, Then all input changes should be accurately reflected in the report documentation including timestamps and values.

Multiple users collaborate on the same simulation and need to see which inputs have been changed by whom.

Given a simulation is active with multiple users, When any user modifies an input, Then the system should log the user’s identity, input changes, and the time of change, accessible to all collaborators in real-time.

Users require a summary of automated reports generated over a specified period for performance tracking.

Given the user accesses the report history section, When they specify a date range for compliance reports, Then the system should display a summary of all automated reports generated within that date range.

Compliance reports must be formatted to meet regulatory standards for submission.

Given an automated compliance report is generated, When the report is reviewed, Then it must adhere to the necessary regulatory formatting and include all required sections, such as executive summary, data charts, and compliance metrics.

Outcome Validation Reports

The Outcome Validation Reports provide users with detailed analyses of predicted versus actual outcomes post-implementation of sustainability initiatives. This feature tracks the real-world impacts of sustainability strategies, offering comparative insights to refine future forecasts and improve model accuracy. By empowering organizations to learn from past initiatives, this feature supports continuous improvement in sustainability planning.

Requirements

Automated Data Collection

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want the software to automatically collect data from our sustainability initiatives so that I can focus on analysis and improvement rather than manual data entry.
Description: The Automated Data Collection requirement involves implementing a system that gathers data from various sustainability initiatives automatically. This includes integrating with existing enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems and other data sources to eliminate manual data entry. This feature aims to streamline data gathering, improve data accuracy, and enhance the efficiency of generating Outcome Validation Reports. By automating data collection, organizations can save time, reduce errors in reporting, and have access to real-time information to inform decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Data Integration with ERP System

Given the Automated Data Collection feature is implemented, When the system connects to the enterprise resource planning (ERP) system, Then it should automatically gather sustainability data without any manual entry errors.

Real-time Data Availability

Given the Automated Data Collection feature is active, When users query sustainability data, Then the system should provide real-time access to the collected data, with no more than a 5-minute delay in retrieval.

Data Accuracy and Validation

Given that data is collected automatically, When the data is compared with manually collected records, Then the discrepancy rate must not exceed 2% to ensure high accuracy in reporting.

Error Handling in Data Collection

Given the Automated Data Collection is in operation, When an error occurs in data gathering from any source, Then the system should log the error and alert the responsible team within 10 minutes.

Support for Multiple Data Sources

Given that the Automated Data Collection requirement is being used, When new data sources are added, Then the system should seamlessly integrate with at least three additional data sources without requiring manual configuration.

User Notifications for Data Updates

Given the Automated Data Collection feature is functioning, When new data is successfully collected, Then users should receive a notification within the system about the updates made to the Outcome Validation Reports.

Performance Metrics of Data Collection

Given the Automated Data Collection is in place, When data collection occurs, Then the system should complete the data gathering process within a maximum of 3 seconds per data source.

Real-Time Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want a dashboard that shows real-time analytics of our sustainability initiatives so that I can quickly assess the effectiveness of our strategies and make necessary adjustments.
Description: The Real-Time Analytics Dashboard requirement specifies the development of a user-interface dashboard that displays real-time data analytics related to sustainability initiatives. This dashboard will visualize data trends, comparisons between predicted and actual outcomes, and key performance indicators relevant to environmental goals. By providing an intuitive and interactive dashboard, users can easily access and interpret complex data, facilitating informed decision-making and faster responses to emerging environmental issues.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard from their account to monitor sustainability initiatives during a quarterly review meeting.

Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to the dashboard section, then the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard should display up-to-date visualizations of sustainability data, including trends and KPIs that are relevant to the current reporting period.

A user sets custom parameters on the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard to filter data for a specific sustainability initiative they are reviewing.

Given the user selects specific filters and applies them, when they execute the filter action, then the dashboard should update to reflect only the data related to the selected sustainability initiative, ensuring that the visualizations adjust accordingly.

During a presentation, a user needs to demonstrate the comparative results of predicted versus actual outcomes for a specific sustainability initiative using the dashboard.

Given the user accesses the comparative analytics feature, when they select a specific initiative, then the dashboard should display a clear and accessible side-by-side comparison of predicted results versus actual outcomes with appropriate visual markers highlighting any discrepancies.

A user reviews historical data trends in the Real-Time Analytics Dashboard to assess the impact of past sustainability initiatives over the previous year.

Given the user selects the historical data option, when they set the time range to the past year, then the dashboard should accurately retrieve and display the relevant data trends for that period, enabling visual analysis of long-term effects.

A user encounters an issue while retrieving data on the dashboard and chooses to request support through an embedded help feature.

Given the user is experiencing difficulties, when they click on the help feature, then a support request form should appear, allowing the user to easily submit their issue for further assistance without leaving the dashboard.

The dashboard is being used in a real-time scenario during a sustainability task force meeting with multiple stakeholders present.

Given the dashboard is accessed during the meeting, when new data becomes available, then the dashboard should automatically refresh and update without manual intervention, enabling the user to present the most current information to stakeholders.

Forecast Improvement Feature

User Story: As a strategist, I want the feature to provide improved forecasts based on past data so that our team can create more accurate and effective sustainability plans moving forward.
Description: The Forecast Improvement Feature aims to enhance the predictive analytics capabilities within the Outcome Validation Reports. This requirement involves implementing algorithms that utilize historical data and actual outcomes to develop more accurate projections for future sustainability initiatives. By refining forecasting techniques, organizations can better plan their strategies, allocate resources efficiently, and set realistic goals based on improved data models.
Acceptance Criteria: Forecast Improvement with Historical Data Analysis

Given historical sustainability data is available, when the user runs the forecasting algorithm, then the system should generate predictions that are at least 10% more accurate than previously reported outcomes.

Real-time Impact Tracking

Given real-time input from sustainability initiatives, when the user accesses the Outcome Validation Report, then the report must show updated predictive insights within 5 minutes of data input.

Comparison Between Predictions and Actuals

Given the completion of a sustainability initiative, when the user reviews the Outcome Validation Report, then the report should provide a clear comparison of predicted versus actual outcomes with a variance report highlighting significant discrepancies.

User-Friendly Customization of Reports

Given a user with access rights, when they attempt to customize the Outcome Validation Reports, then the system must allow modification of at least three key metrics displayed in the report.

Filtering Capabilities in Reports

Given a selected time frame or sustainability initiative, when the user applies filters to the Outcome Validation Report, then the report must accurately reflect only the data relevant to the selected parameters.

Data Completeness Check

Given the integration of new data sources, when the user runs the Outcome Validation Report, then the system must confirm that at least 95% of data fields are complete before generating any predictive insights.

Feedback Mechanism for Continuous Improvement

Given the user has reviewed the Outcome Validation Report, when they submit feedback, then the system must capture and store feedback to inform future model enhancements and predictive analytics updates.

User Training and Documentation

User Story: As a new team member, I want access to training materials and documentation on the Outcome Validation Reports feature so that I can understand how to use it effectively to support our sustainability goals.
Description: The User Training and Documentation requirement ensures that users are adequately educated on utilizing the Outcome Validation Reports feature effectively. This includes the development of comprehensive training materials, workshops, and online resources to guide users through data interpretation and feature functionalities. By providing training and documentation, users will be empowered to leverage the software fully, ensuring maximum utility and fostering confidence in sustainability reporting processes.
Acceptance Criteria: User Training Effectiveness for Outcome Validation Reports

Given a user participates in a training workshop, when they complete a post-training assessment, then they must achieve a score of at least 80% to demonstrate understanding of the Outcome Validation Reports feature.

Access to Training Documentation and Resources

Given a user accesses the online resource hub, when they search for documentation on Outcome Validation Reports, then they should be able to find all relevant training materials within 2 clicks.

User Confidence in Using Outcome Validation Reports

Given a user has completed training for the Outcome Validation Reports feature, when they attempt to interpret a sample report, then they should be able to accurately describe at least 3 key insights derived from the report without assistance.

Feedback Collection on Training Materials

Given a user completes the training program, when asked for feedback on the training materials, then at least 90% of users should indicate that the materials were helpful for understanding the Outcome Validation Reports.

Availability of Training Workshops

Given the scheduled training workshops for the Outcome Validation Reports feature, when users attempt to register, then at least 90% of users should be able to secure a spot in a workshop of their choice.

Updates to Training Documentation Based on User Feedback

Given that feedback is collected from users post-training, when at least 80% of users suggest updates to the materials, then the documentation should be revised within 30 days to incorporate this feedback.

User Follow-Up Support After Training

Given that a user completes the training, when they reach out for follow-up support within 2 weeks, then they should receive a response from a support representative within 48 hours addressing their queries.

Stakeholder Reporting Tools

User Story: As a sustainability officer, I want to generate customizable reports for different stakeholders so that I can effectively communicate our environmental impact and compliance status to them.
Description: The Stakeholder Reporting Tools requirement focuses on creating customizable reporting options tailored for various stakeholders, including executives, regulatory bodies, and investors. This feature will allow users to generate reports that highlight key sustainability metrics, compliance status, and the environmental impact of initiatives in formats that meet stakeholder expectations. By offering customizable reports, organizations can communicate their sustainability efforts clearly and effectively to all relevant parties, enhancing transparency and accountability.
Acceptance Criteria: Customizable Reporting for Executives

Given an executive user, when they select the 'Executives' format for the report, then the report should include metrics on overall sustainability performance and compliance status, displayed in a concise, visual dashboard format.

Regulatory Reporting Requirements

Given a regulatory body stakeholder, when the report is generated in the 'Regulatory' format, then it must include specific compliance metrics as mandated by current regulations, valid for the last reporting period.

Investor-Focused Sustainability Metrics

Given an investor stakeholder, when the report is selected in the 'Investor' format, then the report must detail the financial impacts of sustainability initiatives, projected vs. actual savings, and environmental impact assessments.

Custom Report Scheduling

Given a stakeholder user, when they choose to schedule a report, then the system must allow them to select frequency options (daily, weekly, monthly) and confirm the scheduling with an email notification.

Saving and Exporting Reports

Given a user has generated a report, when they opt to save or export the report, then they must have options to save in multiple formats (PDF, Excel, CSV) and receive confirmation of successful save or export action.

Incorporating Stakeholder Feedback

Given an updated requirement from a stakeholder, when the reporting tool is revised, then the tool should allow for user feedback and incorporate suggested changes into future report generations.

Collaborative Scenario Sharing

The Collaborative Scenario Sharing feature facilitates teamwork by allowing users to share their modeled scenarios with other stakeholders in the organization. Through this interactive platform, teams can discuss potential strategies, evaluate impacts collaboratively, and gain consensus before finalizing initiatives. This enhances cross-departmental engagement and fosters a culture of shared responsibility in sustainability efforts.

Requirements

User Role Management

User Story: As an administrator, I want to manage user roles and permissions so that I can control access to sensitive information and facilitate collaborative efforts among team members based on their respective roles.
Description: The User Role Management requirement allows administrators to define and manage user roles within the GreenSync platform. This includes creating new roles, assigning permissions based on role capabilities, and allowing for customizable access to shared scenarios and compliance data. By implementing this requirement, organizations can ensure that sensitive information is only accessible to designated stakeholders, enhancing security and fostering accountability. Additionally, it supports the collaborative nature of scenarios by allowing users to engage based on their roles and responsibilities, promoting effective teamwork without compromising security.
Acceptance Criteria: User Role Creation and Assignment

Given an admin user accesses the User Role Management section, When they create a new user role and assign specific permissions, Then the role should appear in the user role list with the assigned permissions correctly displayed.

User Access Control Based on Role

Given a user with a defined role accesses the Collaborative Scenario Sharing feature, When they attempt to view or modify shared scenarios, Then the system should allow or restrict access based on the assigned permissions for that role.

Role Modification After Creation

Given a user role has been created, When an admin modifies the permissions for that role, Then the changes should be reflected immediately in all user sessions associated with that role, without requiring a logout.

Validation of Sensitive Data Access

Given a user with restricted permissions attempts to access sensitive compliance data, When they try to view that data, Then the system should prevent access and display an appropriate error message.

User Role Deletion and Impact Assessment

Given an admin deletes a user role, When the role is removed, Then all users assigned to that role should be reverted to a default permission level, and the system should log this change for audit purposes.

Cross-Departmental Collaboration with Restricted Roles

Given a user from one department tries to access a scenario shared by another department, When their role does not include permission, Then the system should block access and notify the user of the restriction.

Notification System for Scenario Updates

User Story: As a team member, I want to receive notifications about updates to shared scenarios so that I can stay informed and contribute effectively to discussions and decisions.
Description: The Notification System for Scenario Updates feature informs users of any changes made to shared scenarios or new contributions added by team members. This system ensures that all stakeholders remain aligned and informed about ongoing discussions and developments, reducing the risk of miscommunication and promoting timely responses to scenario evaluations. By integrating this notification system, GreenSync enhances its collaborative functionality, ensuring that users are always up-to-date with the latest modifications, which is critical for decision-making processes in sustainability efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: Notification System for Scenario Updates - User receives notifications for updates in shared scenarios

Given a user is part of a project team with shared scenarios, when a scenario is updated or a new contribution is added, then the user should receive an immediate notification via email and the GreenSync application.

Notification System for Scenario Updates - User can customize notification preferences

Given a user has access to the notification settings, when they choose to customize their preferences, then the system should allow them to opt in or out of specific types of notifications (e.g., updates, new contributions) and save these preferences.

Notification System for Scenario Updates - Notification includes key details of the update

Given a user receives a notification about a scenario update, when they open the notification, then it should include key details such as the name of the updated scenario, the nature of the changes made, and the date of the update.

Notification System for Scenario Updates - Notification delivery timing

Given a scenario is updated, when the update is made, then the notification should be delivered to all relevant users within 5 minutes.

Notification System for Scenario Updates - Historical log of notifications

Given a user receives notifications for scenario updates, when they access the notification history, then they should see a comprehensive log of all notifications received for the past 30 days, including timestamps and scenarios involved.

Notification System for Scenario Updates - Notifications for inactive users

Given a user is inactive for 30 days, when a scenario update occurs, then the system should cease sending notifications until the user re-engages with the platform.

Notification System for Scenario Updates - Integration with third-party tools

Given a user wants to receive notifications through a third-party tool (e.g., Slack, Microsoft Teams), when they configure their integration settings, then they should receive scenario update notifications in their designated third-party channel.

Scenario Comparison Tool

User Story: As a sustainability analyst, I want to compare different scenarios so that I can identify the most effective sustainability strategies and present them to the team for approval.
Description: The Scenario Comparison Tool allows users to compare multiple sustainability scenarios side by side, enabling them to analyze the potential impacts and benefits of each model. This feature includes customizable metrics and visualizations, making it easier for teams to evaluate various strategies and reach consensus on the best approach to take. By implementing this requirement, GreenSync provides users with the analytical capabilities necessary to make informed decisions, aligning with corporate sustainability goals and fostering a data-driven culture within the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can simultaneously open and compare at least three different sustainability scenarios in side-by-side view.

Given three sustainability scenarios are modeled, when the user selects them for comparison, then the user can view all selected scenarios side by side with the respective metrics displayed correctly for each scenario.

Users can customize comparison metrics according to their specific sustainability goals.

Given the user has opened the scenario comparison tool, when the user selects the customization options, then the user can successfully add or remove metrics to compare for each scenario.

Users can visualize the impacts of selected scenarios using various graphical representations such as charts and graphs.

Given scenarios are selected for comparison, when the user requests a graphical representation, then the system generates charts or graphs reflecting the performance of selected scenarios based on the chosen metrics.

Users can save and share their scenario comparisons with other stakeholders in the organization.

Given a user has completed a scenario comparison, when the user selects the option to share, then the system successfully saves the comparison and allows the user to share it via email or an internal messaging platform.

Users can revert to previous versions of scenario comparisons if needed.

Given a user has made changes to a scenario comparison, when the user selects the option to revert, then the system restores the previous version of the comparison successfully without data loss.

Users can filter scenarios by specific sustainability metrics and criteria relevant to their department.

Given multiple sustainability scenarios are available, when the user applies filters based on certain metrics, then only the scenarios that meet the criteria are displayed for comparison.

Users can access the Scenario Comparison Tool from multiple devices without loss of functionality.

Given the user is logged in from a mobile or tablet device, when the user accesses the Scenario Comparison Tool, then the tool performs optimally, allowing full functionality as on a desktop version.

Interactive Feedback Loop

User Story: As a scenario contributor, I want to provide feedback on my colleagues' scenarios so that we can collaboratively refine and enhance our sustainability strategies based on collective insights.
Description: The Interactive Feedback Loop feature allows users to provide real-time feedback on shared scenarios, including comments, ratings, and suggestions. This feature promotes engagement and collaboration among stakeholders, enabling a more dynamic discussion around potential strategies. Administrators can monitor feedback in real-time, ensuring that user input is integrated into scenario development processes. By fostering an environment of open communication, this requirement facilitates continuous improvement and refinement of sustainability initiatives, ensuring alignment with corporate objectives.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time Feedback on Shared Scenarios

Given a user has shared a modeled scenario with stakeholders, when stakeholders access the scenario, then they should be able to submit real-time feedback including comments, ratings, and suggestions that are visibly logged and attributed to each stakeholder.

Admin Monitoring of Feedback

Given an administrator is logged into the system, when they navigate to the feedback management panel, then they should be able to see all real-time feedback provided by users on shared scenarios, including timestamps and user names.

Integration of Feedback into Scenario Development

Given a scenario has received feedback, when the scenario is reviewed, then the administrator can choose to integrate relevant feedback into the scenario development process, and the updated scenario should reflect these changes.

Feedback Notification System

Given that users have submitted feedback on a shared scenario, when the feedback is reviewed by the administrator, then users should receive a notification about relevant updates made to the scenario based on their feedback.

Engagement Metrics Tracking

Given that feedback has been submitted on a scenario, when the administrator views the engagement metrics dashboard, then they should see an overview of participation rates, average ratings, and comment volumes related to the scenario.

Comment Moderation by Admins

Given an administrator is reviewing feedback on a scenario, when they view comments submitted by users, then they should have the ability to moderate comments by approving, editing, or removing inappropriate content.

Historical Feedback Retrieval

Given that several scenarios have accumulated feedback over time, when an administrator selects a scenario, then they should be able to retrieve a historical list of all past feedback provided, including changes made over time.

Scenario Version Control

User Story: As a project manager, I want to track version histories of scenarios so that I can oversee changes and ensure that all team members are aligned on the current strategy while retaining the option to revert to prior iterations if needed.
Description: The Scenario Version Control requirement enables users to track changes made to scenarios over time, including the ability to revert to previous versions if necessary. This feature is essential for maintaining a clear record of modifications, ensuring that all stakeholders can review historical changes and understand the evolution of sustainability strategies. By implementing this requirement, GreenSync enhances accountability and transparency, allowing teams to make more informed decisions based on a comprehensive history of scenario developments.
Acceptance Criteria: Leadership reviews a historical scenario to understand modifications made over the past quarter during a strategic planning meeting.

Given the user accesses the scenarios interface, when a scenario is selected, then the user should see a version history with timestamps and modification details.

A sustainability team needs to revert an experimental scenario to a stable version prior to a scheduled presentation.

Given the user is viewing the version history of a scenario, when the user selects the 'revert' option on a previous version, then the current scenario version should update to the selected version successfully.

Stakeholders are collaborating on a scenario and require visibility on who made which edits and when to foster accountability.

Given multiple users have access to a scenario, when any changes are made, then the system should log the user, timestamp, and nature of the change in the version history.

The compliance team reviews all scenarios to ensure alignment with current environmental regulations before submitting reports.

Given the compliance team is assessing a scenario, when they check the version histories of different scenarios, then they should be able to compare at least two versions side by side to identify changes.

A user wants to receive notifications when a scenario they are following has been updated to stay informed of changes.

Given the user subscribes to notifications for a specific scenario, when that scenario is updated, then the user should receive an email or in-app notification detailing the changes made.

A project manager needs to ensure that all team members are using the latest version of a scenario for their tasks to avoid discrepancies.

Given that a scenario has multiple versions, when the project manager accesses the scenarios list, then the most recent version should be highlighted and clearly marked as the 'current version.'

Visual Outcome Dashboard

The Visual Outcome Dashboard presents the results of modeled scenarios in a clear, visually engaging format. Users can interact with graphs, charts, and other visual aids to better understand the projected impacts of their sustainability initiatives. This feature not only simplifies complex data interpretation but also enhances presentations to stakeholders, making it easier to communicate sustainability goals and their expected benefits.

Requirements

Interactive Graphs and Charts

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to interact with visual data representations so that I can quickly analyze and communicate the impacts of our sustainability initiatives more effectively.
Description: The Interactive Graphs and Charts requirement will enable users to visualize complex data sets related to sustainability initiatives through engaging and user-friendly charts and graphs. This functionality ensures that users can not only view static reports but also interact with data in real-time, allowing them to manipulate variables and observe outcomes instantly. This interactive capability will enhance understanding and facilitate better decision-making regarding environmental impacts, thereby supporting organizations in effectively communicating their sustainability efforts to stakeholders while making data-driven adjustments to their strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User Interaction with Interactive Graphs

Given a user accesses the Visual Outcome Dashboard, When they select a data set to visualize, Then the interactive graph or chart should dynamically update to reflect the selected data within two seconds.

Customizable Data Filters

Given a user is on the Visual Outcome Dashboard, When they apply filters to the data set being visualized, Then the displayed graphs and charts should update to represent the filtered data accurately, with no discrepancies and within three seconds.

Downloadable Visual Reports

Given a user has generated visual data representations, When they click the download button, Then a report including all displayed graphs and charts should download in PDF format without loss of quality or data accuracy.

Mobile Responsiveness

Given a user accesses the Visual Outcome Dashboard from a mobile device, When they navigate through the interactive graphs and charts, Then the layout should adjust seamlessly, maintaining usability and readability.

Real-time Data Updates

Given that there are changes in the underlying data for sustainability initiatives, When a user accesses the Visual Outcome Dashboard, Then they should see the updated graphs and charts reflecting the latest data within five seconds.

User Feedback Mechanism

Given a user interacts with the Visual Outcome Dashboard, When they complete their interaction, Then a feedback prompt should appear, allowing them to rate their experience on a scale of 1 to 5 and submit comments.

Accessibility Features

Given a user with visual impairments is using the Visual Outcome Dashboard, When they use screen reader software, Then all interactive elements in the graphs and charts must be clearly identified and navigable, ensuring usability compliance.

Data Integration Capabilities

User Story: As an environmental compliance officer, I want to integrate data from multiple sources into the Visual Outcome Dashboard so that I can have a comprehensive and accurate view of our sustainability metrics.
Description: The Data Integration Capabilities requirement involves creating systems that allow seamless connections to various data sources, including internal databases, external APIs, and third-party tools. This integration is crucial for compiling relevant data about environmental metrics from multiple sources, thus providing a comprehensive view of sustainability performance. By aggregating data from diverse platforms, the Dashboard enhances accuracy and usability, allowing teams to easily access and analyze information necessary for compliance and reporting, thus streamlining the overall sustainability management process.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration with Internal Databases

Given that the user has access to internal databases, when they configure the integration settings in GreenSync, then the system should successfully connect and pull data from the designated internal database with a response time of less than 5 seconds.

API Integration with External Data Sources

Given that the user has necessary API credentials, when they initiate a connection to an external data source, then the system should establish a secure connection and retrieve environmental metrics data within 10 seconds without errors.

Aggregate Data from Third-Party Tools

Given that the user has linked their third-party sustainability tools, when they run the data aggregation process, then the dashboard must accurately reflect all collected data from these tools in the visualization within 1 minute.

Real-time Data Refresh on Dashboard

Given that the user is viewing the Visual Outcome Dashboard, when data from integrated sources changes, then the dashboard should refresh automatically, displaying the updated information within 30 seconds without requiring a page refresh.

Error Handling in Data Integration

Given that there is an issue with any data source during integration, when the user attempts to retrieve data, then the system should display a clear error message outlining the issue and suggested corrective actions.

User-Friendly Integration Setup Process

Given that the user is a new customer, when they access the data integration setup wizard, then they should be able to complete the setup process in under 15 minutes with a satisfaction score of at least 4 out of 5 on the usability feedback form.

Testing Comprehensive Data Coverage

Given that various environmental metrics are drawn from diverse sources, when the aggregation process is complete, then at least 95% of expected data points should be present in the dashboard visualizations, ensuring comprehensive data coverage.

Customizable Report Generation

User Story: As a project lead, I want to create customizable reports from our sustainability data so that I can present targeted information to stakeholders effectively.
Description: The Customizable Report Generation requirement will allow users to generate tailored reports based on specific metrics or scenarios they wish to analyze or present. Users can select parameters such as time frames, sustainability goals, or specific datasets to create personalized and relevant reports. This feature enhances the usability of the Visual Outcome Dashboard by simplifying the export process and facilitating stakeholder communications, ensuring that the reports generated are directly aligned with user needs and the organization's environmental objectives.
Acceptance Criteria: User Scenario for Customizable Report Generation on ESG Goals

Given a user has accessed the Visual Outcome Dashboard, when they select specific ESG metrics to generate a report, then the system should create a report that accurately reflects the selected metrics and displays data for the chosen timeframe.

User Scenario for Tailoring Report Parameters

Given a user wants to analyze specific environmental impacts, when they customize the report parameters to include time frame and data types, then the generated report should include only the selected data and display it in a clear format.

User Scenario for Exporting Customized Reports

Given a user has generated a customized report, when they choose to export the report, then the system should provide an option to download the report in PDF and Excel formats without any data loss or formatting issues.

User Scenario for Scheduling Report Generation

Given a user wants to monitor sustainability trends, when they schedule a report to be generated weekly, then the system should automatically create and send the report to the user’s email on the specified day and time.

User Scenario for Visualizing User-Selected Data

Given a user has created a customized report, when they select specific visualization options, then the report should include the chosen graphs and charts that accurately represent the data.

User Scenario for Real-time Data Integration in Reports

Given that real-time data is available, when a user generates a report, then the report should reflect the most current data available for all selected metrics.

User Scenario for Stakeholder Review of Generated Reports

Given a user has completed a customized report, when they share the report with stakeholders, then stakeholders should be able to easily interpret the data presented in the report and provide feedback.

Scenario Simulation Tool

User Story: As a sustainability analyst, I want to simulate different scenarios to evaluate their potential impacts on our environmental goals, so I can recommend the best course of action to my team.
Description: The Scenario Simulation Tool requirement will enable users to model various hypothetical scenarios related to their sustainability initiatives directly within the dashboard. This functionality allows users to adjust parameters and visualize the potential impacts of different actions before they are implemented. By providing insights on possible outcomes, this tool would enhance strategic planning and forecasting capabilities, making it easier for organizations to choose the most beneficial paths forward in their sustainability journey.
Acceptance Criteria: User Interaction with the Scenario Simulation Tool for Sustainability Modeling

Given a user is on the Visual Outcome Dashboard, when they select the Scenario Simulation Tool and input parameters for a hypothetical sustainability initiative, then the tool should accurately display projected impacts through interactive visual aids (charts and graphs) based on the input parameters.

Adjusting Parameters in the Scenario Simulation Tool

Given a user has accessed the Scenario Simulation Tool, when they adjust the parameters (such as resource usage, waste reduction targets, etc.), then the dashboard should refresh the visual outcomes dynamically to reflect these changes within no more than 5 seconds.

Saving and Comparing Different Scenarios

Given a user has created multiple scenarios using the Scenario Simulation Tool, when they save these scenarios, then the system should allow users to retrieve and compare the visual outcomes of all saved scenarios side-by-side.

Exporting Scenario Results for Stakeholder Presentation

Given a user has modeled a sustainability scenario in the Scenario Simulation Tool, when they choose to export the results, then the system should generate a comprehensive report that includes all visual aids and key metrics in a downloadable format (PDF or Excel).

Real-time Collaboration on Scenarios

Given multiple users are collaborating on a sustainability initiative using the Scenario Simulation Tool, when one user updates parameters, then all other users should see these updates in real-time without needing to refresh the dashboard.

User Access Levels and Permissions for Scenario Creation

Given the organization has different user roles (admin, analyst, viewer), when a user attempts to create or modify scenarios, then the system should enforce access levels, allowing only users with appropriate permissions to create and edit scenarios.

Real-time Data Updates

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to receive real-time updates on our sustainability metrics so that I can ensure our compliance reporting is accurate and up-to-date.
Description: The Real-time Data Updates requirement ensures that the Visual Outcome Dashboard is continuously fed with live data from various sources. This functionality is essential for providing the most current metrics and trends, enabling users to make timely decisions based on the latest information available. By having access to real-time updates, organizations can more effectively monitor their sustainability performance, improve compliance reporting, and respond promptly to any emerging issues.
Acceptance Criteria: Display of Real-time Data on the Visual Outcome Dashboard

Given the Visual Outcome Dashboard is open, when the user views the dashboard, then all relevant data sources must reflect the most current metrics without any noticeable delay in updates.

Integration of Multiple Data Sources

Given multiple data sources are connected, when the system receives updates, then all data sources must be aggregated and displayed accurately in the Visual Outcome Dashboard.

User Notification of Data Update Failures

Given the Visual Outcome Dashboard is being updated, when data updates fail from any source, then the user must receive a clear and specific notification outlining the issue and source of failure.

Impact Visualization of Data Changes

Given real-time data is updated, when the metrics change, then the Visual Outcome Dashboard must dynamically update and reflect these changes in visualizations and graphs immediately.

Customization of Data Refresh Rates

Given user access to settings, when a user specifies a custom data refresh rate, then the Visual Outcome Dashboard must adhere to these settings and refresh data accordingly.

Historical Data Comparison

Given real-time data updates, when the user requests a historical comparison, then the Visual Outcome Dashboard must provide accurate insights comparing real-time metrics with historical trends.

Performance Benchmark Alerts

Given the real-time monitoring of sustainability performance, when any metric falls below specified thresholds, then the user must be alerted with a clear notification on the Visual Outcome Dashboard.

Eco-Friendly Product Finder

The Eco-Friendly Product Finder simplifies the search for sustainable products by utilizing advanced filtering options based on users' specific needs, such as product type, certifications, and ecological impact. This feature enables organizations to easily discover eco-friendly alternatives, ultimately reducing the time spent sourcing sustainable solutions and ensuring alignment with their sustainability objectives.

Requirements

Advanced Filtering Options

User Story: As a procurement officer, I want to use advanced filtering options to find eco-friendly products so that I can efficiently source sustainable alternatives that meet our company's environmental goals.
Description: The Advanced Filtering Options requirement allows users to filter and search for eco-friendly products based on multiple criteria, including product type, certifications (such as ENERGY STAR, USDA Organic), ecological impact, and pricing. This functionality enhances user experience by providing users with tailored search results that directly align with their sustainability objectives. Implementing this feature will streamline the product discovery process, enabling organizations to rapidly identify and procure sustainable products, thereby improving efficiency in sourcing decisions. Moreover, it supports transparency in compliance reporting by ensuring that only certified eco-friendly products are considered, ultimately promoting responsible sourcing practices within the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for eco-friendly products using filters for product type and certification.

Given the user has selected a specific product type and certification, when they click the 'Search' button, then the results should display only those eco-friendly products that match the selected filters.

User attempts to search by multiple certifications for eco-friendly products.

Given the user has selected multiple certifications, when they initiate a search, then the system should return eco-friendly products that meet all selected certification criteria without any additional unrelated items.

User applies ecological impact filter to their search for eco-friendly products.

Given the user has set ecological impact parameters (such as low, medium, high), when they perform a search, then the results should only include products that fall within the specified ecological impact range.

User searches for eco-friendly products while applying a price range filter.

Given the user has specified a minimum and maximum price range, when they conduct a search for eco-friendly products, then the displayed products should only be those within the specified price bracket that are also eco-friendly.

User reviews the search results for eco-friendly products and identifies a product.

Given the user has successfully executed a search, when they review the results, then each product listing should include clear indicators of relevant certifications, ecological impact ratings, and pricing information.

User modifies their search criteria after the initial search results are presented.

Given the user wishes to change the filtering options, when they adjust the criteria and click 'Search' again, then the new results should reflect the updated filters without errors or discrepancies in display.

User saves their search criteria for future use.

Given the user has applied specific filters and performed a search, when they select the 'Save Search' option, then the criteria should be saved successfully, and the user should be able to access this saved search in their account settings afterward.

User-Friendly Interface Design

User Story: As a user, I want a user-friendly interface so that I can quickly navigate and find eco-friendly products without frustration or confusion.
Description: The User-Friendly Interface Design requirement focuses on developing an intuitive and engaging user interface that allows users to easily navigate the Eco-Friendly Product Finder feature. This requirement encompasses aspects such as layout design, button functionality, and accessibility options to accommodate a diverse user base. The main goal is to enhance user satisfaction by minimizing the learning curve and promoting ease of use. An effective interface will help drive adoption of the Eco-Friendly Product Finder, resulting in a more sustainable purchasing process across the organization. This includes ensuring that essential information is readily accessible and actionable within a few clicks, thus empowering users to make informed decisions swiftly.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates to the Eco-Friendly Product Finder from the main dashboard.

Given the user is on the main dashboard, when they click on the 'Eco-Friendly Product Finder' button, then they should be directed to the product finder page within 2 seconds without any errors.

User applies filters to find specific eco-friendly products.

Given the user is on the Eco-Friendly Product Finder page, when they select at least one filter criterion (product type, certifications, ecological impact), then the displayed product list should update to reflect only the products that match the selected filters within 5 seconds.

User adds an eco-friendly product to their cart.

Given the user has found an eco-friendly product, when they click on the 'Add to Cart' button, then a confirmation message should appear, and the product should be successfully added to the user's shopping cart.

User searches for an eco-friendly product using the search bar.

Given the user is on the Eco-Friendly Product Finder page, when they enter a valid product name in the search bar and press Enter, then the search results should display all relevant eco-friendly products that include the entered term.

User accesses accessibility options for the Eco-Friendly Product Finder.

Given the user is on the Eco-Friendly Product Finder page, when they click on the accessibility options, then they should be able to adjust text size and color contrast, which should apply immediately without reloading the page.

User provides feedback on usability of the Eco-Friendly Product Finder interface.

Given a user has interacted with the Eco-Friendly Product Finder, when they submit feedback through the provided form, then the feedback should be recorded and a thank-you confirmation message should be displayed immediately after submission.

Integration with Existing Product Database

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want the Eco-Friendly Product Finder to integrate with our existing product database so that I can access accurate and up-to-date information on sustainable products effortlessly.
Description: The Integration with Existing Product Database requirement ensures that the Eco-Friendly Product Finder seamlessly connects to our current product database to pull real-time data regarding product availability, specifications, and certifications. This integration is critical for maintaining data accuracy and providing users with up-to-date information as they search for sustainable options. With this functionality, users can expect consistent and reliable product information, improving decision-making processes and supporting compliance efforts. Furthermore, the integration will allow for easy updates to product listings without requiring additional manual input, streamlining operations and reducing the risk of data errors in product sourcing.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user searching for eco-friendly products, I want to use the Eco-Friendly Product Finder to pull live data from the existing product database so that I can find accurate and up-to-date information on sustainable products.

Given that the user accesses the Eco-Friendly Product Finder, when they enter specific filters such as product type and certifications, then they should see a list of products that match the criteria pulled from the existing product database in real time.

As an administrator, I need to ensure that the integration with the product database is functioning properly so that I can maintain data accuracy and reduce errors in product sourcing.

Given that the administrator tests the integration, when they make changes to product data in the existing database, then those changes should reflect in the Eco-Friendly Product Finder within five minutes without requiring manual updates.

As a sustainability manager, I want to verify that the Eco-Friendly Product Finder displays comprehensive product information, including certifications, ecological impact, and availability, to aid in informed decision-making.

Given that the user selects a product in the Eco-Friendly Product Finder, when they view the product details, then the displayed information should include certifications, ecological impact ratings, and current availability status, with no missing data points.

As a user of the Eco-Friendly Product Finder, I want to ensure that the system consistently retrieves product information, so I can trust that I am making decisions based on reliable data.

Given that the user has filter criteria applied, when they refresh the product list multiple times, then the product availability and specifications should remain consistent with the current state of the existing product database each time.

As a product manager, I want to test the integration's ability to yield correct data, ensuring that users can confidently access required information during their searches.

Given that a user searches for a product with specific ecological certifications, when the search is submitted, then at least 95% of the returned results should match the data in the existing product database for accuracy.

As a technical support staff member, I need to validate that any errors in data retrieval are logged so users are aware of the issues with product availability.

Given that a user attempts to retrieve product information but encounters an error, when the error occurs, then it should generate a log entry that captures the time, user details, and nature of the error for troubleshooting.

Personalized Recommendations Engine

User Story: As a frequent buyer, I want personalized recommendations for eco-friendly products so that I can discover new options that align with my purchasing habits and sustainability goals.
Description: The Personalized Recommendations Engine requirement is designed to analyze user behavior and preferences to suggest eco-friendly products tailored to individual user needs. By leveraging data analytics and machine learning algorithms, this engine will provide organizations with suggestions that enhance their sustainable purchasing decisions. The main advantage of this feature is that it saves time and reduces the cognitive load on users as they navigate through a myriad of eco-friendly options. Additionally, it promotes exploration of lesser-known sustainable products, increasing the variety of options available to users and improving overall satisfaction with the purchasing process.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for eco-friendly products using the Personalized Recommendations Engine after logging into their account.

Given a logged-in user who has previous purchasing data, When the user uses the Eco-Friendly Product Finder, Then the system should provide at least three personalized product recommendations based on their past behavior and preferences.

A user receives product recommendations after indicating their preferences regarding product type and certifications.

Given a user who has specified preferences for product type and certifications, When the Personalized Recommendations Engine processes this input, Then the system should suggest products that match all specified criteria and are available for purchase.

User interacts with the recommendations and provides feedback to improve future suggestions.

Given a user who has received product recommendations, When the user provides feedback on the usefulness of the recommendations, Then the system should store this feedback to refine future recommendations accurately.

User searches for sustainable products without any prior preferences indicated.

Given a new user with no previous activity, When they access the Eco-Friendly Product Finder, Then the Personalized Recommendations Engine should suggest a diverse range of randomly selected eco-friendly products that are popular among users with similar profiles.

A user utilizes the eco-friendly product finder to compare products side by side based on recommendations.

Given a user who has received multiple recommended products, When they select two or more products for comparison, Then the system should display a clear side-by-side comparison highlighting key attributes such as certifications, ecological impact, and user ratings.

A user reviews the effectiveness of the recommendations through an analytics dashboard.

Given a user with access to the dashboard, When they view analytics related to product recommendations, Then the dashboard should display metrics including feedback ratings, purchasing conversions, and user engagement levels with recommended products.

Compliance Tracking and Reporting

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to track and report on the environmental impact of products sourced through the Eco-Friendly Product Finder so that I can ensure our organization meets sustainability regulations and goals.
Description: The Compliance Tracking and Reporting requirement enables users to monitor and report the environmental impact of the products sourced through the Eco-Friendly Product Finder. This feature is essential for organizations looking to adhere to sustainability regulations and track their ecological footprint effectively. By providing automated reporting tools and dashboards that visualize compliance metrics, users can easily assess their procurement decisions and identify areas for improvement. Additionally, this requirement supports strategic business decisions by offering insights into sustainable product sourcing, helping organizations to enhance their overall compliance status in environmental stewardship.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Eco-Friendly Product Finder to search for sustainable products based on specific ecological certifications and wants to monitor compliance metrics related to those products.

Given the user has selected specific ecological certifications from the Eco-Friendly Product Finder, when they initiate a search, then the system should display only products that meet the selected certification criteria along with their compliance metrics.

An organization needs to generate a compliance report for products sourced last quarter that meet sustainability regulations.

Given the user has selected a date range for the last quarter, when they request a compliance report, then the system should generate a report that accurately reflects the environmental impact of all sourced products within that time frame.

User wants to visualize the ecological footprint of products sourced through the Eco-Friendly Product Finder to present in a sustainability meeting.

Given the user has accessed the compliance dashboard, when they select the products sourced in the past 6 months, then the system should display a visual representation (such as a graph) of the ecological footprint compared to the organization's sustainability targets.

A procurement officer needs to identify opportunities for improvement in their compliance status based on current procurement decisions.

Given the user has reviewed the compliance metrics for sourced products, when they select the option to analyze procurement decisions, then the system should provide actionable insights and recommendations for improving compliance based on the data available.

An enterprise wishes to ensure that all products displayed in the Eco-Friendly Product Finder are regularly updated with the latest sustainability certifications.

Given the system has a list of products, when a product's certification information is updated, then the system should automatically refresh the product's display in the Eco-Friendly Product Finder to reflect the latest certification status.

A user conducts a search for eco-friendly products and wants to sort the results by their ecological impact score.

Given the user has completed a search in the Eco-Friendly Product Finder, when they select the option to sort by ecological impact score, then the system should reorder the displayed products based on their respective impact scores in descending order.

Vendor Rating System

The Vendor Rating System allows users to view ratings and reviews for each certified vendor listed in the marketplace. Organizations can make informed decisions by selecting products from top-rated vendors based on the experiences of other users. This feature fosters trust and enhances the vendor selection process, increasing the likelihood of successful partnerships for sustainable procurement.

Requirements

Vendor Ratings Display

User Story: As a procurement officer, I want to view ratings and reviews of certified vendors so that I can select the best options for our sustainability initiatives based on trusted feedback from other users.
Description: The Vendor Ratings Display requirement involves creating a visual interface that showcases ratings and reviews for each certified vendor. This feature will allow users to see vendor scores based on various criteria, such as quality, reliability, and sustainability practices. Each vendor profile will also include aggregated feedback from users, which aids in enhancing user confidence in vendor selection. By integrating this system with our marketplace, we ensure that organizations have access to clear, summarized data that influences purchasing decisions, ultimately leading to better vendor partnerships and sustainable procurement outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Vendor Ratings Display for a certified vendor from the marketplace to evaluate the vendor's suitability for a sustainable procurement decision.

Given the user is on the vendor's profile page, when the user clicks on the 'Ratings and Reviews' section, then the system displays the average vendor score, individual ratings for quality, reliability, and sustainability practices, along with detailed user reviews.

A user attempts to filter vendor ratings based on specific criteria to focus on vendors that meet their organization's sustainability standards.

Given the user is on the Vendor Ratings Display page, when the user selects filters for quality, reliability, and sustainability practices, then the system shows only the vendors that meet the selected filter criteria, and updates the total number of vendors displayed accordingly.

The system receives new ratings and reviews for a vendor after a recent transaction, and these updates need to be reflected on the Vendor Ratings Display.

Given that new ratings and reviews for a vendor have been submitted, when the administrator reviews and confirms the new data, then the system updates the vendor's profile with the new average score and associated reviews within 24 hours.

A user shares the vendor ratings and reviews with their team members to facilitate a group decision on vendor selection.

Given the user is viewing a vendor's profile, when the user clicks the 'Share' button and selects team members, then the system successfully sends an email containing the vendor's ratings and reviews to the selected team members.

An organization wants to ensure the Vendor Ratings Display meets accessibility standards for all users, including those with disabilities.

Given the Vendor Ratings Display is live, when an accessibility audit occurs, then the display complies with WCAG 2.1 standards, including proper color contrast, alt text for images, and keyboard navigability.

The user examines the impact of vendor ratings on purchase decisions over time through a trend analysis feature.

Given the user accesses the trend analysis section of the Vendor Ratings Display, when the user selects a specific time range, then the system generates a visual chart showing changes in vendor ratings over that period along with corresponding purchase data.

Review Submission System

User Story: As a vendor customer, I want to submit reviews and ratings about my experiences with vendors so that I can contribute to the community and help others make informed choices.
Description: The Review Submission System is a crucial component that enables users to submit their ratings and reviews for vendors they have engaged with. This requirement encompasses designing a user-friendly interface where customers can rate vendors on a scale and provide detailed feedback. The system should include mechanisms for ensuring authentication and validation of submissions to maintain credibility and prevent spam. Enabling this feature not only enhances the richness of vendor data on the platform but also encourages user participation and builds a community of informed decision-makers aiming for sustainable partnerships.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits a vendor review after a successful transaction with a vendor.

Given the user is authenticated, when they navigate to the vendor's profile page, and click on the 'Submit Review' button, then a review submission form should appear allowing them to rate the vendor on a scale of 1 to 5 and provide written feedback.

User must see a confirmation message after submitting a review.

Given the user has filled out the review form and clicks on the 'Submit' button, when the review is successfully submitted, then a confirmation message should be displayed indicating that the review has been recorded.

The system ensures reviews are only accepted from authenticated users.

Given a user is not logged in, when they attempt to access the review submission form, then they should be redirected to the login page with a prompt to log in before submitting a review.

User attempts to submit a review without entering mandatory fields.

Given the user is on the review submission form, when they leave mandatory fields (rating or text comment) blank and attempt to submit the review, then an error message should appear indicating which fields must be filled in before submission can proceed.

Users can edit their submitted reviews within a specified timeframe.

Given a user has previously submitted a review, when they navigate to their review and click on 'Edit', then they should be able to modify their rating and feedback and save the changes within 14 days of submission.

Users must not be able to submit multiple reviews for the same vendor within a short timeframe.

Given a user has already submitted a review for a specific vendor, when they attempt to submit another review for that vendor within 30 days, then a message should appear indicating that they can only submit one review per vendor within the specified period.

A comprehensive report of reviews should be displayed on the vendor's profile page.

Given a user views a vendor profile, when they scroll to the reviews section, then they should see a list of all submitted reviews including overall rating averages, number of reviews, and individual user feedback, displayed in a user-friendly format.

Rating Aggregation Algorithm

User Story: As a system administrator, I want a reliable algorithm to aggregate vendor ratings so that end users receive accurate representations of vendor performance over time, facilitating better decision-making.
Description: The Rating Aggregation Algorithm is designed to process and calculate overall vendor ratings using collected review data. It will incorporate various methods for weighting reviews based on factors such as recency and reviewer credibility. This requirement ensures that ratings reflect accurate and current vendor performance rather than being skewed by outlier opinions. The aggregation algorithm will feed into the Vendor Ratings Display and provide more reliable data to end-users. Such accuracy is imperative for fostering trust and supporting effective vendor selection in sustainable procurement practices.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Vendor Rating System to view the ratings of various certified vendors before making a procurement decision.

Given a user on the Vendor Rating System, when they select a vendor, then the system displays the aggregated rating calculated by the Rating Aggregation Algorithm based on the most recent reviews and weighted factors.

An administrator updates the vendor ratings database after receiving new reviews to reflect up-to-date performance measurements for vendors.

Given an administrator submitting new reviews for a vendor, when the Rating Aggregation Algorithm is run, then the vendor's rating should be recalculated and updated in real-time in the Vendor Ratings Display.

A procurement officer reviews vendor ratings to identify potential vendors for a sustainability project based on their ratings.

Given a procurement officer using the Vendor Rating System, when they filter vendors by average rating and recency of reviews, then the system should list all vendors that meet the filter criteria in descending order of rating.

Regular users read comments and feedback on vendor performance to inform their purchasing decisions.

Given a user viewing a vendor's profile in the Vendor Rating System, when they select the review section, then the system should display a list of recent reviews that reflects the overall rating and highlights any key comments or concerns as per the Rating Aggregation Algorithm.

A compliance manager receives alerts for vendor ratings that fall below a predefined threshold.

Given a compliance manager has set a minimum rating threshold, when a vendor's rating drops below this threshold after the Rating Aggregation Algorithm is executed, then the system triggers an alert notifying the compliance manager of the change.

The system generates a report for stakeholders summarizing vendor ratings and the reasons behind them.

Given a request for a vendor ratings summary report, when the Rating Aggregation Algorithm has processed the latest data, then the report should include an overview of average ratings, number of reviews, and the weighted factors contributing to the rating for each vendor.

Feedback Filtering Options

User Story: As a project manager, I want to filter vendor reviews by criteria like rating and date so that I can quickly find the most relevant feedback for selecting a vendor for my specific project.
Description: The Feedback Filtering Options requirement involves providing users with the ability to filter reviews based on specific criteria such as star ratings, date of review, and reviewer type. This capability enhances user experience by allowing for more tailored searches, which can be particularly beneficial when evaluating vendors for specific projects or impacts. By implementing this feature, we ensure that users can quickly access the most relevant feedback needed to make informed choices, thereby improving overall satisfaction with the vendor selection process within the GreenSync marketplace.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to filter vendor reviews by star ratings to find top-rated vendors for their project requirements.

Given that the user is on the vendor review page, when they select a star rating filter (1 to 5 stars), then only the reviews that match the selected star rating should be displayed on the page.

User is interested in viewing the most recent vendor reviews to assess recent performance.

Given that the user is on the vendor review page, when they select the date filter for reviews, then the reviews should be sorted by date, showing the most recent reviews at the top.

A user wants to find reviews specifically from verified buyers to ensure credibility in vendor selection.

Given that the user is on the vendor review page, when they select the reviewer type filter for 'verified buyers', then only reviews from verified buyers should be displayed.

User is evaluating a vendor for a specific project and wants to filter reviews that mention relevant keywords.

Given that the user is on the vendor review page, when they enter a keyword in the search bar, then the filtered reviews should only display those containing the specified keyword.

A user wants to compare the available feedback for two or more vendors side by side.

Given that the user has selected multiple vendors for comparison, when they apply any filter (star rating, date, reviewer type), then the comparison view should update to show only the filtered reviews for each selected vendor.

User wants to reset all active filters to start a new search for vendor reviews.

Given that the user has applied multiple filters on the vendor review page, when they select the 'reset filters' option, then all filters should be cleared and the user should see the unfiltered list of reviews.

Vendor Profile Enhancement

User Story: As a sustainability officer, I want to see detailed vendor profiles that include certifications and previous performance metrics so that I can select partners that align with our sustainability objectives.
Description: The Vendor Profile Enhancement requirement focuses on enriching the vendor profiles within the vendor marketplace by integrating detailed data such as certifications, experience in sustainability projects, and metrics of past performance. This additional information will not only aid procurement officers in their decision-making process but also align with GreenSync’s goal of promoting transparency in sustainable procurement practices. Each enhanced profile will offer users a comprehensive view, supporting the selection of vendors who genuinely contribute to sustainability goals and environmental compliance.
Acceptance Criteria: Display of Enhanced Vendor Profiles in Search Results

Given a user searches for vendors, When the search results are displayed, Then the enhanced vendor profiles should include certifications, sustainability project experience, and past performance metrics.

User Interaction with Vendor Profiles

Given a user selects a specific vendor from the search results, When the vendor profile is opened, Then the user should see the detailed enhancements including certification details and sustainability project metrics.

Filtering Vendors by Sustainability Metrics

Given a user wants to filter vendors, When the user applies metrics related to sustainability performance, Then only vendors meeting the filtering criteria should be displayed in the results.

User Ratings and Reviews Display

Given a vendor profile is being viewed, When the user accesses the reviews section, Then all user ratings and reviews for that vendor should be displayed clearly, highlighting the overall rating score and individual comments.

Vendor Selection Impact on Procurement Decisions

Given procurement officers review the enhanced vendor profiles, When they compare different vendors based on their profiles, Then they should be able to make informed decisions that reflect the sustainability goals of the organization.

Integration of Certifications into Vendor Profiles

Given a vendor profile is being enhanced, When certifications are updated, Then users should see the latest certification information listed clearly in the vendor profile.

Sustainability Impact Calculator

The Sustainability Impact Calculator provides users with an estimate of the environmental benefits resulting from their purchases. By inputting details about their selected products, users can see projected reductions in carbon footprint, energy usage, and other key impact metrics. This valuable feature empowers organizations to not only make purchases but also visualize the positive outcomes of their sustainability efforts.

Requirements

Input Product Details

User Story: As a procurement officer, I want to input comprehensive product details into the Sustainability Impact Calculator so that I can receive precise estimates of the environmental benefits related to my purchasing decisions.
Description: The Input Product Details requirement ensures users can enter detailed information about the products they intend to purchase in the Sustainability Impact Calculator. This includes fields for product type, materials, energy consumption, and supplier information. This functionality is crucial for accurately calculating the environmental impacts, as it allows the software to analyze a wide range of variables that contribute to the carbon footprint and related metrics. Accurate data input directly correlates with the reliability of the outcome metrics, ensuring organizations can trust the results and make informed decisions regarding their purchases.
Acceptance Criteria: Users input detailed product information into the Sustainability Impact Calculator to estimate environmental benefits before purchasing.

Given the user is on the Input Product Details page, when they fill in all required fields (product type, materials, energy consumption, supplier information) and click 'Submit', then the system saves the inputted data and displays a confirmation message indicating success.

Users attempt to submit incomplete product details in the Sustainability Impact Calculator.

Given the user is on the Input Product Details page, when they attempt to submit the form without filling in all required fields, then the system displays appropriate error messages next to each missing field, and the submission is rejected.

Users want to revisit and edit previously inputted product details to adjust their estimations in the Sustainability Impact Calculator.

Given the user has previously submitted product details, when they access their submitted data and make changes to any field, then the system allows them to save the updated information with a confirmation message, ensuring the previous data is overwritten accurately.

Users view the impact metrics after inputting their product details into the Sustainability Impact Calculator.

Given the user has successfully submitted their product details, when they click on 'View Impact Metrics', then the system generates and displays projected reductions in carbon footprint and energy usage based on the inputted data, in a clear and accessible format.

Users require guidance on how to effectively input their product details into the Sustainability Impact Calculator.

Given the user is on the Input Product Details page, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then the system displays a tooltip with brief instructions and examples for each required field to aid the user in making accurate inputs.

The Sustainability Impact Calculator ensures data integrity and security during the entry of product details.

Given the user is inputting product details, when they submit their information, then the system performs validation checks to ensure its integrity and securely encrypts the data before it is saved in the database.

Impact Metrics Display

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to see visual representations of impact metrics from the Sustainability Impact Calculator so that I can easily communicate the benefits of our purchasing choices to stakeholders and internal teams.
Description: The Impact Metrics Display requirement focuses on presenting users with clear and actionable visualizations of the sustainability impacts calculated by the Sustainability Impact Calculator. This includes graphical representations of carbon footprint reduction, energy savings, and potential waste reductions. Such visualizations must be user-friendly, allowing organizations to easily interpret the data and understand the positive outcomes of their purchasing decisions. The inclusion of these metrics not only enhances user engagement but also aids in reporting to stakeholders and regulatory bodies, demonstrating commitment to sustainability.
Acceptance Criteria: User views the Sustainability Impact Calculator results page after inputting product information.

Given the user has successfully inputted their product details, when they view the results page, then the carbon footprint reduction should be displayed clearly in a graphical format with appropriate labels and units.

User navigates through different impact metrics displayed by the Sustainability Impact Calculator.

Given the user is on the impact metrics display page, when they select a specific metric (e.g., energy savings), then that metric should be highlighted, and an explanatory tooltip should appear with further details.

User wants to export sustainability impact metrics for reporting purposes.

Given the user is on the impact metrics display page, when they click the 'Export' button, then a CSV file should be generated that includes all displayed metrics and be downloaded successfully.

User accesses the impact metrics display on a mobile device.

Given the user is accessing the impact metrics display on a mobile device, when they view the page, then the visualizations should be responsive and maintain clarity without losing detail or functionality.

User analyzes the historical impact metrics over time.

Given the user has access to historical data, when they select the 'View History' option, then a graph showing the trend of sustainability impact metrics over time should be displayed.

User seeks guidance on interpreting the sustainability impact metrics.

Given the user is on the impact metrics display page, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then a popup should provide context-sensitive help regarding each metric displayed and their implications.

User compares impact metrics of different products.

Given the user has selected multiple products, when they navigate to the comparison view, then side-by-side impact metrics should be displayed for easy comparison with clear visual indicators.

Comparison Functionality

User Story: As a purchasing agent, I want to compare the sustainability impacts of different products in the Sustainability Impact Calculator so that I can make informed choices that align with our company’s environmental goals.
Description: The Comparison Functionality requirement gives users the capability to compare the environmental impacts of multiple products side by side within the Sustainability Impact Calculator. This feature will allow organizations to weigh their options and choose products that align best with their sustainability goals. Users can select various products, input their details, and instantly see how the environmental benefits stack up against one another. The ability to compare products directly enhances decision-making processes and encourages more sustainable purchasing practices.
Acceptance Criteria: User attempts to compare the environmental impacts of three different products within the Sustainability Impact Calculator by inputting their purchase information for each product.

Given the user has selected three products and input their details into the Sustainability Impact Calculator, when the user triggers the comparison function, then the application displays a side-by-side comparison of the carbon footprint, energy usage, and any other relevant metrics for the three products.

A user checks if the Comparison Functionality correctly updates the metrics when they change the input values for one of the products in the Sustainability Impact Calculator.

Given a user has entered initial values for three products, when the user changes the input for one product and submits the change, then the application updates the comparison display to reflect the new metrics for that product while retaining the other products' metrics.

User verifies that the Sustainability Impact Calculator provides clear explanations of the metrics displayed in the comparison view, enabling informed decision-making.

Given the user has accessed the Comparison Functionality, when the user hovers over any metric, then a tooltip or pop-up should appear explaining what the metric represents and how it influences sustainability decisions.

A user seeks to use the Comparison Functionality on a mobile device to compare products for environmental impacts while on the go.

Given that a user is accessing the Sustainability Impact Calculator via a mobile device, when the user selects multiple products for comparison and views the layout, then the comparison must be responsive, user-friendly, and display all necessary metrics without requiring horizontal scrolling.

A user aims to ensure the Calculation Engine correctly reflects the environmental impacts based on accurate product details provided during the comparison.

Given the user inputs exact and verified product details for the Comparison Functionality, when the user requests the comparison, then the output metrics should be calculated correctly based on predefined algorithms to ensure accurate environmental impact reporting.

User wants to know how many products can be compared at once and verifies this limit in the Comparison Functionality.

Given that the user accesses the Comparison Functionality, when the user attempts to add more products for comparison, then the application should limit the comparison to a maximum number of products and provide a notification if they exceed this limit.

User Profile Integration

User Story: As a regular user, I want my past calculations and data to be integrated with my profile in the Sustainability Impact Calculator so that I can track my sustainability improvements over time and refine my purchasing strategies accordingly.
Description: The User Profile Integration requirement allows for personalized user experiences within the Sustainability Impact Calculator by linking individual user profiles to their previous inputs and calculations. This enables users to track their sustainability efforts over time, providing them with cumulative reports and insights based on their past purchasing decisions. Integration with user profiles ensures that organizations can engage users more effectively, tailoring content and suggestions based on their historical data and preferences. This feature adds a layer of personalization, driving continued interaction and tracking progress towards sustainability goals.
Acceptance Criteria: User Profile Data Viewing and Management

Given a user has an existing profile in the system, when they navigate to the User Profile section, then they can view their previous inputs and sustainability calculations clearly listed and organized chronologically.

Personalized Sustainability Recommendations

Given a user has previously entered purchase data, when they access the Sustainability Impact Calculator, then they receive tailored sustainability recommendations based on their historical purchasing behavior and preferences.

Cumulative Report Generation

Given a user with a filled profile, when they select the option to generate a sustainability report, then the system produces a detailed report displaying cumulative metrics of their sustainability impact over a specified time frame, including carbon footprint reduction and energy usage.

User Profile Edit Functionality

Given a user is on their profile page, when they make changes to their profile information and submit the updates, then the changes are saved successfully and reflected immediately in their profile view.

Multiple User Profiles Management

Given an organization has multiple users, when an admin accesses the User Profile Integration feature, then they can manage individual profiles for different users, allowing for viewing and editing of each user's input history and sustainability calculations.

Profile Deletion Process

Given a user wishes to delete their profile, when they initiate the deletion process and confirm their choice, then their profile and all associated data are permanently removed from the system, with appropriate success confirmation provided.

Bulk Purchase Discounts

The Bulk Purchase Discounts feature incentivizes organizations to buy eco-friendly products in larger quantities by offering tiered pricing based on order volume. This encourages larger scale sustainability initiatives while reducing overall costs for enterprises. Organizations can effectively manage budgets while amplifying their impact on sustainable sourcing.

Requirements

Tiered Pricing Management

User Story: As a procurement officer, I want the ability to view and manage tiered pricing for bulk purchases so that I can maximize our discounts and enhance our sustainability initiatives.
Description: The Tiered Pricing Management requirement entails the development of a dynamic pricing system that adjusts costs based on the volume of products purchased. This functionality should allow organizations to see pricing changes in real-time as they modify order quantities. The integration of this system within GreenSync will not only facilitate cost savings for customers but also promote the purchasing of eco-friendly products in larger quantities, thus enhancing corporate sustainability initiatives. The pricing structure should be customizable to reflect different levels of discounts and be easily manageable through the admin dashboard.
Acceptance Criteria: User views bulk pricing options as they adjust the quantity of eco-friendly products in their shopping cart on the GreenSync platform.

Given the user is on the shopping cart page, when they change the quantity of an item, then the displayed price should update in real-time to reflect the current tiered pricing based on the new quantity.

An admin user configures the tiered pricing structure for a specific eco-friendly product within the GreenSync admin dashboard.

Given the admin user is on the tiered pricing configuration page, when they set discount levels for different order quantities, then the pricing structure should save successfully and reflect in the user interface.

Users attempt to purchase eco-friendly products in bulk and apply their details for order confirmation.

Given the user has added multiple items to their cart and reached a bulk purchase discount tier, when they proceed to checkout, then the total amount displayed should correctly apply the applicable bulk discount.

Customers need to check their recent orders to verify the applied tiered bulk purchase discounts post-purchase.

Given the user is viewing their order history, when they select a completed order with bulk purchases, then the order details should clearly show the original pricing alongside the applied discounts.

The system needs to ensure that the discount tiers are consistent across multiple product categories in the user interface.

Given a user is browsing different eco-friendly product categories, when they view the pricing information for products, then any bulk purchase discounts should be accurately displayed according to the configured tiered pricing system.

An admin checks the impact of bulk discounts on average order values and sales volume within the GreenSync analytics dashboard.

Given the admin user is on the analytics dashboard, when they filter the data by bulk purchases, then the dashboard should accurately reflect changes in average order value and sales volume since implementing the tiered pricing.

Real-time Discount Calculation

User Story: As a buyer, I want to see real-time calculations of my discounts while I adjust my order quantity so that I can make quick and informed purchasing decisions.
Description: The Real-time Discount Calculation requirement focuses on providing immediate feedback to users regarding potential savings as they adjust their cart quantities. This feature should display the actual discount applied to the total order value dynamically, making it easier for users to make informed purchasing decisions. This capability will enhance user experience by providing clarity and incentivizing larger purchases of eco-friendly products, driving sustainability efforts within enterprises.
Acceptance Criteria: User adds a product to their cart and changes the quantity to see real-time discount updates.

Given a user has added at least one eco-friendly product to their cart, when the user adjusts the product quantity, then the system displays the updated total cost along with the applied discount in real-time.

User views the discount calculation after reaching a bulk purchase threshold.

Given a user has added items to their cart that exceed the minimum quantity for a bulk purchase discount, when the user views their cart, then the discount applied should reflect the bulk purchase tier pricing accurately.

User navigates away from and back to the cart while maintaining discount display accuracy.

Given a user changes quantities in their shopping cart, when the user navigates to another page and then returns to the cart, then the total cost and discount should remain accurately updated based on their previous selections.

User observes discount application when varying product types are included in the cart.

Given a user has multiple eco-friendly products of different types in their cart, when the user changes the quantities of any product, then the discount applied should dynamically adjust according to the applicable thresholds for the different products in real-time.

User checks the help section for information on how discounts are calculated.

Given a user is interested in understanding bulk purchase discounts, when they access the help section, then relevant information about how discounts are structured and applied should be clearly displayed.

User tests the discount calculation with a maximum quantity allowed for the product.

Given a user has reached the maximum order quantity allowed for a specific product, when they attempt to increase the quantity beyond this limit, then the system should prevent the increase and inform the user of the maximum limit while showing the total cost and applied discount up to that maximum.

User Notification System for Discounts

User Story: As a user, I want to be notified when my order qualifies for discounts so that I can purchase more and save costs.
Description: The User Notification System for Discounts requirement involves creating a mechanism that alerts users about bulk purchase discounts when they are eligible based on their current shopping cart. This system should send notifications or display messages on the platform to inform users how much they can save with additional purchases. This feature will not only enhance user engagement but also encourage more sustainable product sourcing by increasing the likelihood of higher volume orders.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification about bulk purchase discounts when they add eco-friendly products to their shopping cart and exceed minimum order thresholds as defined by the pricing tier.

Given a user adds eco-friendly products to their shopping cart, when the total quantity reaches the threshold for the first tier discount, then a notification appears informing the user of the potential savings available by purchasing more.

User views their shopping cart and receives a dynamic message indicating the potential savings available through bulk purchase discounts based on their current selections.

Given a user is on the shopping cart page, when they view the cart contents, then the system must display a message stating the amount they can save if they increase their order quantity to the next discount tier.

Users can dismiss or acknowledge discount notifications and want to ensure the system responds correctly based on their actions.

Given a user receives a discount notification, when they click on 'Dismiss', then the notification should be removed, and no further alerts for that session should appear unless they add more items that trigger a new discount opportunity.

System must ensure that discount notifications are not sent to users who do not have eligible items in their cart.

Given a user has items in their shopping cart that do not qualify for bulk purchase discounts, when they complete a purchase, then no discount notification should be displayed or sent post-purchase.

User wants to understand the details of bulk purchase discounts, and the system must provide clear and concise information.

Given a user clicks on the discount notification, when the user accesses the detailed view, then the system must display all relevant information regarding the discount tiers, eligibility, and savings breakdown clearly.

The notification system should be able to handle multiple users interacting with the platform concurrently and send notifications accordingly.

Given multiple users are accessing the platform simultaneously, when any user triggers a bulk discount condition, then the system must send individual notifications without delays or failures to any eligible user.

Dashboard Integration for Discount Performance

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to view analytics about the savings from bulk purchase discounts so that I can report on our sustainability efforts and successes.
Description: The Dashboard Integration for Discount Performance requirement involves enhancing the ESG dashboards to display analytics relating to bulk purchase discounts achieved by users. This feature should track user engagement with discounts, total savings achieved, and their impact on sustainability goals. By providing these insights, organizations can understand the value of their eco-friendly purchasing decisions and continuously motivate teams to participate in sustainable sourcing.
Acceptance Criteria: User Engagement with Discount Insights

Given a user logs into their GreenSync dashboard, when they access the Discount Performance section, then the dashboard should display user engagement metrics, including the number of discounts utilized and the frequency of logs per month.

Total Savings Calculation Visibility

Given a user accesses the Bulk Purchase Discounts dashboard, when they view the savings analytics, then the total savings achieved through discounts should be clearly displayed in both dollar amounts and percentage of total spending.

Impact on Sustainability Goals Visualization

Given users are tracking their sustainability goals on the dashboard, when they view the Discount Performance analytics, then there should be a clear correlation visual between the discounts gained and the progress towards achieving stated sustainability goals.

Tiered Pricing Structure Clarity

Given a user looks at the Bulk Purchase Discounts feature, when viewing the tiered pricing model, then the user should see detailed explanations of how pricing varies with quantity and an example of potential savings at each tier.

Feedback Mechanism for Discount Effectiveness

Given a user has utilized bulk purchase discounts, when they access the dashboard, then there should be an option to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the discounts in achieving their sustainability goals.

Real-Time Update of Discount Performance Data

Given a user is actively using the Bulk Purchase Discounts feature, when they make a new purchase, then the dashboard should update in real-time to reflect this new data in the analytics section immediately.

Admin Control for Discount Configuration

User Story: As an admin, I want to easily configure bulk purchase discounts and manage their settings so that I can adapt to changing business needs and drive eco-friendly purchasing.
Description: The Admin Control for Discount Configuration requirement centers on enabling administrators to set and adjust discount tiers and eligibility criteria within the GreenSync platform. This interface should be user-friendly and accessible, allowing for quick updates in response to market conditions or specific organizational goals. Enabling admins to configure settings easily will ensure that the discount feature remains relevant and effective in encouraging sustainable purchases.
Acceptance Criteria: Admin interface allows configuration of discount tiers effortlessly.

Given the admin accesses the discount configuration interface, when they input new tier percentages and thresholds, then the system saves these configurations without error and accurately reflects them in the pricing model.

Admin can view and edit existing discount tiers.

Given the admin is on the discount configuration page, when they select a previously saved discount tier, then they can edit the percentage, volume thresholds, and save those changes successfully.

System reflects updated discount tiers in real-time across the platform.

Given an admin has made changes to the discount tiers, when a user views the product pricing page, then the updated discount tiers should be visible without requiring a system refresh.

Admin can set eligibility criteria for bulk purchase discounts.

Given the admin is in the discount configuration interface, when they select options for eligibility criteria (such as minimum order quantity and product type), then these criteria are saved and are valid for discount application.

Admins receive confirmation notifications upon saving discount configurations.

Given the admin modifies any discount settings, when they click the save button, then a confirmation message should appear indicating that changes have been successfully saved.

System prevents overlapping discount tiers that conflict with one another.

Given the admin is entering discount tiers, when they attempt to save conflicting tiers (e.g. two tiers for the same order volume), then the system should display an error message and prevent saving until resolved.

Integrated Procurement Workflow

The Integrated Procurement Workflow feature allows users to streamline their purchasing process with integrated tools for requisition approvals, budget tracking, and order management. This cohesive experience minimizes friction in obtaining eco-friendly products, ensuring a smooth transition from selection to procurement, thereby enhancing operational efficiency.

Requirements

Automated Requisition Approvals

User Story: As a procurement manager, I want automated requisition approvals so that I can reduce delays in the purchasing process and ensure timely access to eco-friendly products.
Description: The Automated Requisition Approvals requirement involves creating a streamlined process where purchase requisitions are automatically sent for approval based on predefined rules and thresholds. This functionality aims to reduce manual intervention and expedite the approval process, ensuring that eco-friendly product requests are handled promptly. Integration with existing procurement and budgeting systems will enhance visibility and accountability, allowing users to track requisition status in real-time. By minimizing delays, this requirement will enable teams to act swiftly on procurement needs, therefore supporting timely access to sustainable products and services, which reinforces GreenSync's commitment to environmental goals.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated Requisition Submission for Eco-Friendly Products

Given a purchase requisition that meets predefined thresholds for eco-friendly products, when the user submits the requisition, then it should be automatically forwarded to the designated approver without manual intervention.

Approval Notification for Requisition Approvals

Given an approved requisition for eco-friendly products, when the approval is completed, then the requester should receive a notification via email confirming the approval and next steps.

Requisition Status Dashboard Visibility

Given that a requisition has been submitted for approval, when the user accesses the procurement dashboard, then the requisition status should be updated in real-time, showing pending, approved, or rejected status.

Threshold Validation for Automatic Approval

Given a requisition that exceeds the predefined budget threshold, when the requisition is submitted, then it should be flagged and sent for manual review instead of being automatically approved.

Integration with Budgeting System

Given the budgeting system is integrated, when a requisition is submitted, then the requisition total should reflect the current available budget and trigger alerts if the budget is exceeded.

Audit Trail for Requisition Approvals

Given that a requisition has been either approved or rejected, when the user checks the audit log, then it should capture all relevant details such as who approved/rejected it and timestamps for compliance tracking.

User Role Access for Requisition Approvals

Given different user roles exist in the system, when a user attempts to submit a requisition, then the system should enforce role-based access rules to ensure only authorized users can approve or reject requisitions.

Budget Tracking Integration

User Story: As a finance officer, I want budget tracking integration so that I can manage procurement expenses effectively and ensure adherence to sustainability budgets.
Description: The Budget Tracking Integration requirement will provide users with a seamless way to monitor and manage their procurement budgets directly within the GreenSync platform. This integration will allow users to set budget limits for different departments or projects, with real-time tracking of expenses against those budgets. Alerts will notify users of approaching limits or discrepancies, enabling proactive financial management. This feature is essential for ensuring that sustainability initiatives remain financially viable and accurately reflect each department's procurement capabilities while promoting accountability in spending.
Acceptance Criteria: A user accesses the Budget Tracking Integration feature to set a budget limit for their department.

Given the user is on the budget management page, when they enter a budget limit and select 'Save,' then the budget limit should be saved successfully with a confirmation message displayed.

A user attempts to input a procurement request that exceeds their allocated budget limit.

Given the user has set a budget limit, when they create a procurement request that exceeds this limit, then an error notification should be displayed indicating the budget limit has been exceeded and the request should not be submitted.

A user wants to monitor their current spending against the set budget limit.

Given the user is on the budget tracking dashboard, when they view their budget overview, then the actual spending should be displayed alongside the budget limit, as well as a percentage indicating how much of the budget has been utilized.

A user receives alerts regarding their budget status.

Given the user has set a budget limit, when their spending approaches 80% of the budget, then they should receive an alert notification encouraging them to review their expenditures.

A user needs to modify an existing budget limit due to project changes.

Given the user is on the budget management page, when they change an existing budget limit and click 'Update,' then the system should save the updated limit and display a confirmation message stating the budget has been updated successfully.

A user wishes to generate a report of budget utilization over the past quarter.

Given the user navigates to the reporting section, when they select the 'Budget Utilization Report' and specify the date range, then the system should generate a report displaying detailed expenditures against the set budget limits for that period.

Eco-friendly Product Catalog

User Story: As a purchasing agent, I want access to an eco-friendly product catalog so that I can easily find and select sustainable products for our procurement needs.
Description: The Eco-friendly Product Catalog requirement involves creating a comprehensive and searchable database of approved eco-friendly products that can be easily accessed during the procurement workflow. This catalog will include product specifications, certification details, and supplier information, enabling users to make informed choices when selecting products. This requirement is critical for ensuring that all purchasing decisions align with the company’s sustainability goals and regulatory compliance. Furthermore, providing insights into each product's environmental impact will empower users to choose the most sustainable options available, reinforcing GreenSync's commitment to responsible sourcing.
Acceptance Criteria: User adds a new eco-friendly product to the catalog during the procurement process.

Given the user has access to the Integrated Procurement Workflow, when they input product details and submit for approval, then the product should be added to the Eco-friendly Product Catalog upon successful approval notification.

User searches for a product in the Eco-friendly Product Catalog.

Given the user is on the Eco-friendly Product Catalog page, when they enter search terms related to a specific eco-friendly product, then the catalog should display relevant products with specifications and certifications that match the search criteria.

User views detailed information about an eco-friendly product in the catalog.

Given the user selects a product from the Eco-friendly Product Catalog, when they click on the product name, then they should be directed to a detailed page displaying the product specifications, certification details, and supplier information.

User filters the Eco-friendly Product Catalog by certification type.

Given the user is on the Eco-friendly Product Catalog page, when they apply a filter for a specific certification type, then only products that meet that certification should be displayed in the catalog.

User compares multiple eco-friendly products in the catalog.

Given the user selects multiple products from the Eco-friendly Product Catalog, when they click on the ‘Compare’ option, then a comparison chart should appear showing key specifications and certifications for the selected products side by side.

User receives a notification about updated eco-friendly product information.

Given the user is subscribed to updates, when there is any change to the specifications or certification of products in the Eco-friendly Product Catalog, then they should receive a notification email detailing the changes made.

User accesses supplier information from the Eco-friendly Product Catalog.

Given the user is viewing an eco-friendly product, when they click on the 'Supplier Information' section, then detailed contact and sustainability information about the supplier should be displayed.

Order Management Dashboard

User Story: As a logistics coordinator, I want an order management dashboard so that I can monitor order statuses and streamline the fulfillment process more effectively.
Description: The Order Management Dashboard requirement entails the development of a centralized interface where users can view, track, and manage their purchase orders in real-time. This dashboard will provide insights into order statuses, delivery timelines, and spend analyses, enhancing transparency in the procurement process. Users will be able to filter and search for specific orders, generate reports, and monitor supplier performance. This feature aims to streamline the order fulfillment process, reduce delays, and improve efficiency, ultimately driving more informed decision-making and ensuring that sustainability commitments are met within supply chains.
Acceptance Criteria: User can access the Order Management Dashboard from the main navigation menu to view all their purchase orders in one central location.

Given the user is authenticated and on the main page, when they click on the 'Order Management Dashboard' link, then the dashboard should display all purchase orders associated with the user’s account.

Users should be able to filter purchase orders based on status, date, and supplier to quickly find relevant information.

Given the user is on the Order Management Dashboard, when they apply filters for status, date range, or supplier, then the displayed purchase orders should update to reflect the chosen criteria accurately.

The dashboard should display real-time updates on the status of each purchase order to enhance transparency in the procurement process.

Given that the user is viewing the Order Management Dashboard, when an order status changes (e.g., from 'Processing' to 'Shipped'), then the change should be reflected in the dashboard immediately without requiring a refresh.

Users should have the ability to generate reports from the dashboard to analyze their spending and supplier performance.

Given the user selects the 'Generate Report' option on the Order Management Dashboard, when they specify the report parameters (e.g., date range, supplier), then a downloadable report should be generated containing the requested information in an easy-to-read format.

The system should provide a detailed view of each purchase order, including all relevant information such as item descriptions, pricing, and expected delivery dates.

Given the user selects a specific purchase order from the dashboard, when they click on it, then a detailed view should open displaying comprehensive information about the order, ensuring that all necessary details are clearly presented.

The dashboard should display notifications for pending approvals and flagged issues related to purchase orders.

Given the user is on the Order Management Dashboard, when there are pending approvals or flagged orders, then a notification section should highlight these items prominently, allowing the user to address them promptly.

Users should be able to monitor supplier performance based on delivery times and order accuracy through visual indicators on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the Order Management Dashboard, when they view supplier performance metrics, then the dashboard should present visual indicators (e.g., color codes, graphs) that summarize each supplier’s performance based on predefined criteria such as delivery times and order accuracy.

Supplier Performance Analytics

User Story: As a procurement officer, I want supplier performance analytics so that I can evaluate suppliers based on sustainability and ensure we are working with the best partners.
Description: The Supplier Performance Analytics requirement will provide analytical tools for tracking and evaluating supplier performance based on sustainability criteria, pricing, delivery timelines, and product quality. Users will have access to dashboards and reports that summarize supplier performance metrics, enabling data-driven decisions when selecting or retaining suppliers. This feature is vital for fostering a network of accountable suppliers and ensuring that procurement practices align with the company’s environmental goals. By promoting transparency and accountability, the analytics tools will support continuous improvement in the procurement process, aligning with the overall objectives of GreenSync.
Acceptance Criteria: Supplier Evaluation Dashboard Displays Key Metrics

Given that a user is logged into the GreenSync platform and navigates to the Supplier Performance Analytics section, when they access the supplier evaluation dashboard, then they should see a visual summary of key performance metrics including sustainability criteria, pricing, delivery timelines, and product quality for all active suppliers.

Real-Time Supplier Performance Updates

Given that a user has the Supplier Performance Analytics dashboard open, when new data on supplier performance is recorded, then the dashboard should update automatically within 5 minutes to reflect the latest performance metrics without requiring a page refresh.

Customizable Supplier Performance Reports

Given that a user is within the reporting section of Supplier Performance Analytics, when they select specific criteria and date ranges for reporting, then they should be able to generate a downloadable report in PDF format that accurately reflects their selections.

Alert Notifications for Underperforming Suppliers

Given that the system monitors supplier performance based on predefined thresholds, when a supplier falls below acceptable performance levels in sustainability or quality metrics, then the responsible users should receive automated email alerts within 24 hours.

Historical Performance Comparison Feature

Given that a user is utilizing the Supplier Performance Analytics feature, when they access the historical performance comparison tool, then they should be able to view a comparative analysis of supplier performance over the last three fiscal quarters, with visual representation of trends.

Integration with Procurement Workflow

Given that a supplier's performance data has been analyzed, when a user initiates a procurement request through the Integrated Procurement Workflow, then the system should automatically suggest the top three suppliers based on their performance metrics.

User Access Management for Supplier Analytics

Given that an administrator is managing user roles, when they attempt to set permissions for supplier performance analytics, then they should be able to restrict or allow access to specific users based on their roles within the procurement process.

Customizable Procurement Workflows

User Story: As a workflow designer, I want customizable procurement workflows so that I can create processes that reflect our organization's specific needs and sustainability objectives.
Description: The Customizable Procurement Workflows requirement allows users to tailor the procurement process to meet their specific operational needs. Users will have the ability to create, modify, and save custom workflows that include various approval processes, budget checks, and product selection criteria tailored to the organization’s sustainability goals. This flexibility is crucial for accommodating different departmental requirements and ensuring compliance with evolving regulations. This feature will enhance user adoption of the system and improve overall operational efficiency while ensuring that sustainable practices are embedded within each unique process.
Acceptance Criteria: Custom Workflow Creation for Departmental Needs

Given a user with permissions to create workflows, when they select options for approvals, budget checks, and product criteria, then a new workflow should be created and saved without errors.

Modification of Existing Workflows

Given a user has previously created a workflow, when they modify any of the parameters such as budget limits or approval steps, then the changes should be saved and reflected in the workflow list without errors.

Approval Process Validation

Given a user initiates a new procurement request that follows a custom workflow, when the request is submitted, then all designated approvers should receive a notification to approve or reject the request within 24 hours.

Compliance Checks during Procurement

Given a user is processing a procurement request, when they submit the request for approval, then the system must check and validate compliance against the specified sustainability criteria before approval is granted.

User Adoption Tracking for Workflows

Given a user logs into the system, when they access the procurement module, then the system should display the number of workflows created and their status to encourage further usage.

Error Handling During Workflow Creation

Given a user encounters issues while creating a workflow, when they fill out the required fields incorrectly and attempt to save the workflow, then the system should display relevant error messages guiding necessary corrections.

Sustainability Certification Dashboard

The Sustainability Certification Dashboard showcases the certifications held by each product and vendor. This feature equips users with clear visibility into compliance with various sustainability standards, making it easier to prioritize and select products that meet regulatory and ethical requirements. This empowers organizations to reinforce their commitment to sustainable practices in procurement.

Requirements

Real-Time Certification Updates

User Story: As a sustainability officer, I want to see real-time updates of sustainability certifications for each product so that I can make informed procurement decisions based on the most current compliance statuses.
Description: The Real-Time Certification Updates requirement involves implementing a system that automatically fetches and displays live updates of sustainability certifications for each product and vendor in the Sustainability Certification Dashboard. This feature will ensure users have access to the most current compliance statuses, reflecting any changes made by certifying bodies. Benefits include enhanced decision-making capabilities based on the latest data, reduction in manual auditing efforts, and increased transparency in procurement processes. Integration with external certification databases and APIs will be essential to keep the certification data fresh and reliable. The expected outcome is a dashboard that dynamically reflects real-time certification statuses, empowering users to make informed purchasing decisions based on the most recent compliance information.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time updating of the dashboard when new certification data is available from external sources.

Given that new certification data is available from external sources, when the data is fetched, then the dashboard should reflect the updated certification status in real-time without requiring a manual refresh.

User accessibility for the Sustainability Certification Dashboard across various devices.

Given that a user accesses the Sustainability Certification Dashboard, when they use a mobile, tablet, or desktop device, then the interface should display the certification data correctly and responsively across all devices.

Display of all relevant certification statuses in the dashboard for each product and vendor.

Given a selected product or vendor, when the user views the Sustainability Certification Dashboard, then all relevant certification statuses, along with their expiration dates and certification bodies, should be displayed clearly and accurately.

Integration functionality with external certification databases and APIs.

Given that integration with external databases is required, when the system attempts to fetch certification data from these databases, then it must successfully connect and retrieve the latest certification information without errors 99% of the time.

Notification feature for users when certifications are updated or changed.

Given that certification statuses can change, when a certification status is updated, then the system should automatically notify users via email or dashboard alert within 5 minutes of the update.

Historical tracking of certification status changes over time for auditing purposes.

Given that certification statuses can change, when the user requests historical data, then the system should provide a log of changes, including dates and previous certification statuses, for at least the past 12 months.

Customizable Certification Filtering

User Story: As a procurement manager, I want to filter sustainability certifications by type and date so that I can quickly find products that meet my organization's specific compliance needs.
Description: The Customizable Certification Filtering functionality allows users to filter and sort the displayed certifications on the Sustainability Certification Dashboard based on various criteria, including certification type, expiration date, and vendor. This feature enhances the user experience by allowing users to quickly identify products that meet specific sustainability standards relevant to their organization’s goals. The implementation would involve creating an intuitive interface for users to apply their desired filters and store those filter settings for future sessions. The expected outcome is improved usability and efficiency in locating certified products during procurement processes.
Acceptance Criteria: User applies filters to the Sustainability Certification Dashboard to find certified products meeting specific sustainability standards.

Given a user is on the Sustainability Certification Dashboard, when they select filters for certification type, expiration date, and vendor, then the displayed products should only show those that meet the selected filter criteria.

User saves their selected filter settings for future sessions.

Given a user has selected filter criteria on the Sustainability Certification Dashboard, when they save these settings, then the next time the user accesses the dashboard, the previously saved filters should be automatically applied.

User changes filter settings and expects the dashboard to update accordingly without errors.

Given a user is on the Sustainability Certification Dashboard with initial filters applied, when they modify the filter settings and click the apply button, then the dashboard should refresh to display the updated list of certified products without any error messages.

User resets the filter settings to the default state.

Given a user is on the Sustainability Certification Dashboard with certain filter settings applied, when they click the 'Reset' button, then all filters should revert to their default state, and all certified products should be displayed.

User attempts to filter by expiration date and expects the function to work precisely.

Given a user is on the Sustainability Certification Dashboard, when they choose a specific expiration date range as a filter, then only products with certifications expiring within that range should be displayed.

User accesses the dashboard on different devices and expects consistent filter functionality.

Given a user sets specific filters on the Sustainability Certification Dashboard on one device, when they access the dashboard on a different device, then the previously applied filters should reflect the same settings.

User utilizes tooltip help features for understanding filtering options.

Given a user hovers over filtering options on the Sustainability Certification Dashboard, when they view the tooltip, then it should provide clear and concise descriptions of each filtering criterion available.

Integrated Compliance Reporting

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to generate detailed reports on product and vendor certifications so that I can ensure our procurement aligns with sustainability standards and prepare for audits.
Description: The Integrated Compliance Reporting requirement entails developing a comprehensive reporting tool within the Sustainability Certification Dashboard that aggregates data from various certifications and provides users with an overview of compliance against sustainability standards. This functionality will automate the generation of reports, detailing product compliance, vendor adherence to certifications, and potential risks associated with non-compliance. The reporting tool will be crucial for internal audits and strategic decision-making, aligning with sustainability goals. Users can customize report templates and set up automatic report generation frequencies. The expected outcome is streamlined compliance reporting processes that save time and enhance organizational accountability.
Acceptance Criteria: Integrated Compliance Reporting for Sustainable Procurement Decisions

Given a user accesses the Sustainability Certification Dashboard, when they select the Integrated Compliance Reporting feature, then the tool displays an overview of compliance statuses for all products and vendors according to selected sustainability standards.

Automated Report Generation Process

Given a user configures report generation settings within the Integrated Compliance Reporting feature, when they set a frequency for automated reports, then the system generates reports automatically at the specified frequency without manual intervention.

Customization of Report Templates

Given a user opens the report configuration settings, when they customize the report template by adding or removing fields, then the system saves these changes and utilizes the customized template for future report generations.

Access to Compliance Risk Indicators

Given a user views the Integrated Compliance Reporting section, when they select a specific product, then the system provides detailed compliance risk indicators associated with that product's certifications.

Historical Data Comparison for Compliance Reporting

Given a user requests a compliance report, when they choose to include historical data, then the report displays a comparative analysis of compliance status over the previous reporting periods.

User Notifications for Compliance Alerts

Given the Integrated Compliance Reporting system detects non-compliance in any product, when a report is generated, then the user receives an automatic notification detailing the non-compliance issues identified.

Personalized Recommendations Engine

The Personalized Recommendations Engine analyzes users' purchasing history and preferences to suggest relevant eco-friendly products and services. By offering tailored product suggestions, this feature enhances the user experience, ensuring that organizations discover solutions that align closely with their unique sustainability goals and operational needs.

Requirements

Automated Product Sourcing

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to receive automated suggestions for eco-friendly products tailored to my organization's previous purchasing patterns, so that I can streamline our procurement process and ensure we are meeting our sustainability goals efficiently.
Description: The Automated Product Sourcing requirement encompasses the integration of an intelligent sourcing algorithm that identifies and recommends eco-friendly products based on the user's historical purchasing data and current market trends. This functionality enhances the user experience by streamlining the discovery process of relevant products. The benefits include reduced time spent searching for sustainable options, improved procurement efficiency, and alignment with the user's specific sustainability objectives. This requirement is crucial as it enables businesses to make informed purchasing decisions, effectively manage their sustainability initiatives, and respond dynamically to changing environmental regulations and market offerings.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the automated product sourcing feature from the dashboard after logging into GreenSync to identify eco-friendly products based on their purchasing history and preferences.

Given the user has a recorded purchasing history, when they navigate to the automated product sourcing feature, then the user should receive a list of at least five recommended eco-friendly products that align with their past purchases and sustainability goals.

A user reviews the recommendations generated by the automated product sourcing feature after a recent purchase decision was made, aiming to assess the relevance and utility of the suggestions provided.

Given that the automated product sourcing feature has generated recommendations, when the user reviews the suggestions, then at least 70% of the recommended products must be relevant to the user's previously indicated preferences and sustainability objectives.

A user enters specific parameters for eco-friendly products, such as product type and price range, into the automated product sourcing feature to receive targeted recommendations.

Given the user sets specific search parameters, when they trigger the recommendation algorithm, then the system should return a list of eco-friendly products that fit within those parameters, providing at least three options that meet the criteria.

The system updates the product recommendations in real-time based on evolving market trends and the user's sustainability preferences.

Given that market trends change, when new eco-friendly products become available, then the system should automatically update the recommendations within 24 hours, ensuring the user sees the most current options aligned with their preferences.

A user provides feedback on the eco-friendly product recommendations received from the automated product sourcing feature for continuous improvement.

Given the user has just accessed the recommendation list, when they submit feedback on the relevance and quality of the suggestions, then the system should track this feedback and update the algorithm accordingly to enhance future recommendations.

A user wants to compare the recommended eco-friendly products with existing products in their procurement list to make informed purchasing decisions.

Given the automated product sourcing feature has provided recommendations, when the user selects to compare with existing products, then the system should display a side-by-side comparison of features, prices, and sustainability ratings for at least three products against their current choices.

Dynamic User Preference Learning

User Story: As a frequent user of the platform, I want the system to learn from my past interactions and preferences, so that I receive increasingly accurate and relevant eco-friendly product recommendations that align with my evolving needs.
Description: The Dynamic User Preference Learning requirement focuses on developing an adaptive learning engine that continuously analyzes user interactions, preferences, and feedback to refine and personalize product recommendations. This ongoing assessment helps increase the relevance of suggestions, ensuring that users consistently receive the most pertinent eco-friendly options. By effectively learning from user behavior over time, this requirement significantly enhances user engagement and satisfaction. The implementation of this feature is critical for maintaining an up-to-date recommendations engine that evolves alongside user needs and industry changes, thus supporting the overarching goal of enhancing corporate sustainability efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User Interaction with the Recommendations Engine during a Sustainability Audit Review

Given a user is reviewing their past purchasing history during a sustainability audit, when they access the Personalized Recommendations Engine, then they should receive eco-friendly product suggestions relevant to their historical preferences and sustainability goals based on dynamic learning.

Feedback Mechanism for Product Recommendations

Given a user finds a suggested product through the Personalized Recommendations Engine, when they provide feedback on its relevance, then the system should update its algorithm to improve future recommendations based on this feedback.

Real-time Suggestions Based on User Behavioral Changes

Given a user frequently browses a certain category of eco-friendly products, when this behavior is detected, then the Personalized Recommendations Engine should adapt accordingly and prioritize similar products in future suggestions.

Integration with User's Sustainability Goals

Given a user has specified their sustainability goals in their profile, when they interact with the Recommendations Engine, then they should receive product recommendations that align specifically with these stated goals.

Periodic Assessment of Recommendation Relevance

Given that users engage with product suggestions over time, when a user has not interacted with recommended products for a defined period, then the Recommendations Engine should evaluate and adjust the suggestions to improve relevance and engagement.

User Satisfaction Rating Post-Interaction

Given a user has received and interacted with product recommendations, when they rate their satisfaction afterward, then the system should track these ratings to quantify the effectiveness of the recommendations provided.

Feedback Mechanism for Recommendations

User Story: As a user, I want to be able to provide feedback on the eco-friendly product recommendations I receive, so that the system can improve over time and offer suggestions that are more aligned with my requirements and preferences.
Description: The Feedback Mechanism for Recommendations requirement establishes a robust system for users to provide input on the suggestions they receive. This includes the ability to rate, review, and flag recommendations that are not relevant or helpful. The feedback collected will be utilized to further enhance the personalized recommendation algorithms, ensuring that the system evolves and improves over time based on user input. This requirement is essential for creating a user-centered experience, fostering user trust, and ensuring that the platform remains responsive to real user needs. By prioritizing user feedback, we can better align our offerings with user expectations and maximize the effectiveness of our recommendations.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can easily access the feedback mechanism after receiving personalized recommendations.

Given a user has received personalized eco-friendly product recommendations, when they navigate to the recommendations page, then they should see an option to provide feedback, including a rating system from 1 to 5 stars, a comment section, and a flag option for irrelevant suggestions.

Users can successfully submit feedback on recommendations they receive.

Given a user has accessed the feedback mechanism, when they select a rating and provide a comment, then their feedback should be saved successfully and a confirmation message should be displayed.

Users can view previously submitted feedback on their recommendations.

Given a user has submitted feedback on previous recommendations, when they revisit the recommendations page, then they should be able to see their past feedback, including ratings and comments, displayed alongside the relevant recommendations.

The system utilizes user feedback to refine future recommendations.

Given that at least 10 feedback entries have been submitted, when the algorithm is triggered to analyze feedback, then it should adjust the product suggestions based on aggregated user ratings and comments to enhance relevance for future recommendations.

Users are notified of improvements made based on their feedback.

Given a user has provided feedback on their recommendations, when significant changes are made to the recommendation system based on user input, then the user should receive an email notification summarizing the improvements and thanking them for their contribution.

Users can report technical issues encountered while providing feedback.

Given a user encounters an issue while trying to submit feedback, when they click on the 'Report an Issue' button, then they should be directed to a form that allows them to submit their issue, and receive a confirmation that their issue has been reported.

The feedback system supports multiple languages for user convenience.

Given that a user has selected a language preference in their account settings, when they access the feedback mechanism, then the labels, buttons, and instructions should be displayed in the selected language without errors.

Integration with Existing Product Databases

User Story: As a procurement officer, I want the recommendation engine to be connected to existing databases of eco-friendly products, so that I can access and evaluate a diverse range of options that best meet our sustainable purchasing criteria.
Description: The Integration with Existing Product Databases requirement involves connecting the recommendations engine with various external eco-friendly product databases and marketplaces. This will allow the system to access a broader range of products and services to suggest to users, enhancing the overall quality and variety of recommendations. The integration facilitates real-time updating of product availability, pricing, and attributes, ensuring that users receive the most accurate and timely suggestions. This requirement is key to enriching the user experience by widening the selection of eco-friendly options available and improving overall satisfaction with the platform's capabilities.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Personalized Recommendations Engine after logging into GreenSync and requests eco-friendly product suggestions.

Given the user is logged in, when they request product suggestions, then the system should provide at least five relevant eco-friendly product recommendations based on their purchasing history and preferences.

The system updates product information from external databases in real-time when a user is browsing the recommendations engine.

Given the user is browsing products, when the system fetches data from the external product databases, then the product availability, pricing, and attributes should reflect the most current information within 5 seconds.

An organization with a varied purchasing history uses the recommendations engine to discover new sustainable products relevant to its initiatives.

Given the user has a broad purchasing history, when they access the recommendations engine, then at least 70% of the suggested products should not be previously purchased by the user and should align with their stated sustainability goals.

The Personalized Recommendations Engine integrates with multiple product databases to widen the selection of available products and services.

Given the system is integrated with at least three external eco-friendly product databases, when a user queries the engine for products, then the recommendations should include offerings from all connected databases, showcasing a comprehensive range of options.

A user receives notifications about new products added to the recommendations engine based on their specific interests and previous purchases.

Given the user’s preferences are set in their profile, when new eco-friendly products are added to the system, then the user should receive a notification within 24 hours of the product's addition, highlighting relevant options.

A user attempts to purchase a recommended product, but it is no longer available due to real-time updates from external databases.

Given the user selects a recommended product that was available at the time of recommendation, when they attempt to purchase it, then the system should display an out-of-stock notification, along with alternative product suggestions within 5 seconds.

The Personalized Recommendations Engine is evaluated for its user satisfaction and effectiveness among different user profiles.

Given a diverse group of users provides feedback after using the recommendations engine, when surveyed, then at least 80% of users should report satisfaction with their recommendations and feel that the suggestions align with their environmental goals.

Customizable Recommendation Filters

User Story: As a user, I want to be able to customize the filters for the eco-friendly product recommendations I receive, so that I can ensure that the suggestions meet my specific purchasing criteria and sustainability objectives.
Description: The Customizable Recommendation Filters requirement provides users with the ability to set specific criteria and parameters for the types of eco-friendly products they wish to receive as recommendations. Users can filter suggestions based on factors such as product type, sustainability rating, price range, and supplier certifications. This degree of customization empowers users to tailor their experience and ensures that the recommendations are aligned with their unique operational needs and sustainability commitments. This feature is crucial for fostering user autonomy and improving the relevance of suggestions, thereby enhancing the effectiveness of the recommendations engine in supporting corporate sustainability goals.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to filter product recommendations based on sustainability rating and product type before making a purchase decision.

Given a user has accessed the Personalized Recommendations Engine, when they select the sustainability rating filter and product type filter, then the system should only display products that match the selected criteria.

A user is adjusting the price range filter to see only eco-friendly products within their budget.

Given a user has set a specific price range in the filter options, when they apply the price range filter, then only eco-friendly products within that price range should be displayed in the recommendations.

User aims to find eco-friendly products from suppliers with specific certifications relevant to their industry.

Given a user has specified supplier certifications in the filter options, when they perform a search, then the system should return only the eco-friendly products from suppliers that meet the specified certification criteria.

User needs to save their filter preferences for future use to avoid repeatedly setting the same criteria.

Given a user has set filters for product type, sustainability rating, price range, and supplier certifications, when they save these preferences, then those filters should be loaded automatically during their next visit to the Personalized Recommendations Engine.

A user wishes to reset all filtering options back to default settings after refining their search.

Given a user has applied multiple filters, when they click the 'reset' button, then all filters should revert to their default state, displaying the full range of eco-friendly product recommendations.

User wants to receive notifications or alerts for new products that meet their defined filter criteria.

Given a user has set filters for eco-friendly products, when a new product that matches those filters becomes available, then the system should send a notification to the user about the new product.

User is accessing the recommendation engine from a mobile device and wants to ensure the filters are usable on smaller screens.

Given a user accesses the Personalized Recommendations Engine from a mobile device, when they view the filtering options, then the filters should be fully functional and easy to use on the smaller screen size.

Live Impact Feed

The Live Impact Feed provides real-time updates on sustainability initiatives and progress, allowing stakeholders to see immediate results as they occur. This transparency not only keeps stakeholders informed but also celebrates milestones, fostering a sense of community and shared achievement around the organization’s environmental goals.

Requirements

Real-Time Data Integration

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to see real-time updates on our environmental initiatives in the Live Impact Feed so that I can track our progress and make timely decisions based on current data.
Description: This requirement focuses on the seamless integration of real-time data from various sustainability initiatives and sources into the Live Impact Feed. It encompasses the capability to automatically collect, process, and display this data, ensuring that updates reflect the most current information available. This function not only enhances the accuracy of the information presented but also allows stakeholders to make informed decisions promptly. The integration should be compatible with existing databases, APIs, and data formats to streamline data ingestion processes and facilitate easy access to relevant sustainability metrics, thereby promoting transparency and accountability in sustainability efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of Data from Multiple Sources into the Live Impact Feed.

Given that real-time data from sustainability initiatives is available, when the data is integrated into the Live Impact Feed, then the feed should accurately reflect the most recent data within 2 minutes of data availability.

Verification of Data Accuracy in the Live Impact Feed.

Given that data is displayed in the Live Impact Feed, when stakeholders access the feed, then at least 95% of the displayed data points should match the source data for accuracy verification.

User Accessibility to Real-Time Updates.

Given that the Live Impact Feed is in operation, when a stakeholder accesses the feed, then they should be able to view real-time updates with no more than 3 seconds of loading time for data display.

Compatibility with Existing Data Sources and Formats.

Given that the integration process is initiated, when data is ingested from existing databases and APIs, then the integration should support at least 5 different data formats without errors.

Visualization of Milestones in the Live Impact Feed.

Given that significant sustainability milestones are achieved, when these milestones are met, then the Live Impact Feed should automatically highlight these achievements and notify stakeholders within 1 hour of confirmation.

Automated Reporting Features for Sustainability Data.

Given that the data is collected and integrated into the Live Impact Feed, when monthly reports are generated, then the reports should reflect a comprehensive overview of sustainability metrics generated automatically without manual intervention.

Milestone Notification System

User Story: As a team member involved in sustainability initiatives, I want to receive alerts when key milestones are reached so that I can celebrate our achievements and remain motivated to continue our efforts.
Description: The Milestone Notification System will alert stakeholders when significant progress points or goals are achieved within sustainability initiatives. This requirement involves developing mechanisms to trigger notifications via email, SMS, or in-app alerts when pre-defined milestones are reached. This feature is essential for maintaining engagement and motivation among stakeholders, as it celebrates achievements and promotes collective participation in sustainability practices. Additionally, it will aid in fostering a culture of accountability and recognition within the organization, as timely notifications will encourage continued progress towards environmental goals.
Acceptance Criteria: Triggering notifications for milestone achievements in sustainability initiatives.

Given a pre-defined milestone is achieved, when the system processes this event, then notifications are sent via email, SMS, and in-app alert to all relevant stakeholders within 5 minutes of the milestone being reached.

Customizing notification preferences for stakeholders.

Given a stakeholder has access to the notification settings, when they customize their preferences for email, SMS, or in-app alerts, then the system should save these preferences and notify the stakeholder only through their selected channels for future milestones.

Displaying historical milestone notifications in the dashboard.

Given that milestones have been achieved, when a user accesses the Live Impact Feed, then the system should display a historical list of past milestone notifications along with the corresponding dates and details of the achievements.

Testing the functionality of the milestone notification system for reliability.

Given the milestone notification system is implemented, when an achievement occurs, then at least 95% of stakeholders should receive the notification successfully across all selected channels without failure within the specified time frame (5 minutes).

Ensuring stakeholders can easily access and understand notifications.

Given a notification is sent to stakeholders, when they receive it, then it must include clear information about the milestone achieved, a brief description of its significance, and options to respond or give feedback directly from the notification.

Integrating milestone notifications with user management settings.

Given that a new stakeholder is added to the system, when they are assigned to a sustainability initiative, then they should automatically receive notifications for all related milestones unless they choose to opt-out in their notification settings.

Ensuring timely updates in case of milestone delays or changes.

Given a milestone's achievement date has been postponed, when this change is made in the system, then stakeholders should receive a notification of the postponement within 10 minutes of the change being made to keep them updated accordingly.

Customizable Feed Filters

User Story: As a stakeholder, I want to customize the Live Impact Feed to show only the sustainability metrics and initiatives that are relevant to my role so that I can focus on the data that informs my work and decision-making.
Description: Customizable Feed Filters will allow users to tailor the information displayed in the Live Impact Feed according to their specific interests and roles within the organization. This requirement includes developing user-friendly filtering options that enable stakeholders to select which sustainability initiatives, metrics, and updates they wish to monitor. Users will be able to prioritize the information that matters most to them, thereby increasing engagement and usability of the Live Impact Feed. This customization ensures that different teams can focus on relevant data while still contributing to the collective goals of the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: As a sustainability manager, I want to filter the Live Impact Feed to only view updates related to waste reduction initiatives, so that I can focus on tracking our progress in that specific area.

Given that the user is on the Live Impact Feed, when they select the 'Waste Reduction' filter, then the feed should display only updates and metrics related to waste reduction initiatives.

As a department head, I want to prioritize the updates in the Live Impact Feed by selecting the categories most relevant to my team's goals, allowing me to see the most important information first.

Given that the user has selected multiple categories to monitor, when they view the Live Impact Feed, then the updates should be sorted according to the user's selected priority levels, displaying the highest priority updates first.

As a team member interested in community engagement practices, I want to apply filters to see only those initiatives related to community service, so that I can gather insights and contribute effectively.

Given that the user applies the 'Community Engagement' filter in the Live Impact Feed, when they view the feed, then it should only display initiatives and metrics related to community engagement.

As a project leader, I want to save my customized filter settings, allowing me to quickly access my preferred view in the Live Impact Feed without re-filtering each time.

Given that the user has selected specific filters, when they choose to save their settings, then the system should retain those filter settings for future sessions, and restore them upon the user's next login.

As an executive, I want to view high-level summary metrics in the Live Impact Feed with my selected filters applied, enabling me to quickly assess overall performance at a glance.

Given that the user applies their selected filters, when they view the summary section in the Live Impact Feed, then it should provide high-level metrics that reflect the filtered initiatives and updates.

As a user in a compliance role, I want to receive notifications when there are updates in the Live Impact Feed that are filtered based on my selected criteria, ensuring I stay informed in real-time.

Given that the user has set specific filters for notifications, when there are updates that match those filters, then the user should receive real-time notifications through their preferred communication channel.

Interactive Dashboard Widgets

User Story: As a visual learner, I want interactive dashboard widgets in the Live Impact Feed so that I can easily understand and communicate our sustainability progress through visual data representations.
Description: Interactive Dashboard Widgets will be added to the Live Impact Feed to provide users with dynamic visual representations of sustainability progress and metrics. This requirement involves designing widgets that enable users to interact with data through graphs, charts, and maps, which can display trends over time, comparisons against targets, and geographic distributions of impacts. This interactive approach enhances user experience and understanding of complex data sets, making it easier for stakeholders to visualize performance and communicate results effectively. The widgets should be customizable to further enhance user engagement and cater to different analytical perspectives.
Acceptance Criteria: User Interaction with Live Impact Feed Widgets

Given a user is on the Live Impact Feed, When they interact with a widget, Then the widget should dynamically update to display the relevant data.

Customization of Dashboard Widgets

Given a user accesses the customization settings, When they select different display options, Then the widget should reflect the new settings immediately without requiring a page refresh.

Real-time Data Visualization

Given a user wants to see the latest sustainability metrics, When new data is available, Then the dashboard should automatically refresh and show the updated metrics within 5 seconds.

Trend Analysis Over Time

Given a user selects a time frame on a graph widget, When they apply the filter, Then the graph should accurately reflect the data for that specific time frame without errors.

Geographic Distribution Display

Given a user accesses the map widget, When they hover over different regions on the map, Then relevant sustainability data for those regions should display in a tooltip.

Comparison Against Targets

Given a user is viewing the emissions widget, When they input target values, Then the widget should visually represent progress towards these targets with appropriate indicators.

Stakeholder Sharing Capabilities

Given a user wants to share a specific widget's data, When they use the share functionality, Then the system should generate a shareable link or report that includes the current data view.

Stakeholder Engagement Analytics

User Story: As a product owner, I want to analyze how stakeholders engage with the Live Impact Feed so that I can improve the content and features based on user behavior and needs.
Description: Stakeholder Engagement Analytics will provide insights into how different user groups interact with the Live Impact Feed. This requirement focuses on collecting and analyzing data on user behavior, engagement levels, and feedback on the information presented. The analytics will help identify trends in stakeholder participation, patterns in information consumption, and overall satisfaction with the platform. By leveraging this data, the organization can make informed decisions about content improvements and engagement strategies, ensuring the Live Impact Feed remains relevant and valuable to all users. This feedback loop is critical for continuous enhancement of the user experience.
Acceptance Criteria: Stakeholder views the Live Impact Feed and navigates to the analytics dashboard to understand engagement levels and behavior patterns of their peers.

Given the user is logged into the GreenSync platform, when they access the Live Impact Feed, then they can view a detailed analytics dashboard that displays user engagement metrics, including the number of interactions and feedback submitted.

A stakeholder receives a weekly summary report from the Stakeholder Engagement Analytics highlighting key metrics and trends.

Given that the Stakeholder Engagement Analytics is configured, when the weekly summary report is generated, then it must include engagement statistics, trends over the past seven days, and visual aids like charts for easy comprehension.

The organization needs to assess the impact of changes made to the Live Impact Feed content based on the feedback collected from stakeholders.

Given that the analytics have been reviewed, when content changes are made based on stakeholder feedback, then a follow-up analysis must be conducted to compare engagement metrics before and after the changes, showing a measurable improvement in user engagement.

Stakeholders provide feedback through the Live Impact Feed regarding their experience and suggestions for improvement.

Given the feedback option is available on the Live Impact Feed, when a stakeholder submits feedback, then their submission should be recorded correctly in the analytics system alongside timestamp and categorization based on content type.

The analytics dashboard is accessed by administrators to monitor overall stakeholder engagement and satisfaction levels.

Given an administrator is logged into the GreenSync platform, when they navigate to the analytics dashboard, then they must be able to view engagement metrics such as average interaction duration and satisfaction ratings on a user-friendly interface.

Stakeholders engage with the Live Impact Feed on a mobile device and provide insights through the analytics interface specific to mobile usage.

Given that stakeholders are using a mobile device, when they access the Live Impact Feed, then mobile engagement metrics such as session duration and feedback rate must be accurately tracked and displayed within the analytics dashboard.

Accessibility Features for Inclusivity

User Story: As a user with visual impairment, I want the Live Impact Feed to be accessible so that I can easily retrieve and understand sustainability information alongside my peers.
Description: This requirement centers on implementing accessibility features within the Live Impact Feed to ensure all users, including those with disabilities, can access and utilize the software effectively. This includes measures such as screen reader compatibility, alternative text for images, keyboard navigation options, and adherence to WCAG standards. By ensuring that the Live Impact Feed is accessible to everyone, the organization not only complies with legal requirements but also fosters an inclusive culture that values participation from all stakeholders, ultimately enhancing the overall effectiveness and reach of sustainability communications.
Acceptance Criteria: Screen Reader Compatibility for Live Impact Feed

Given a user with a screen reader, when they navigate to the Live Impact Feed, then all text, buttons, and interactive elements should be readable by the screen reader without errors or omissions, ensuring smooth navigation and understanding of the feed content.

Alternative Text for Images in Live Impact Feed

Given any images displayed in the Live Impact Feed, when a visually impaired user accesses the feed using a screen reader, then appropriate alternative text must be provided for each image to accurately describe its content and context.

Keyboard Navigation for Live Impact Feed

Given a user with mobility impairments using a keyboard, when they access the Live Impact Feed, then they should be able to navigate through all sections and interactive elements using standard keyboard shortcuts without needing a mouse.

WCAG Compliance Testing

Given the Live Impact Feed's interface, when it is tested for compliance, then it should meet at least Level AA criteria of the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1, ensuring accessibility standards are upheld.

User Feedback on Accessibility Features

Given a sample group of users with disabilities, when they use the Live Impact Feed, then at least 80% should report that the accessibility features enhance their ability to understand and engage with the content.

Text Size and Contrast Adjustability

Given a user who experiences visual difficulties, when they access the Live Impact Feed, then they should be able to adjust the text size and color contrast to meet their personal preferences without losing functionality or content visibility.

Completion of Accessibility Training for Development Team

Given the development team working on the Live Impact Feed, when they receive training on accessibility best practices, then at least 90% of the team should pass an assessment demonstrating their understanding of WCAG guidelines and accessible design principles.

Interactive Report Builder

The Interactive Report Builder enables users to create customized, detailed sustainability reports tailored to specific stakeholder needs. This feature simplifies the reporting process, allowing organizations to highlight key metrics, achievements, and initiatives that matter most to their stakeholders, ensuring clear communication and engagement.

Requirements

Dynamic Template Selection

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to select from predefined templates so that I can quickly create reports that meet the specific needs of my stakeholders without starting from scratch.
Description: The Dynamic Template Selection requirement allows users to choose from a variety of pre-designed report templates tailored for different stakeholder groups, including investors, regulatory bodies, and internal management. This functionality enhances the customization of reports, enabling users to quickly align their presentations with the expectations and needs of specific audiences. By providing a range of templates, users can streamline the reporting process and ensure that essential information is communicated effectively, thereby improving stakeholder engagement and satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: Dynamic Template Selection for Investor Reporting

Given a user is creating a sustainability report for investors, when they access the Dynamic Template Selection, then they should see at least three pre-designed templates specifically tailored for investor needs with distinct sections for financial impacts, sustainability metrics, and future outlook.

Dynamic Template Selection for Regulatory Compliance

Given a user is tasked with generating a report for regulatory bodies, when they utilize the Dynamic Template Selection, then they should have options for templates that include all mandatory compliance sections, such as emissions data, resource usage, and compliance scores, ensuring all necessary information is presented correctly.

Dynamic Template Selection for Internal Management Reviews

Given a user is preparing a report for internal management review, when they select a template from the Dynamic Template Selection, then the chosen template must allow for customizable fields so that key performance indicators, departmental achievements, and strategic initiatives can be highlighted effectively.

User Experience of Template Selection

Given a user is engaged in the report creation process, when they navigate to the Dynamic Template Selection, then the interface must be user-friendly, allowing users to preview templates and read descriptions before selection, ensuring informed choices are made.

Multi-Template Export Capability

Given a user has selected multiple templates from the Dynamic Template Selection, when they initiate the export process, then they should be able to combine sections from different templates into a single cohesive report, ensuring versatility in presentation and reporting.

Feedback Mechanism for Template Improvement

Given a user has completed a report using a selected template, when they provide feedback through the feedback mechanism, then their responses should be collected and analyzed for potential improvements in the template offerings and structure over time.

Data Visualization Tools

User Story: As a report creator, I want to use data visualization tools so that I can present complex sustainability data in an understandable and engaging way for my stakeholders.
Description: The Data Visualization Tools requirement provides users with advanced options for visualizing data within the reports. This includes graphs, charts, and infographics that can be easily integrated into the reports to enhance understanding and communicate trends effectively. By utilizing these tools, users can transform complex data into visually appealing and comprehensible formats, which significantly aids in presenting sustainability metrics and progress to stakeholders. This feature will ensure that users can highlight key data points effectively and engage their audience more efficiently.
Acceptance Criteria: User generates a sustainability report to showcase the company's progress towards environmental goals for an upcoming stakeholder meeting.

Given that the user has access to the Data Visualization Tools, when they select graphs and charts to include in their report, then the selected visualizations should accurately reflect the corresponding data from the dataset and maintain a consistent style throughout the report.

A compliance officer is preparing a quarterly report and needs to include various data visual formats to present environmental metrics to the board.

Given the compliance officer has chosen specific metrics to display, when they use the Data Visualization Tools, then they must be able to add multiple types of visualizations (e.g., bar charts, pie charts) in a single report and adjust their size and position flexibly on the page.

An executive team is reviewing a draft report before it is finalized for external distribution to ensure clarity and accuracy in the presented data.

Given the report is ready for review, when the executive team views the report, then they should be able to interact with the visualizations (e.g., hover for data points, zoom into graphics), and any changes made must automatically update within the report without loss of data integrity.

An environmental manager needs to compare sustainability metrics over multiple quarters to identify trends for potential improvement areas.

Given the user selects quarterly data for the Data Visualization Tools, when they create a comparison chart, then the generated visualization must display clear trends over time with labels and legends that accurately describe the data being represented.

A project manager is tasked with gathering feedback on the clarity of visualized data from a targeted group of stakeholders to ensure they can effectively understand the metrics presented.

Given that the project manager has shared the report containing visualizations with stakeholders, when stakeholders provide feedback, then at least 80% must express satisfaction with the clarity and comprehensiveness of the visualized data included in the report.

Collaboration and Review Workflows

User Story: As a team member, I want to collaborate with my colleagues on report creation, so that we can combine our expertise and generate a high-quality sustainability report in a timely manner.
Description: The Collaboration and Review Workflows requirement enables multiple users to collaboratively create and edit reports, while also incorporating a review process for feedback and approval. This functionality supports real-time editing and comments, allowing team members to contribute their insights and suggestions effectively. By facilitating collaboration, organizations can ensure higher accuracy and quality in the report content, while also speeding up the reporting process. This feature ultimately promotes teamwork and integrates diverse perspectives into the final report, enhancing its value and relevance to all stakeholders.
Acceptance Criteria: Multiple users collaborate in real-time to create an interactive sustainability report, making simultaneous edits and comments during a team meeting.

Given that multiple users are editing the report simultaneously, when one user makes an edit, then all users should see the changes reflect in real time without needing to refresh the page.

A team member submits a report for review, and designated stakeholders are notified for their feedback and approval.

Given that the report has been submitted for review, when the submission is made, then all designated stakeholders receive a notification with a direct link to the report for easy access to provide feedback.

A user edits the report and adds comments that need approval from another user before finalization.

Given that a comment is added to the report, when the comment is flagged for approval, then the comment should require acknowledgment from the designated reviewer before the report can be finalized.

The interactive report generates a version history to track all edits made by users throughout the collaboration process.

Given that multiple users have edited the report, when the version history is accessed, then it should display a complete log of all changes made, indicating user names and timestamps for each edit.

Users can assign specific roles such as editor, reviewer, or viewer to control access and editing capabilities within the reporting workflow.

Given that a user is assigned a role, when they access the report, then the user should be restricted or granted permissions based on their assigned role, ensuring that only authorized users can make edits or approve changes.

Users can incorporate feedback into the report and track the implementation status of each suggestion.

Given that feedback has been provided on the report, when a user reviews the feedback, then they should be able to mark each suggestion as implemented, in progress, or rejected, allowing for a clear overview of changes made based on input.

Automated Compliance Alerts

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to receive automated alerts for compliance issues within our reports so that I can proactively address any risks before submission and maintain regulatory standards.
Description: The Automated Compliance Alerts requirement automatically flags non-compliance issues detected within the report data and notifies relevant users. This functionality is crucial for organizations to maintain compliance with environmental regulations and standards efficiently. By providing real-time alerts and recommendations for corrective actions, it ensures that users can promptly address potential compliance risks before reports are finalized. This proactive approach aids in minimizing liabilities and enhances the integrity of the reporting process, thereby strengthening stakeholder trust.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an automated compliance alert when a non-compliance issue is detected in the sustainability report data during the reporting period.

Given the report data contains a non-compliance issue, when the data is analyzed, then the relevant user should receive an automated alert regarding the specific non-compliance issue identified.

The automated compliance alert includes clear recommendations for corrective action related to the identified non-compliance issue.

Given a non-compliance alert is triggered, when the user opens the alert notification, then it should display detailed information about the non-compliance and specific recommendations for corrective actions.

Users can customize the notification settings for automated compliance alerts based on their preferences.

Given the user preferences are set, when a non-compliance issue is detected, then alerts should be sent according to the user's specified notification method (e.g., email, SMS, in-app notification).

The system successfully logs all automated compliance alerts for auditing and review purposes.

Given the compliance alerts are triggered, when a report is generated post-alerts, then the system should include a log of all alerts issued, with timestamps and user notifications, in the compliance review documentation.

Stakeholders are informed of the compliance issues through dashboard updates in real-time.

Given a non-compliance alert is triggered, when users access the ESG dashboard, then the dashboard should reflect the current compliance status, including any flagged issues and the alert status.

Automated compliance alerts are sent within a specific time frame after a non-compliance issue is detected in the report data.

Given the report data is analyzed, when a non-compliance issue is found, then the alert must be sent to the user within 5 minutes of detection.

Users can easily acknowledge and track the resolution status of compliance alerts within the system.

Given the user receives a compliance alert, when the user acknowledges the alert, then it should update the status to 'Acknowledged' and allow the user to track resolution progress within the application.

Export Options

User Story: As a project leader, I want to export reports in different formats so that I can present them to diverse audiences using their preferred formats without losing any content or formatting.
Description: The Export Options requirement allows users to easily export completed reports in multiple formats such as PDF, Excel, and Word. This functionality ensures flexibility in report distribution, enabling users to choose the appropriate format for their audience or specific reporting requirements. By providing diverse export options, it supports users in sharing their findings through various channels, improving accessibility, and facilitating broader communication of sustainability initiatives and results, thus enhancing organizational transparency.
Acceptance Criteria: User needs to export a completed sustainability report in PDF format to share with stakeholders during a quarterly meeting.

Given the user has completed a sustainability report, when they select the PDF export option, then the report should be successfully downloaded in PDF format without data loss.

A user wants to customize and export their report in Excel to perform further data analysis before sharing it with the finance team.

Given the user has populated their report with data metrics, when they choose the Excel export option, then the report should be exported with all metrics accurately represented in an Excel file that allows for data manipulation.

An organization requires its sustainability report in Word format for editing and formatting before final distribution to leadership.

Given the user has finalized the sustainability report content, when they opt for the Word export option, then the report should download as a Word document maintaining proper formatting of text and graphs.

The compliance team needs to export several reports in different formats for various stakeholders to use in their presentations.

Given that multiple reports are available, when the user selects any report and chooses the export format, then they should successfully have the option to export each report in PDF, Excel, and Word formats without performance issues.

A user is exporting a report but encounters an error during the export process and needs clear feedback on what went wrong.

Given the user attempts to export a report, when an error occurs during the export, then the system should display an informative error message detailing the issue and suggesting possible solutions.

After exporting a report, the user wants to verify that the content matches the original report exactly.

Given the user exports the report, when they open the exported file, then the content, format, and layout should match the original report as displayed in the application.

A user intends to share the exported report directly via email from the application interface.

Given the report has been exported, when the user selects the 'Share via Email' option, then the system should allow the user to input recipient addresses and successfully attach the exported report for sending.

Custom Metric Integration

User Story: As a sustainability analyst, I want to define and track custom sustainability metrics so that I can align my reporting with our unique organizational goals and initiatives.
Description: The Custom Metric Integration requirement allows users to input and track specific sustainability metrics that are unique to their organization. This functionality enhances the flexibility of the reporting tool, enabling organizations to monitor their tailored initiatives and performance against set goals. By integrating custom metrics, users can better assess their sustainability progress and report on factors that are most relevant to their stakeholders, ultimately improving the effectiveness of the reporting tool in meeting organizational objectives.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to input a custom sustainability metric related to energy consumption reduction for their specific department in the Interactive Report Builder.

Given the user has access to the Interactive Report Builder, when they input a custom metric for energy consumption reduction and save it, then the custom metric should appear in their metric list.

A user needs to generate a sustainability report that includes multiple custom metrics tailored to address different stakeholder needs.

Given the user has created multiple custom metrics, when they generate a report, then all selected custom metrics should be accurately represented in the report with their corresponding values and visualizations.

Users want to edit an existing custom metric to reflect updated sustainability goals and re-generate their report.

Given the user has an existing custom metric, when they edit the metric's value and re-generate their report, then the updated metric value should be reflected in the new report generated.

A user attempts to delete a custom metric that is no longer relevant for their reporting.

Given the user has access to the list of custom metrics, when they choose to delete a specific custom metric, then the metric should be removed from the list and not included in future reports.

Multiple users input custom metrics to collaborate on a sustainability report for an upcoming board meeting.

Given that multiple users are inputting custom metrics, when they save their metrics, then all metrics should be accessible to any user within the report builder for collaboration purposes.

The system needs to provide validation messages when a user inputs an incorrectly formatted custom metric.

Given the user inputs a custom metric with invalid data (e.g., letters instead of numbers), when they submit it, then an error message should be displayed indicating the expected format for the metric.

Stakeholder Feedback Loop

The Stakeholder Feedback Loop allows external stakeholders to share their thoughts, suggestions, and concerns directly through the portal. This feedback mechanism promotes an open dialogue, enabling organizations to adapt their sustainability strategies based on stakeholder input, thereby enhancing relationships and improving overall satisfaction.

Requirements

Feedback Submission Interface

User Story: As a stakeholder, I want to easily provide feedback on the company’s sustainability efforts so that I can contribute to improvements and ensure my concerns are addressed.
Description: The Feedback Submission Interface allows external stakeholders to easily provide their input and suggestions through a user-friendly portal. Users can fill out a structured form that captures essential feedback, including specific categories for environmental concerns, suggestions for improvement, and overall satisfaction ratings. This feature is crucial for promoting transparency and engagement, as it enables stakeholders to feel their voices are heard. The collected feedback will be stored in a centralized database, allowing compliance and sustainability teams to analyze responses and make informed adjustments to strategies based on direct stakeholder input. This requirement integrates seamlessly with existing data management systems, facilitating systematic tracking of feedback trends over time.
Acceptance Criteria: Feedback Submission by External Stakeholder on Environmental Concerns

Given an external stakeholder accesses the feedback submission portal, when they fill out the form specifying their environmental concerns and submit it, then the feedback should be successfully received and stored in the centralized database for analysis.

Feedback Submission with Suggestions for Improvement

Given a user is on the feedback submission interface, when they select the 'Suggestions for Improvement' category and provide detailed input, then the system should categorize the feedback correctly and confirm submission to the user with an acknowledgment message.

Overall Satisfaction Rating Submission by Stakeholders

Given an external stakeholder is prompted to provide an overall satisfaction rating, when they select a rating on a scale of 1-5 and submit their feedback, then the submitted rating should be stored accurately and reflected in the centralized database for reporting purposes.

Feedback Review by Compliance Team

Given the compliance team accesses the centralized feedback database, when they view the feedback trends report, then they should see aggregated data of all feedback submissions by category, enabling them to identify areas for improvement.

Validation of Required Fields in Feedback Form

Given a user attempts to submit the feedback form without filling in the required fields, when they click the submit button, then the system should prompt them to fill in the missing fields and not allow the submission until all required fields are completed.

User-Friendly Interface for Feedback Submission

Given an external stakeholder is on the feedback submission portal, when they interact with the form elements, then they should find the interface intuitive and easy to navigate, with clear labels and instructions for each feedback section.

System Performance During High Feedback Submission Volume

Given multiple external stakeholders are simultaneously submitting feedback, when the submissions occur during peak times, then the system should maintain performance without crashes or delays in receiving feedback.

Real-time Feedback Notifications

User Story: As a member of the sustainability team, I want to receive instant notifications about new stakeholder feedback so that I can address concerns more quickly and improve our sustainability initiatives.
Description: Real-time Feedback Notifications ensure that relevant team members receive instant alerts whenever new feedback is submitted by stakeholders. This requirement will implement a notification system that can trigger email alerts or push notifications within the GreenSync platform, ensuring that the sustainability team can respond promptly to stakeholder concerns. The immediacy of notifications is vital, as it encourages ongoing dialogue with stakeholders and enhances the organization's responsiveness and adaptability to feedback. Additionally, notification settings will be customizable by users to filter which types of feedback trigger alerts, thus allowing for specialized attention to specific topics of interest.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time feedback alert for new stakeholder submissions

Given a stakeholder submits new feedback, When the feedback is recorded in the system, Then all relevant team members should receive an instant email alert and platform notification.

Customization of feedback notification settings

Given a team member accesses the notification settings, When they select specific types of feedback to trigger alerts, Then the system should save these preferences and only notify the user for the selected categories going forward.

Verification of immediate feedback delivery

Given feedback is submitted by a stakeholder, When the feedback is processed by the system, Then the notification should be received by team members within 5 minutes of submission, ensuring timeliness in communication.

Performance monitoring for feedback alerts

Given multiple feedback submissions occur concurrently, When the submissions are processed, Then the system should deliver notifications without delay or system overload, maintaining system performance.

User experience with notification alerts

Given a team member receives a feedback notification, When they click on the alert, Then they should be directed to the specific feedback entry within the GreenSync platform for immediate review.

Logging of delivered feedback notifications

Given that a feedback notification is sent out, When it is delivered to team members, Then the system should log the delivery timestamp for each notification in the database for tracking purposes.

Feedback Analysis Dashboard

User Story: As a sustainability analyst, I want to view a dashboard that analyzes stakeholder feedback over time so that I can identify trends and make informed recommendations for our sustainability strategy.
Description: The Feedback Analysis Dashboard will provide a centralized visual representation of stakeholder feedback trends and insights. It will include features such as graphs, charts, and heat maps that display common themes, areas of concern, and satisfaction ratings over time. By integrating advanced analytical tools, this dashboard will assist teams in understanding stakeholder sentiments and facilitating data-driven discussions during strategy planning. This requirement will play a pivotal role in transforming feedback into actionable insights, helping to shape the company's sustainability programs more effectively, based on quantitative and qualitative data from stakeholders.
Acceptance Criteria: Viewing Stakeholder Feedback Trends on the Dashboard

Given I am a user on the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when I select the 'View Trends' option, then I should see graphical representations of stakeholder feedback trends over the past six months, including identified themes and sentiment analysis.

Filtering Feedback by Date Range

Given I am viewing the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when I apply a date range filter, then the dashboard should update to reflect only the feedback received within that specified range, maintaining the visual integrity of graphs and charts.

Exporting Feedback Data

Given I have analyzed the feedback on the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when I click the 'Export' button, then I should receive a downloadable CSV file containing detailed feedback data, including timestamps and sentiment scores.

Displaying Satisfaction Ratings

Given I am on the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when I navigate to the 'Satisfaction Ratings' section, then I should see an up-to-date visualization of stakeholder satisfaction ratings segmented by various categories (e.g., issues raised, response time).

Receiving Notifications for New Feedback

Given I am subscribed to notifications on the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when a new piece of stakeholder feedback is submitted, then I should receive an alert notification via email and/or within the dashboard interface.

Identifying Areas of Concern

Given I am reviewing the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when I access the 'Areas of Concern' heat map, then I should see highlighted issues based on the frequency and urgency of stakeholder feedback, allowing prioritization for team discussions.

Integrating with Strategy Planning Tools

Given I am utilizing the Feedback Analysis Dashboard in a strategy planning meeting, when I present the insights, then I should be able to seamlessly integrate the dashboard data into external strategy planning tools such as spreadsheets or presentation software.

Stakeholder Engagement Reports

User Story: As a project manager, I want to generate regular reports on stakeholder feedback so that I can communicate our responsiveness and transparency to all stakeholders effectively.
Description: Stakeholder Engagement Reports will generate comprehensive summaries of feedback received from stakeholders, outlining key themes, satisfaction levels, and overall engagement metrics. This feature will include automated report generation on a scheduled basis or on-demand, which can be shared with stakeholders and internal teams. The reports are essential for showcasing the company’s commitment to transparency and for demonstrating to stakeholders how their feedback has influenced policy changes or sustainability initiatives. This requirement will enhance communication strategies and foster trust between the organization and its stakeholders.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated Generation of Engagement Reports

Given that the user schedules a report generation, when the scheduled time arrives, then the system should automatically generate the report without manual intervention.

Real-time Feedback Inclusion

Given feedback is received from stakeholders, when generating an engagement report, then the report should include all feedback received since the last report generation.

Stakeholder Access to Reports

Given the engagement report has been generated, when the user attempts to share the report, then the system should provide a secure link for stakeholders to access the report.

Satisfaction Level Metrics

Given the engagement report is generated, when viewing the report, then it should display satisfaction levels based on stakeholder feedback using a predefined scale (e.g., 1 to 5).

Key Themes Identification

Given the feedback received from stakeholders, when the report is generated, then the report should highlight at least three key themes derived from the feedback data.

On-demand Report Generation

Given a user requests an on-demand report, when the request is made, then the system should generate and deliver the report within 5 minutes.

Feedback Influence Tracking

Given the engagement report is generated, when reviewing the report, then it should illustrate how stakeholder feedback influenced specific policy changes or initiatives with clear examples.

Multi-channel Feedback Collection

User Story: As a stakeholder, I want to provide feedback through multiple channels (e.g., social media, email) so that I can choose the method most convenient for me.
Description: The Multi-channel Feedback Collection feature will enable stakeholders to provide feedback not just through the portal but also via various channels such as social media, email, and mobile apps. Implementing this requirement involves creating APIs that connect different channels to the central feedback database. By offering diverse ways for stakeholders to share their opinions, the organization can maximize participation and ensure that feedback is comprehensive and representative of the broader stakeholder landscape. This inclusivity in feedback collection will help improve the accuracy and representativeness of the data collected.
Acceptance Criteria: Allowing feedback through social media channels for real-time stakeholder engagement.

Given a stakeholder posts feedback on social media, when the feedback is submitted, then it should be captured in the GreenSync feedback database within 5 minutes. The feedback should show the correct source as 'social media' in the system.

Collecting feedback via email submissions to ensure inclusive participation.

Given a stakeholder sends an email containing feedback to a specified address, when the email is received, then it should be automatically processed and recorded in the feedback database with the correct timestamp and source noted as 'email'.

Gathering feedback through mobile apps to facilitate on-the-go responses from stakeholders.

Given a stakeholder submits feedback through the mobile app, when the submission is completed, then the feedback should be stored in the GreenSync database and the user should receive a confirmation indicating successful submission within 2 minutes.

Enabling a dashboard view for stakeholders to review feedback trends from all channels.

Given all feedback submissions from various channels are recorded, when a stakeholder accesses the feedback dashboard, then they should be able to view summarized feedback trends and analyses for the last 30 days.

Providing audit logs for all feedback submissions across multiple channels.

Given feedback is collected from multiple sources, when an administrator queries the feedback database, then an audit log should be available showing the origin and details of each feedback submission, including timestamps and channel sources.

Ensuring feedback is categorized correctly for better analytics insights.

Given feedback submissions are collected, when the categorization process is conducted, then each feedback should be correctly tagged with predefined categories (e.g., positive, negative, suggestion) based on its content before being stored in the database.

Custom Feedback Categories

User Story: As an administrator, I want to create custom categories for stakeholder feedback so that we can target specific areas of sustainability that are most relevant to our organization.
Description: The Custom Feedback Categories feature will allow administrators to create and modify categories for stakeholder feedback, enabling a tailored approach to feedback collection. By customizing these categories, organizations can focus on the most relevant areas of concern specific to their sustainability goals. This flexibility enhances the specificity and relevance of the feedback collected, which in turn supports more focused analysis and responsive strategies to meet stakeholder expectations. This requirement integrates with the existing feedback submission systems, ensuring that stakeholders can select from an updated list of categories when submitting their input.
Acceptance Criteria: Administrators create custom feedback categories for stakeholder feedback.

Given an administrator is logged into the GreenSync portal, when they navigate to the Custom Feedback Categories section, then they should be able to create a new feedback category and save it successfully, confirming the category is visible in the category list for stakeholders.

Administrators modify existing feedback categories.

Given an administrator is logged into the GreenSync portal, when they select an existing feedback category and edit its name or description, then the changes should be saved and reflected immediately in the category list for stakeholders.

Stakeholders submit feedback using custom categories.

Given a stakeholder is on the feedback submission page, when they choose a custom category from the provided list and submit their feedback, then the feedback should be recorded along with the selected category in the feedback database.

System integrates with existing feedback submission processes.

Given the feedback submission system is operational, when a new custom category is created, then the system should automatically update the feedback submission interface to include the new category without any delays.

Administrators delete an unnecessary feedback category.

Given an administrator is logged into the GreenSync portal, when they select a feedback category to delete, then the system should prompt for confirmation, and upon confirmation, the category should be removed from the stakeholder feedback options immediately.

Feedback categories can be sorted and prioritized by administrators.

Given an administrator is on the Custom Feedback Categories management page, when they choose to sort or reorder the categories, then the changes should be applied and visible to stakeholders in the new prioritized order.

Stakeholder feedback reflects customized categories effectiveness.

Given stakeholders have been using the new custom categories for a month, when feedback is analyzed, then the categorization should indicate a minimum of 75% relevance to the submitted stakeholder inputs, validating the tailored approach.

Visual Impact Gallery

The Visual Impact Gallery showcases the achievements of sustainability initiatives through engaging visuals, such as infographics, videos, and interactive charts. This feature enhances the storytelling aspect of sustainability reporting, making it easier for stakeholders to grasp the impact and importance of the organization’s efforts.

Requirements

Dynamic Content Management

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to easily upload and manage various multimedia assets in the Visual Impact Gallery so that I can effectively communicate our sustainability achievements to stakeholders.
Description: The Dynamic Content Management requirement ensures users can easily upload and manage a variety of multimedia content types, including infographics, videos, and interactive charts within the Visual Impact Gallery. This functionality allows users to customize their visual storytelling efforts, providing them with tools to create compelling narratives that resonate with stakeholders. The integration with existing content libraries will streamline the process for users and enhance the gallery's functionality, making it easier to showcase sustainability initiatives effectively. Additionally, user-friendly interfaces for content uploads and edits will improve overall user experience and engagement with the gallery.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads a video to the Visual Impact Gallery and verifies its successful appearance on the gallery page.

Given the user is on the Visual Impact Gallery page, when they upload a video of less than 10 minutes, then the video should appear in the gallery within 5 minutes along with a success message, and should be playable without error.

User edits the description of an infographic that has previously been uploaded to the gallery.

Given the user has accessed an existing infographic in the gallery, when they edit the description and save changes, then the updated description should be displayed immediately on the infographic's detail page without any errors.

User attempts to upload a file that exceeds the maximum size limit to the Visual Impact Gallery.

Given the user is on the upload interface of the Visual Impact Gallery, when they attempt to upload a file larger than 100MB, then an error message should appear stating 'File size exceeds the maximum limit of 100MB.' and the upload should be prevented.

User integrates content from an existing library into the Visual Impact Gallery.

Given the user has access to the content library, when they select an infographic and import it into the Visual Impact Gallery, then the infographic should appear in the gallery with a success confirmation message.

User tries to view an interactive chart in the gallery on a mobile device.

Given the user is on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Visual Impact Gallery and select an interactive chart, then the chart should render correctly, allowing user interaction without performance issues.

User wants to remove a video from the Visual Impact Gallery.

Given the user is viewing the gallery and selects a video to delete, when they confirm the deletion, then the video should be removed from the gallery and not accessible anymore, along with a confirmation message that says 'Video successfully removed.'

Interactive Dashboard Integration

User Story: As an ESG analyst, I want the ability to integrate visual content from the Visual Impact Gallery into my dashboards so that I can present real-time data and insights effectively to enhance decision-making processes.
Description: The Interactive Dashboard Integration requirement focuses on creating a framework that allows users to incorporate data visualizations directly from the gallery into their ESG dashboards. This functionality will enable stakeholders to have real-time access to updated figures and visuals related to sustainability initiatives, improving transparency and fostering informed decision-making. The integration with existing dashboard technologies will enhance the usability of the data, and the ability to choose, customize, and display key metrics will empower teams to highlight relevant achievements and challenges continually.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of Visual Impact Gallery Data into ESG Dashboards

Given a user has created a new ESG dashboard, when they access the customization options, then they should be able to select data visualizations from the Visual Impact Gallery and incorporate them into their dashboard layout.

Real-Time Data Updates in ESG Dashboards

Given a stakeholder has integrated visualizations from the Visual Impact Gallery into their ESG dashboard, when the underlying data in the gallery is updated, then the corresponding visualizations in the dashboard should reflect these updates in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

Customization of Visual Elements in ESG Dashboards

Given a user has added visual representations from the Visual Impact Gallery into their ESG dashboard, when they select a visualization, then they should have options to customize parameters such as size, color, and displayed metrics to better align with their reporting preferences.

Mobile Accessibility of Interactive Dashboards

Given that a user is accessing the ESG dashboard on a mobile device, when they view a visualization integrated from the Visual Impact Gallery, then the visualization should be responsive and maintain clarity and usability across different screen sizes.

User Permissions for Dashboard Customization

Given an administrator manages user roles within GreenSync, when a user attempts to integrate visuals from the Visual Impact Gallery into their ESG dashboard, then the system should verify user permissions to ensure they have the rights to customize the dashboard accordingly.

Exporting ESG Dashboards with Visual Gallery Integrations

Given a user has completed their ESG dashboard with integrated visuals from the Visual Impact Gallery, when they choose to export the dashboard, then the export should include all visualizations and data representations as they appear in the dashboard interface.

Feedback Mechanism for Visual Integration Users

Given that a user has utilized the Visual Impact Gallery integration feature in their ESG dashboard, when they complete the process, then they should have the option to provide feedback on their experience to assist in future enhancements of the integration functionality.

Analytics and Reporting Features

User Story: As a communication specialist, I want analytics on the Visual Impact Gallery content, so that I can gauge the effectiveness of our sustainability communications and adjust our strategies accordingly.
Description: The Analytics and Reporting Features requirement entails the development of a system that tracks engagement metrics for the content within the Visual Impact Gallery. This includes monitoring which visuals are most viewed, user interactions, and feedback received. Gathering data about viewer engagement will enable users to refine their content strategies and improve the storytelling aspects continually. It also serves as a vital feedback mechanism that can inform future sustainability initiatives and enhance overall communication strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User views the Visual Impact Gallery to assess the effectiveness of sustainability initiatives in a quarterly review meeting.

Given a user accesses the Visual Impact Gallery, When they select a specific visual, Then the system records the view count and engagement metrics associated with that visual.

A sustainability manager analyzes engagement data to evaluate the effectiveness of various visualization formats used in the gallery.

Given the sustainability manager requests an analytics report, When the report is generated, Then it displays detailed metrics for each visual, including view counts, interaction rates, and feedback received.

Stakeholders review feedback collected through user interactions with visuals in the gallery.

Given that users provide feedback on visuals, When the feedback is collected, Then the system aggregates the feedback into a readable format for stakeholders to review and act upon.

Content creators use engagement metrics to refine their presentation strategies for the Visual Impact Gallery.

Given the content creators have access to analytics data, When they review the engagement metrics and feedback, Then they update content strategies based on the insights gained to improve future visuals.

A compliance officer checks if the engagement tracking aligns with the organization's sustainability reporting requirements.

Given the compliance officer reviews the analytics features, When they assess the data collected, Then it meets the defined reporting standards and reflects accurate user engagement metrics.

Users interact with various types of visuals in the gallery during a live presentation to assess their effectiveness in conveying sustainability messages.

Given the user interacts with multiple visuals, When their interactions are tracked, Then the system logs the interaction details including type of interaction and time spent on each visual.

Mobile Responsiveness

User Story: As a stakeholder, I want to access the Visual Impact Gallery on my mobile device so that I can view and share sustainability achievements on the go.
Description: The Mobile Responsiveness requirement ensures that the Visual Impact Gallery is fully optimized for mobile devices. Given that many users may access sustainability reports and visuals from various devices, this feature will adapt the layout and functionality for mobile users to ensure a seamless viewing experience. This enhancement will not only improve accessibility but will also broaden the reach of the sustainability message, allowing for more stakeholders to engage with the content wherever they are.
Acceptance Criteria: Accessing Visual Impact Gallery on a Mobile Device

Given a user accesses the Visual Impact Gallery on a mobile device, when the page loads, then all visual elements (infographics, videos, interactive charts) should be displayed correctly without horizontal scrolling and maintain aspect ratio.

Interactivity of Visual Elements on Mobile

Given a user is viewing an interactive chart in the Visual Impact Gallery on a mobile device, when the user interacts with the chart (taps or swipes), then the chart should respond smoothly and correctly display the data points without any lag.

Navigation Experience on Mobile Devices

Given a user browses the Visual Impact Gallery on a mobile device, when navigating through different visuals, then the navigation should be intuitive, with visible buttons and swipe functionality, ensuring all users can easily access all content.

Loading Speed of Visual Impact Gallery on Mobile

Given a user opens the Visual Impact Gallery on a mobile device, when the user initiates the page load, then the gallery should load completely within 3 seconds without any broken links or visuals.

Content Accessibility for Mobile Users

Given a user with a visual impairment accesses the Visual Impact Gallery on a mobile device using a screen reader, when the page is navigated, then all content must be read out correctly and coherently, ensuring compliance with WCAG 2.1 standards.

Collaboration Tools

User Story: As a team member, I want collaborative tools in the Visual Impact Gallery so that my colleagues and I can work together on creating and improving our sustainability visuals efficiently.
Description: The Collaboration Tools requirement focuses on implementing features that allow multiple users to collaborate on content creation and curation within the Visual Impact Gallery. This includes real-time editing, version control, and commenting functionalities, which will enable teams to work together effectively on sustainability initiatives and visual presentations. By fostering collaboration, users can combine their expertise and insights to create more impactful visual content, leading to enhanced storytelling and engagement with stakeholders.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time Editing in the Visual Impact Gallery

Given a user is editing a visual content piece in the Visual Impact Gallery, when another user makes changes to the same content simultaneously, then both users should see the changes in real-time without refreshing the page.

Version Control Functionality

Given a user has made edits to a visual content piece, when they save their work, then the previous version of the content should be retained, allowing users to revert to any earlier version within the last 30 days.

Commenting Feature for Collaboration

Given a user is viewing a visual content piece, when they add a comment, then all collaborators should receive a notification of the new comment and be able to reply or react within 24 hours.

User Permissions in Collaboration Tools

Given an administrator is setting up team access for collaboration, when they assign user roles, then users should only be able to edit, comment, or view content based on their assigned roles without unauthorized access.

Notification System for Changes Made

Given a user has collaborated on a visual content piece, when another collaborator makes any changes (edits, comments, or saves a new version), then the original user should receive a notification detailing the changes made.

Integration with Existing Communication Tools

Given a user is collaborating on a visual content piece, when they share content through existing integrated communication tools (e.g., email, Slack), then recipients should receive a direct link to the content in the Visual Impact Gallery.

Visual Impact Gallery Performance under Load

Given multiple users are simultaneously collaborating on various visual content pieces, when the system handles more than 50 concurrent users, then the performance should remain under 2 seconds for loading, editing, and saving actions.

Goal Progress Tracker

The Goal Progress Tracker offers stakeholders a visual representation of the organization’s progress toward sustainability goals. By providing real-time data on targets and milestones, this feature increases accountability and encourages stakeholder engagement, allowing them to celebrate successes and address challenges collaboratively.

Requirements

Real-Time Data Integration

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want real-time data integration so that I can monitor our progress towards sustainability goals instantly and make informed decisions based on current metrics.
Description: The Real-Time Data Integration requirement enables seamless connectivity with various data sources to provide live updates on sustainability metrics. This integration ensures that stakeholders receive up-to-date information on progress towards sustainability goals, automatically pulling data from relevant APIs and databases. The feature significantly enhances decision-making capabilities by providing accurate insights into current performance versus targets and can adapt to changes in data requirements or formats. Ensuring a robust and flexible integration system is crucial for maintaining the reliability and relevance of tracking metrics, thereby improving accountability and transparency.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time data is displayed on the Goal Progress Tracker for various sustainability metrics such as carbon emissions, water usage, and waste reduction, allowing stakeholders to monitor progress during quarterly sustainability reviews.

Given that the data sources are correctly configured and the system is connected, When the stakeholder accesses the Goal Progress Tracker, Then they should see real-time updates on all selected sustainability metrics accurately displayed.

Stakeholders need to receive alerts when sustainability metrics fall below predefined thresholds during a live data tracking session, ensuring they can take timely corrective actions.

Given that the thresholds for metrics are configured, When a metric falls below these thresholds, Then an alert notification should be sent to all relevant stakeholders via email and in-app messaging.

During a departmental meeting, team leaders want to view the data trends over the last six months to assess performance in meeting sustainability goals.

Given that the data integration is functioning, When the team leader accesses the trend analysis feature, Then they should see visual representations of the last six months of data for selected sustainability metrics, with clear indications of whether targets were met or exceeded.

At the end of the fiscal year, the organization aims to generate a comprehensive report summarizing achievements and areas for improvement in sustainability metrics, to be shared with all stakeholders.

Given that the system regularly pulls data from integrated sources, When the reporting feature is activated, Then a report should be generated that includes a summary of each metric, comparisons to set goals, and suggestions for the next fiscal year based on the integrated data.

Users access the integration setup to add a new data source for tracking additional sustainability metrics, such as energy consumption, which need to be monitored going forward.

Given that the user has the appropriate permissions, When they attempt to add a new data source, Then the integration setup process should allow them to link the new API or database and confirm that data is being pulled correctly.

In case of any failure in data integration, stakeholders need to be informed immediately through appropriate channels instead of receiving outdated information.

Given that a failure in data integration has occurred, When the failure is detected, Then an automated failure notification should be sent to stakeholders, and the system should log the error details for further investigation.

Customizable Dashboards

User Story: As a project manager, I want to customize my dashboard so that I can easily access the metrics that are most relevant to my team's sustainability goals.
Description: The Customizable Dashboards requirement allows users to tailor their viewing experience by selecting which sustainability metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) are most relevant to their role or interests. Users can arrange visual elements such as graphs, charts, and progress bars according to their preferences, fostering a more user-centric approach to data consumption and enhancing engagement. This flexibility is aimed at improving the usability of the Goal Progress Tracker, making it easier for diverse stakeholders, such as executives and project managers, to focus on the data that matters most to them, ultimately driving better decision-making and accountability.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can customize their dashboards during an active session to reflect their preferred sustainability metrics and KPIs, ensuring personal relevance and engagement with the data.

Given a logged-in user, when they access the Customizable Dashboard feature, then they can choose from at least 10 different metrics to display and arrange them in any order on their dashboard.

Stakeholders from various departments access the Customizable Dashboards to monitor their specific sustainability goals and retrieve relevant information quickly and efficiently.

Given a stakeholder from the project management team, when they access the dashboard, then they can rearrange the visual elements and save their layout, which remains intact upon their next login.

The system provides visual feedback to users when they make changes to their dashboard configurations to enhance understanding and usability.

Given a user is customizing their dashboard, when they make changes to the layout, then there should be visual indicators (such as tooltips or notifications) confirming that changes have been saved successfully.

Users need to collaborate on dashboard settings with other team members to ensure alignment on sustainability metrics and targets.

Given that two users are collaborating, when one user updates the dashboard layout, then the other user can see the changes in real-time without having to refresh their session.

Users want to revert to a default dashboard setup if they are unsatisfied with their customizations, ensuring they retain control over their viewing experience.

Given a user has made changes to their dashboard, when they select the option to reset to default settings, then their dashboard layout reverts back to the original configuration without losing their saved metrics.

Users can access help documentation directly from the dashboard customization interface to guide them through the customization process.

Given a user is in the customization interface, when they click the help icon, then they are directed to relevant help documentation that explains how to modify dashboard settings and features.

The system ensures that customization options are accessible to users with different accessibility needs to provide an inclusive experience.

Given a user with accessibility requirements, when they access the dashboard customization feature, then all elements are compatible with screen readers and keyboard navigation is fully functional allowing for complete customization without barriers.

Milestone Notifications

User Story: As a team member, I want to receive notifications about milestones so that I can stay updated on our progress and engage my colleagues when we achieve our goals or need to make adjustments.
Description: The Milestone Notifications requirement involves implementing automated alerts that inform stakeholders of upcoming, achieved, or missed milestones related to sustainability goals. These notifications can be tailored based on user preferences, ensuring stakeholders remain engaged and aware of progress without needing to constantly monitor the system. By keeping all relevant parties informed, this feature promotes accountability and allows for timely interventions when challenges arise, facilitating improved communication across teams and encouraging collaborative efforts to meet goals.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification for a missed milestone 24 hours after the deadline has passed.

Given a user has enabled milestone notifications, When a milestone deadline passes without completion, Then the user receives an automated notification indicating the milestone was missed.

User can customize notification preferences for different types of milestones.

Given a user is in the notification settings, When the user selects preferences for milestone types (e.g., achieved, upcoming, missed), Then the selected preferences are saved and applied to future notifications.

Stakeholders receive a notification when a milestone is achieved.

Given a user has enabled milestone notifications, When a milestone is marked as achieved, Then all relevant stakeholders receive an automated notification confirming the achievement.

User receives a reminder notification 3 days before an upcoming milestone.

Given a user has enabled milestone notifications, When a milestone is set to occur in 3 days, Then the user receives a reminder notification with details about the upcoming milestone.

User can view a log of past milestone notifications and their statuses.

Given a user accesses the milestone notifications log, When the user views the log, Then they can see the history of notifications for all milestones including achieved, upcoming, and missed statuses.

Users can opt-in or opt-out of specific milestone notifications.

Given a user is on the notification preferences page, When the user opts in or out of specific notifications (e.g., achieved, missed), Then the system updates their preferences and reflects these changes in future notifications.

Automated notifications are sent via multiple communication channels (email and in-app).

Given a user has enabled milestone notifications, When a milestone notification is triggered, Then the user receives notifications through both their registered email and the in-app messaging system.

Interactive Goal Visualization

User Story: As a stakeholder, I want interactive visualizations so that I can better understand our sustainability progress and encourage others to engage with our goals.
Description: The Interactive Goal Visualization requirement focuses on developing dynamic visual representations of sustainability objectives and progress, allowing users to explore data in an engaging way. This feature includes capabilities for users to zoom in on specific metrics, forecast potential outcomes, and analyze historical data trends. By presenting information in a visually appealing and interactive format, this requirement enhances understanding and encourages users to engage with their sustainability progress more proactively. The ultimate aim is to make complex data accessible and actionable for all stakeholders, fostering a culture of sustainability within the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: Interactive visualization of sustainability goals is utilized by the marketing team during a quarterly sustainability review meeting to showcase progress to stakeholders.

Given that the marketing team selects the sustainability goal visualization feature, When they choose a specific goal to review, Then the system should display an interactive graph showing the current progress against target metrics and milestones.

A user explores historical data trends within the Interactive Goal Visualization feature to present at a board meeting.

Given that the user has accessed the historical data section, When they select a specific historical date range, Then the system should dynamically update the visual representation to reflect the data trends for that time period, allowing for easy comparison with current metrics.

An employee uses the Interactive Goal Visualization feature to forecast potential outcomes of achieving sustainability goals by changing input parameters.

Given that the employee inputs new target values for sustainability goals, When they apply the changes and request a forecast, Then the system should generate an updated visual representation indicating potential outcomes based on the new parameters, including estimated timelines.

The IT department conducts user training on the Interactive Goal Visualization feature, demonstrating its functionalities to new team members.

Given that the training session is in progress, When the trainer demonstrates zooming in on specific metrics in the visualization, Then team members should be able to replicate the action successfully without assistance and understand how to interpret changes in the visual data.

A sustainability manager reviews the Interactive Goal Visualization feature for compliance with regulatory data reporting requirements.

Given that the sustainability manager is assessing compliance, When they access the visualization, Then the system should display all relevant compliance metrics clearly labeled within the interactive visual, ensuring all necessary data is presented for review.

Stakeholders interact with the Interactive Goal Visualization feature during an annual sustainability presentation to highlight progress and challenges.

Given that the presentation has started, When stakeholders interact with the visualization to explore data, Then they should be able to seamlessly navigate through different goals and metrics without delays or technical errors, enabling effective discussion around the data.

A team leads an initiative to improve user engagement with the Interactive Goal Visualization feature based on user feedback.

Given that users have provided feedback on the visualization's usability, When the development team implements suggested improvements, Then they should conduct user testing to ensure that 90% of users find the feature more intuitive and engaging compared to the previous version.

Collaboration Tools Integration

User Story: As a team leader, I want to integrate collaboration tools so that my team can discuss sustainability progress in real-time and address any issues promptly.
Description: The Collaboration Tools Integration requirement involves connecting the Goal Progress Tracker with popular collaboration platforms (e.g., Slack, Microsoft Teams) to facilitate communication regarding sustainability progress. This integration allows users to share insights, discuss challenges, and celebrate achievements in real time, bolstering team cohesion and collaborative efforts. By streamlining communication, the feature aims to foster a more connected and responsive approach to achieving sustainability goals, enabling quicker decision-making and enhancing overall performance.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of Goal Progress Tracker with Microsoft Teams for real-time updates on sustainability goals.

Given a user is in Microsoft Teams, When they receive a notification about the Goal Progress Tracker updates, Then the notification should display the relevant sustainability progress data.

Integration of Goal Progress Tracker with Slack to facilitate discussions about sustainability milestones.

Given a user is in a Slack channel, When they mention the Goal Progress Tracker in the thread, Then the system should post a link to the latest sustainability progress report in that channel.

Users accessing the Goal Progress Tracker via API to share milestones across collaboration platforms.

Given a user requests milestone data through the API, When the request is processed, Then the system should return the relevant milestone data in a JSON format without errors.

Notifications sent when sustainability goals reach 50% progress in the Goal Progress Tracker.

Given a user is subscribed to sustainability progress alerts, When a sustainability goal reaches 50% completion, Then the user should receive an email notification with details about the goal and its progress.

User roles and permissions are enforced in the Goal Progress Tracker integration with collaboration tools.

Given an admin user sets permissions for the Goal Progress Tracker, When a non-admin user tries to access restricted data, Then access should be denied with a proper error message.

Visual representation of progress milestones shared on collaboration platforms.

Given a user requests to share a visual report, When the report is shared in Slack, Then the visual report should be clearly visible with interactive features enabled for team members.

Real-time updates reflecting changes in sustainability metrics.

Given a user updates the sustainability metrics in the Goal Progress Tracker, When saving the changes, Then all connected collaboration platforms should reflect the changes within 5 minutes.

Custom Alerts and Notifications

This feature allows stakeholders to opt into alerts and notifications regarding new sustainability reports, milestones reached, or other important updates. By keeping stakeholders informed through tailored communication, organizations can foster a proactive relationship and reinforce their commitment to transparency.

Requirements

Real-Time Alert Configuration

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to configure my alert settings for sustainability updates so that I receive relevant notifications on milestones and report submissions without unnecessary noise.
Description: This requirement enables stakeholders to set up their custom alert preferences for notifications related to sustainability reports and updates. Users can choose the frequency and type of alerts they want to receive, ensuring that communications are relevant and managed according to their specific interests. This customization fosters engagement, as recipients receive timely information that directly impacts their responsibilities and interests, leading to increased responsiveness and participation in sustainability initiatives.
Acceptance Criteria: User Sets Up Custom Alert Preferences for Sustainability Reports

Given the user is logged into the GreenSync platform, when they navigate to the alert configuration section and specify their preferences for report frequency and type, then the system should save these preferences and confirm successful setup with a notification.

User Edits Existing Alert Preferences

Given the user has previously set up alert preferences, when they access the alert configuration section and modify their frequency or type of alerts, then the changes should be saved, and the user should receive a confirmation message reflecting the updated preferences.

User Receives Notifications Based on Custom Preferences

Given the user has set their alert preferences for sustainability reports, when a new report is published or a relevant milestone is reached, then the user should receive a notification within the specified frequency and type as per their preferences.

User Overcomes Notification Limitations

Given the user has set up their alert preferences, when they exceed the maximum number of notifications defined by the system within a specific time frame, then they should receive an alert indicating that the notification limit has been reached and no further alerts will be sent until the next period.

System Validates User Input for Alert Configuration

Given the user is configuring their alert preferences, when they input invalid data (e.g., selecting incompatible alert types or frequencies), then the system should display a relevant error message and prevent the configuration from being saved until corrected.

User Resets Alert Preferences to Default Settings

Given the user has customized alert preferences, when they choose to reset to default settings, then the system should restore the original default preferences and confirm this action with a notification to the user.

User Views Historical Alert Notifications

Given the user has received alerts based on their preferences, when they navigate to the history of notifications section, then they should see a comprehensive list of past alerts with timestamps and details matching their configured settings.

Multi-Channel Notification Delivery

User Story: As a project manager, I want to receive alerts via SMS and email so that I stay informed about important sustainability updates, even when I am away from my desk.
Description: This requirement facilitates the delivery of notifications across various communication channels, including email, SMS, and in-app notifications. By providing multiple delivery options, stakeholders can choose their preferred method of receiving updates, ensuring they stay informed regardless of their location or device. This approach enhances user experience and ensures critical information reaches users promptly, reinforcing the organization’s commitment to transparency and effective communication.
Acceptance Criteria: Stakeholders receiving notifications through their preferred method for new sustainability report releases.

Given a stakeholder is opted in for notifications, when a new sustainability report is released, then the stakeholder should receive a notification through their chosen communication channel (email, SMS, or in-app).

End users being able to select and save their preferred notification channels in their user profile settings.

Given a user is on the notification settings page, when they select their preferred notification methods and save the changes, then their preferences should be stored and applied to future notifications.

Verification of notification delivery for multi-channel alerts during critical milestones in sustainability reporting.

Given a critical milestone is reached, when notifications are sent out, then the system should log the delivery status of each notification method and confirm successful delivery to all opted-in stakeholders.

Users receiving notifications in real-time when updates are made to compliance regulations impacting their organization.

Given compliance regulations are updated, when the system processes this information, then all relevant stakeholders should receive real-time notifications reflecting those updates based on their preferences.

Testing the system's response time to deliver notifications across different communication channels.

Given a notification is triggered, when the notification is sent out, then the system should deliver the notification to all selected channels (email, SMS, in-app) within 10 seconds.

Assessing user satisfaction with the multi-channel notification feature via feedback collection mechanisms.

Given that users have interacted with the multi-channel notification feature, when a feedback survey is presented, then at least 80% of respondents should report satisfaction with the relevance and timeliness of the notifications received.

Historical Alert Archive

User Story: As a team leader, I want to access a historical archive of alerts so that I can review previous notifications and track our progress over time.
Description: This requirement establishes a feature that archives all alerts and notifications sent to users, allowing stakeholders to access their notification history. Users can view past announcements and reminders to stay informed about previous milestones and reports. This functionality not only serves as a reference but also helps establish accountability and traceability in sustainability communications, enabling stakeholders to revisit critical information when needed.
Acceptance Criteria: User Accessing Archived Alerts for Compliance Review

Given a user with appropriate access rights, when they navigate to the Historical Alert Archive section, then they should be able to see a list of all past alerts and notifications organized by date and category.

User Searching for Specific Alert in Archive

Given a user in the Historical Alert Archive, when they utilize the search functionality with a keyword related to a specific alert, then they should receive relevant results matching their search criteria.

User Reviewing Alert Details from Archive

Given a user has selected an alert from the Historical Alert Archive, when they click on that alert, then they should be able to view the full details including the date, time, message, and any associated documents.

User Filtering Alerts by Date Range

Given a user in the Historical Alert Archive, when they apply filters to specify a start and end date, then only alerts within that date range should be displayed.

User Navigating Between Archived Alert Pages

Given a user is viewing the Historical Alert Archive, when they reach the end of the current page of alerts, then they should be able to navigate to the next page seamlessly without losing their place in the list.

User Receiving Notification for Archived Alerts Updates

Given that new alerts are added to the Historical Alert Archive, when a user opts in for notifications, then they should receive an email alert summarizing the new entries in the archive.

Customizable Dashboard Widgets for Alerts

User Story: As an environmental analyst, I want to customize my dashboard to display alerts that matter the most to me, so that I can easily monitor significant updates without having to dig through irrelevant information.
Description: This requirement involves creating customizable dashboard widgets that display real-time alerts and notifications relevant to sustainability initiatives. Users will have the ability to add, remove, and arrange widgets according to their preferences, providing a tailored view of their most important updates. This feature enhances user engagement by allowing individuals to prioritize the information that matters most to them, improving decision-making capabilities.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customization of Alert Widgets on Dashboard

Given that a user is logged into GreenSync, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they should be able to add, remove, and rearrange alert widgets according to their preferences without errors.

Real-Time Updates for Alert Widgets

Given that a user is viewing their customized dashboard, when a new alert is generated (e.g., new sustainability report published), then the alert widget should update in real time to reflect this change.

Saved Widget Configuration Persistence

Given that a user has customized their alert widgets on the dashboard, when they log out and log back in, then their previous widget configuration should be preserved and displayed accurately upon re-entry.

User Notification Preferences for Alerts

Given that a user has configured their alert widget settings, when they select specific types of alerts to receive (e.g., milestones reached, report updates), then only the selected alerts should trigger notifications in their widget.

Performance of Widget Loading Times

Given that a user accesses their dashboard, when the alert widgets load, then they should do so in under 2 seconds to ensure a smooth user experience.

Accessibility Features in Alert Widgets

Given that a user is utilizing the alert widgets, when they use assistive technology, then all features of the alert widgets should be fully accessible according to WCAG 2.1 standards.

Collaborative Alert Acknowledgment

User Story: As a team member, I want to acknowledge alerts as a group so that we can ensure that everyone is on the same page regarding our sustainability initiatives and deadlines.
Description: This requirement enables users to acknowledge receipt of alerts and notifications collaboratively within the software. Stakeholders can confirm they have read and understood important updates, creating a shared understanding across teams. This feature fosters accountability and encourages proactive responses to alerts, ultimately enhancing team collaboration and ensuring that all members are aligned on sustainability objectives.
Acceptance Criteria: Stakeholders receive an alert regarding a new sustainability report published, prompting them to acknowledge the alert within the GreenSync application.

Given the user has access to the alerts section, when a new alert is received, then the user can click 'Acknowledge', and the alert status changes to 'Acknowledged'.

A team member acknowledges an alert and adds a comment, facilitating collaborative understanding of the alert's content among stakeholders.

Given a user acknowledges an alert, when they provide an optional comment, then the comment is saved and displayed alongside the alert for other users to view.

Multiple stakeholders acknowledge the same alert, demonstrating team alignment on important sustainability updates.

Given multiple users receive the same alert, when all acknowledge it, then the system updates to reflect all users who have acknowledged the alert.

Users can view a history of acknowledged alerts to track responses and foster discussions based on past communications.

Given a user navigates to the 'Acknowledged Alerts' section, when they select an alert, then they can see a summary of the alert and comments from all users who acknowledged it.

Notifications are sent when an alert is acknowledged to keep all stakeholders informed about the acknowledgment status.

Given an alert is acknowledged by any user, when the alert status changes to 'Acknowledged', then all other stakeholders receive a notification of this acknowledgment.

A user attempts to acknowledge an alert they haven’t read yet, ensuring accountability before acknowledgment.

Given a user has not read an alert, when they attempt to acknowledge it, then the system prompts them to read the alert first before acknowledging.

Users can filter alerts based on their acknowledgment status to easily manage and follow up on important notifications.

Given a user views the alerts dashboard, when they apply a filter for 'Acknowledged' alerts, then only alerts marked as acknowledged are displayed in the list.

Automated Reporting of Alert Metrics

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want access to reports on alert engagement metrics so that I can assess the effectiveness of our notification system and make data-driven improvements.
Description: This requirement introduces automated reporting features that analyze and present metrics related to alert engagement and responsiveness. The system will generate insights on how often users engage with alerts, their response times, and overall effectiveness of the notification system. This data will be crucial for improving the alert system over time and ensuring that stakeholders receive updates in the most effective manner possible.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated reporting of alert engagement metrics under normal operational conditions.

Given the alert system is operational, When a new alert is generated, Then the system should automatically capture and report metrics including alert view count, response time, and user engagement rate within 24 hours of the alert being issued.

Retrieval of historical alert engagement data for analysis.

Given that multiple alerts have been issued over the previous months, When a user requests historical engagement reports, Then the system should provide a comprehensive report containing metrics for all alerts, sortable by date and type, within 2 minutes.

Real-time monitoring of alert responsiveness during an environmental compliance event.

Given an environmental compliance milestone is reached, When stakeholders receive the associated alerts, Then the system should track and report the response times and actions taken by users in real time, providing updates every 5 minutes for 1 hour.

Evaluating the effectiveness of the notification system after a reporting period.

Given that a reporting period of 30 days has ended, When the analysis of alert engagement and responsiveness is performed, Then the system should generate a report detailing overall effectiveness, including suggestions for improvement based on user engagement data.

User preferences for alert notifications and engagement tracking.

Given that users have selected their preferred notification settings, When an alert is generated that matches their preferences, Then the system should record their response times and engagement levels accurately in the metrics report, associated with their user profile.

Stakeholder feedback on alert notifications and metrics for continuous improvement.

Given that a stakeholder has interacted with alerts over the past month, When the system surveys them for feedback on notification relevance and timing, Then it should collect and aggregate their responses for inclusion in the overall alert metrics report.

Sustainability Knowledge Hub

The Sustainability Knowledge Hub offers a library of resources, including case studies, best practices, and research articles related to sustainability efforts. This feature empowers stakeholders with knowledge and insights, fostering a culture of shared learning and collaboration in driving sustainability initiatives.

Requirements

Resource Library Access

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to access a comprehensive library of resources so that I can leverage best practices and case studies to effectively implement sustainability initiatives in my company.
Description: The Resource Library Access requirement enables users to have seamless entry to a comprehensive collection of sustainability resources, including case studies, research articles, and best practice guides. This feature is crucial for fostering informed decision-making as it equips users with the knowledge necessary to implement and enhance sustainability initiatives. By integrating this library within the GreenSync platform, users can share insights and collaborate on sustainability strategies, ultimately leading to improved compliance and innovative practices that preserve environmental integrity.
Acceptance Criteria: Accessing the Resource Library by a Sustainability Manager at a mid-sized enterprise during a team meeting.

Given that the Sustainability Manager is logged into the GreenSync platform, when they navigate to the Sustainability Knowledge Hub, then the Resource Library should display accessible categories for case studies, best practices, and research articles.

Searching for specific case studies related to renewable energy within the Resource Library.

Given that a user is in the Resource Library, when they use the search function to enter 'renewable energy', then the system should return relevant case studies with a minimum of 10 results.

Collaborating with team members by sharing selected resources from the Resource Library.

Given that a user has selected multiple resources from the Resource Library, when they click the 'Share' button, then the system should allow them to send an email with the selected resource links to their designated team members.

Utilizing filters to refine the list of resources based on publication date and relevance.

Given that a user is viewing the Resource Library, when they apply filters for publication date and topic relevance, then the displayed results should refresh accordingly, showing only the filtered resources.

Bookmarking a resource for future reference in the Resource Library.

Given that a user views a resource in the library, when they click on the 'Bookmark' icon, then that resource should be saved in their personal bookmarks section within the platform.

Accessing the Resource Library from a mobile device.

Given that a user accesses the GreenSync platform from a mobile device, when they navigate to the Sustainability Knowledge Hub, then the Resource Library should be fully functional and responsive on the mobile interface.

Receiving alerts for newly added resources in the Resource Library relevant to the user’s interests.

Given that a user has set their preferences for alert topics, when new resources matching these preferences are added, then the system should send email notifications to the user regarding these new resources.

Search Functionality

User Story: As a user, I want to quickly search the resource library to find relevant sustainability articles and case studies so that I can efficiently gather the information I need for my project.
Description: The Search Functionality requirement is designed to allow users to quickly and efficiently find specific resources within the Sustainability Knowledge Hub. This feature enhances usability by offering filtering options based on categories such as resource type, relevance, and date. By streamlining the search process, users can save time and improve their research efficiency, ultimately leading to more effective sustainability practices as they can easily locate the most pertinent information they need.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for resources related to renewable energy practices in the Sustainability Knowledge Hub.

Given the user is on the Sustainability Knowledge Hub page, when they enter 'renewable energy' in the search bar and click the search button, then the system should display a list of resources that include the term 'renewable energy' in the title or description.

User applies a filter to narrow down search results by resource type (e.g., case studies, articles) within the Sustainability Knowledge Hub.

Given that the user has performed a search, when they select 'Case Studies' as the resource type filter, then only case studies related to their search should be visible in the results.

User sorts the search results by date to find the most recent sustainability articles.

Given the user has searched for 'sustainability', when they select the 'Sort by Date' option, then the results should be sorted in descending order with the most recent articles displayed first.

User searches for a specific article known to exist in the Sustainability Knowledge Hub.

Given the user knows the title of the specific article, when they enter the full title in the search bar and click search, then the system should return that specific article as the first result.

User encounters an empty search result after entering a keyword that doesn't match any resources in the Hub.

Given the user enters a keyword that does not match any resources, when they click the search button, then the system should display a message stating 'No results found' and suggest alternative search tips.

User Contribution Tools

User Story: As an engaged user, I want to contribute my own resources to the Sustainability Knowledge Hub so that I can share valuable insights with my peers and enhance our collective sustainability efforts.
Description: The User Contribution Tools requirement enables users to submit their own sustainability resources, such as articles and case studies, to the hub. This feature encourages a culture of shared learning and collaboration by allowing users to contribute insights from their experiences, thereby enriching the resource pool. By integrating user-generated content, the hub fosters community engagement and collective intelligence, which can lead to innovative sustainability solutions and practices.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits a sustainability article to the Knowledge Hub.

Given a registered user is authenticated, When they navigate to the 'Submit Resource' page and fill out the submission form with valid information including title, content, and tags, Then the resource is successfully submitted for review and a confirmation message is displayed.

User attempts to submit an article without filling mandatory fields.

Given a registered user is authenticated, When they navigate to the 'Submit Resource' page and leave mandatory fields empty and click submit, Then the submission is rejected with an appropriate error message indicating which fields are required.

User views feedback on their submitted resources.

Given a registered user has submitted a resource, When they navigate to their 'My Contributions' section, Then they should see the status of their submission (e.g., pending review, accepted, rejected) along with any comments or feedback from the reviewers.

User requests to edit their submitted article.

Given a registered user has a resource under review or accepted, When they navigate to the 'My Contributions' section and select the resource, Then it should allow the user to edit their submission before final approval or accept the changes after feedback is provided.

System displays a summary of submitted resources to users.

Given a user is authenticated, When they navigate to the Sustainability Knowledge Hub, Then the system displays a summary panel of all submitted resources, including article titles, submission status, and submission dates.

User receives notifications on the status of their submissions.

Given a user has submitted a resource, When the status of their submission changes (e.g., accepted or rejected), Then the user receives an email notification detailing the outcome with any included feedback.

Resource Rating and Feedback System

User Story: As a user, I want to rate and provide feedback on the resources I use so that I can contribute to the continuous improvement of the Knowledge Hub and help others find the most useful information.
Description: The Resource Rating and Feedback System requirement introduces a feature that enables users to rate resources and provide feedback on their usefulness. This functionality helps in maintaining high-quality content within the library by allowing the community to highlight valuable resources while also surfacing less effective materials for review. Integrating this system not only enhances user engagement but also ensures that the most impactful resources are easily discoverable, thus fostering continuous improvement in sustainability practices.
Acceptance Criteria: User ratings are successfully submitted for resources in the Sustainability Knowledge Hub.

Given a user is logged into the Sustainability Knowledge Hub, when the user rates a resource and submits the rating, then the rating should be saved and reflected in the resource's overall rating.

Users can leave detailed feedback on resources to enhance content quality.

Given a user is viewing a resource, when the user provides written feedback and submits it, then the feedback should be stored and visible to other users.

Special features are available to identify top-rated resources.

Given multiple resources in the library, when resources receive ratings, then the top 10% of rated resources should be highlighted in a special section.

Users can view previous ratings and feedback for resources to inform their choices.

Given a resource has been rated, when a user views that resource, then all user ratings and feedback should be displayed beneath the resource description.

The system prevents users from submitting multiple ratings on the same resource.

Given a user has already rated a resource, when the user attempts to submit another rating for the same resource, then an error message should be displayed indicating that multiple ratings are not allowed.

Admin users can moderate ratings and feedback for quality control.

Given an admin user accesses the rating and feedback section, when the admin views the submitted feedback, then they should have the option to approve or remove inappropriate feedback.

Users receive notifications when their submitted feedback is reacted to by others.

Given a user has submitted feedback, when another user rates the feedback as helpful or not helpful, then the original user should receive a notification about the reaction.

Personalized Resource Recommendations

User Story: As a user, I want to receive personalized recommendations for sustainability resources so that I can discover relevant materials without having to search extensively.
Description: The Personalized Resource Recommendations requirement enables the system to analyze user interactions and preferences to suggest tailored sustainability resources. This feature enhances user engagement by ensuring that each user receives content that is most relevant to their needs, based on their past behavior and stated goals. By providing personalized suggestions, the system not only improves the user experience but also encourages continuous learning and application of sustainability principles.
Acceptance Criteria: User logs into the Sustainability Knowledge Hub for the first time and navigates to the Personalized Resource Recommendations section.

Given the user has no previous interactions, when they access the Personalized Resource Recommendations, then the system recommends resources based on general sustainability interests as indicated in the onboarding questionnaire.

A regular user frequently interacts with specific types of sustainability resources and has listed their goals in the system.

Given the user has a history of interactions, when they return to the Personalized Resource Recommendations, then the system suggests resources that reflect their past behavior and stated sustainability goals with at least 80% relevance.

A user updates their stated goals in their profile regarding sustainability initiatives.

Given the user has updated their profile, when they access the Personalized Resource Recommendations, then the system reflects these changes by providing new resource suggestions within 24 hours that align with their updated goals.

A user has utilized the recommendations feature several times but is dissatisfied with the suggestions provided.

Given the user expresses dissatisfaction, when they provide feedback on the recommended resources, then the system adjusts future recommendations based on this feedback, reflecting an improvement in relevance score.

An administrator wants to review the effectiveness of the Personalized Resource Recommendations feature one month after launch.

Given the administrator reviews the logs, when they analyze user engagement metrics, then they find at least 70% of users have interacted with personalized recommendations and have reported an increase in their sustainability knowledge as per a follow-up survey.

A user wants to access personalized recommendations through a mobile device.

Given the user is accessing the Sustainability Knowledge Hub on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Personalized Resource Recommendations, then the interface is fully functional and the recommendations load within three seconds, mirroring the web experience.

A user clicks on a recommended resource and consumes the content.

Given the user interacts with a recommended resource, when they complete the content consumption, then the system logs this interaction and adjusts future recommendations accordingly, reflecting an increase in user engagement metrics by 15% within the next month.

Webinar and Event Integration

User Story: As a user, I want to access live webinars and recorded events within the Sustainability Knowledge Hub so that I can stay updated on the latest trends and practices in sustainability.
Description: The Webinar and Event Integration requirement facilitates the addition of live webinars and recorded events related to sustainability topics within the Knowledge Hub. This feature allows users to participate in interactive learning sessions and review past events, enhancing the educational value of the hub. By integrating these resources, the platform not only expands access to knowledge but also fosters community engagement and networking among users interested in sustainability initiatives.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Sustainability Knowledge Hub and wishes to view a live webinar on sustainable practices.

Given the user is logged into the Sustainability Knowledge Hub, When they navigate to the Webinar section and select a live event, Then they should see the live stream of the webinar with audio and video enabled.

User wants to register for an upcoming webinar on sustainable business strategies.

Given the user is on the Webinar registration page, When they fill out the registration form with valid information and submit, Then they should receive a confirmation email with the webinar details.

User looks for recorded webinars related to corporate sustainability and tries to access them.

Given the user is in the Webinar section, When they filter webinars by the topic 'Corporate Sustainability', Then they should see a list of recorded webinars that meet the filter criteria, and they should be able to access any selected webinar by clicking on it.

User engages with a webinar's Q&A session during a live event and submits questions.

Given the webinar is in progress, When the user submits a question using the Q&A feature, Then their question should appear in the Q&A chat window for moderators to address during the session.

User seeks to view feedback from attendees of past webinars to assess educational value.

Given the user is browsing the recorded webinars archive, When they select a past webinar, Then they should see the overall feedback rating and comments from attendees about the webinar's content and effectiveness.

An administrator adds a new webinar to the Sustainability Knowledge Hub.

Given the administrator is on the backend of the Sustainability Knowledge Hub, When they input all required webinar details (title, date, time, speaker, description) and save the entry, Then the new webinar should be listed in the upcoming events for users to view and register for.

User attempts to share a webinar link through social media to promote sustainability discussions.

Given the user has selected a recorded webinar, When they click the 'Share' button and choose a social media platform, Then a shareable link for the selected webinar should be generated, allowing the user to easily share it on their chosen platform.

Automated Data Extraction

This feature utilizes advanced AI algorithms to automatically gather relevant data from diverse sources within the organization. By eliminating the need for manual data entry, users can save time and reduce errors, ensuring that the ESG reports are based on the most accurate and up-to-date information available.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Integration

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want the system to automatically extract and integrate data from various sources so that I can focus on analyzing the information rather than spending time on manual data entry, ensuring that my reports are accurate and timely.
Description: The Dynamic Data Integration requirement enables the automated extraction of relevant environmental data from various internal and external sources, including databases, spreadsheets, and third-party APIs. By leveraging advanced AI algorithms, this feature will continuously update the data in real-time, ensuring accuracy in ESG reporting. The integration will facilitate a more efficient data flow into the GreenSync platform, reducing the manual burden on users and minimizing errors associated with data entry. This capability is crucial for timely and precise compliance reporting, helping organizations stay aligned with evolving regulations and enhancing their sustainability strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates automated data extraction for ESG reporting from multiple sources.

Given the user has configured the data sources, when they trigger the automated extraction process, then the system should successfully collect data from all specified sources without errors.

User schedules regular updates for dynamic data integration.

Given the user sets a schedule for data updates, when the scheduled time arrives, then the system should automatically fetch and integrate the latest data from the specified sources without manual intervention.

User reviews the ESG report generated from the automatically extracted data.

Given the automated data extraction is complete, when the user generates the ESG report, then the report should reflect real-time data with no discrepancies identified compared to the source data.

Multiple users access the platform simultaneously for data extraction.

Given multiple users are logged in, when they initiate the data extraction process at the same time, then the system should manage concurrent requests effectively without data loss or performance degradation.

User verifies the accuracy of the extracted data through system logs.

Given the data extraction process has been completed, when the user checks the system logs, then there should be a detailed log documenting the sources accessed and the timestamps of data retrieval for verification.

User integrates third-party API for external data sources.

Given the user has entered the API credentials, when they attempt to connect to the third-party service, then the system should establish a successful connection and retrieve data without errors based on the predefined parameters.

User encounters errors during the data extraction process.

Given an error occurs during data extraction, when the process fails, then the system should provide a clear error message outlining the issue and the steps to resolve it for the user.

User-Friendly Interface

User Story: As a user of the GreenSync platform, I want an intuitive interface that allows me to quickly find and interpret the data I need, enabling me to efficiently monitor my organization’s sustainability performance without confusion.
Description: The User-Friendly Interface requirement focuses on creating an intuitive and easy-to-navigate dashboard for users. This interface will allow users to access extracted data, view compliance reports, and customize their ESG dashboards with minimal training. By prioritizing user experience, the design will incorporate visual aids, tooltips, and easy-to-understand metrics to help users quickly understand their sustainability performance. This enhancement aims to increase user engagement and satisfaction while improving overall productivity within the application.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the new user-friendly interface to view ESG data and compliance reports.

Given the user is logged into GreenSync, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they should see an intuitive layout with visual aids and easily accessible data.

User customizes their ESG dashboard using the drag-and-drop feature within the interface.

Given the user is on the dashboard page, when they drag and drop widgets to rearrange their data display, then the layout should save automatically for future sessions without any data loss.

User utilizes tooltips for understanding various metrics displayed on the dashboard.

Given the user hovers over any metric on the dashboard, when the tooltip appears, then it should contain a clear definition of the metric and how it relates to sustainability performance.

User seeks training resources while using the new interface for the first time.

Given the user is using GreenSync for the first time, when they click on the 'Help' section, then they should be presented with a range of tutorials and guides tailored to the user-friendly interface.

User reviews compliance reports presented on the dashboard.

Given the user navigates to the compliance reports section, when they select a date range, then the reports displayed should be accurate, up-to-date, and downloadable in multiple formats.

User experiences fast load times when accessing various sections of the interface.

Given that the user is interacting with the dashboard, when they switch between sections (e.g., data extraction, compliance reports), then load times should not exceed three seconds per section.

Automated Report Generation

User Story: As an environmental compliance officer, I want the system to automatically generate ESG reports so that I can save time and ensure that I provide accurate and compliant documentation for stakeholders on a regular basis.
Description: The Automated Report Generation requirement specifies the capability of the GreenSync platform to generate comprehensive ESG reports automatically based on the extracted data. This feature will allow organizations to produce reports in various formats, such as PDF and Excel, while ensuring that all necessary compliance standards are met. The automation of report generation reduces the time and effort required for manual compilation, enhances reporting accuracy, and provides stakeholders with timely insights into the organization’s sustainability metrics. Moreover, it supports transparency and accountability in environmental practices.
Acceptance Criteria: ESG Report Generation for Q4 Financial Analysis

Given that the automated data extraction has gathered data for Q4, when the user requests an ESG report in PDF format, then the system generates a report that accurately reflects the extracted data and includes all compliance metrics required for Q4 reporting.

Real-time Compliance Check during Report Generation

Given that the user is generating an ESG report, when the system reviews the extracted data, then it identifies any compliance issues in real-time and notifies the user before finalizing the report.

Multiple Format Export for Stakeholder Review

Given that the user has completed the ESG report generation, when the user chooses to export the report, then the system provides options to download the report in both PDF and Excel formats without data loss or formatting issues.

Automated Scheduling for Regular Reports

Given the user has set up a schedule for regular ESG report generation, when the scheduled time occurs, then the system automatically generates and sends the report to the designated stakeholders without manual intervention.

Data Accuracy Verification Post-Generation

Given that an ESG report has been generated, when the user runs a data accuracy check, then the system confirms that all data entries match the original extracted data with no discrepancies detected.

User Notification for Report Availability

Given that a report has been generated, when the generation process is complete, then the system sends a notification to the user indicating that the report is ready for review, including a direct link to access it.

Data Accuracy Verification

User Story: As a data analyst, I want the system to verify the accuracy of the extracted data, so that I can be confident in the reports I generate and in the decisions made based on that data.
Description: The Data Accuracy Verification requirement is essential for maintaining the integrity of the information being processed by GreenSync. This feature will implement automated checks and validations against predefined thresholds and standards, ensuring that the extracted data is accurate and reliable. By utilizing machine learning techniques, the system will learn from past data discrepancies and continuously improve its verification processes. This capability is vital for building trust in the system and ensuring that organizations can confidently rely on the data when making sustainability decisions.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated extraction of data from multiple internal databases to generate ESG reports.

Given the automated data extraction feature is implemented, when a user initiates an ESG report generation, then the system should successfully gather data from at least three different internal databases without manual intervention, and present it for review in under two minutes.

Validation checks ensure that the extracted data meets predefined thresholds for accuracy and completeness.

Given that data has been extracted, when the system performs automated data accuracy checks, then it must validate that at least 95% of the data entries meet the established accuracy thresholds and report any discrepancies in real-time.

Continuous learning from past data discrepancies enhances the accuracy verification process.

Given that the machine learning model has access to historical data discrepancies, when the model is trained, then it should improve its accuracy verification rate by at least 10% for future data extractions compared to previous verification processes.

Users are notified of any data validation errors post-extraction.

Given that data extraction has been completed, when the system detects any validation errors, then it should notify the users immediately through the dashboard and send an email alert summarizing the errors identified.

Manual override for data corrections is available to users.

Given the data validation report shows discrepancies, when a user accesses the report, then they should be able to manually correct data with an audit trail documented for compliance purposes.

Users can generate a summary report highlighting the accuracy of the extracted data.

Given that data extraction has occurred, when the user requests an accuracy report, then the system should provide a summary detailing the percentage of accurate data, discrepancies found, and a timeline of validations conducted.

Integration with existing corporate data governance frameworks to ensure compliance with regulations.

Given the data accuracy verification feature is live, when the system integrates with the corporate data governance framework, then it must align with existing compliance requirements and pass all relevant audits during review.

Customizable Alerts and Notifications

User Story: As an operations manager, I want to receive customizable alerts about my sustainability metrics so that I can act quickly to address any issues before they escalate into compliance violations.
Description: The Customizable Alerts and Notifications requirement allows users to set up personalized alerts based on specific thresholds or events related to their sustainability metrics. Users can receive notifications via email or in-app messaging for conditions such as exceeding usage limits or compliance deadlines approaching. This feature will enhance proactive decision-making, allowing organizations to respond quickly to potential issues, thus preventing compliance failures and enabling timely action to mitigate risks associated with sustainability practices.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets up a customizable alert for exceeding electricity usage based on predetermined thresholds.

Given that a user has defined a threshold for electricity usage, when the actual usage exceeds this threshold, then the system should send an email notification to the user and display an in-app alert immediately.

User configures notification settings for compliance deadlines approaching.

Given that a user has specified a compliance deadline, when the deadline is within a predefined period (e.g., one week), then the system should send a reminder notification via email and an in-app message to the user.

User modifies existing alert settings for water usage metrics.

Given that the user wants to change the threshold for water usage alerts, when the user successfully updates the threshold in the settings, then the system should confirm the change with a success message and adjust future alerts accordingly.

User tests the alert system to ensure functionality.

Given that a user wants to validate the alert system, when the user triggers a test alert by exceeding the threshold, then the system should successfully send the test alerts to the specified email and display the alert in the app.

User wants to disable a specific alert that is no longer needed.

Given that a user has an existing alert, when the user selects the option to disable the alert, then the system should stop sending notifications for that alert and provide confirmation of the deactivation.

User checks the history of alerts and notifications received.

Given that a user accesses the alerts history section, when the user requests to view past alerts, then the system should display a list of all alerts, including dates, times, and details of each alert in chronological order.

Integration with Existing Systems

User Story: As a technology manager, I want GreenSync to integrate with our existing systems so that data flows smoothly between platforms, allowing for better overall management of our sustainability initiatives without duplicating efforts.
Description: The Integration with Existing Systems requirement ensures that GreenSync can seamlessly connect with other enterprise software solutions such as ERP, CRM, and data management platforms. This capability allows for the smooth transfer of data across systems, promoting consistency and eliminating data silos. By facilitating interoperability, this requirement supports a holistic view of organizational sustainability efforts, enabling better data-driven decision-making while reducing the friction typically associated with data integration efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration with ERP System

Given that the GreenSync system is connected to the ERP system, when data is entered in the ERP, then the corresponding data fields in GreenSync are updated automatically within 5 minutes, with no manual intervention required.

Integration with CRM System

Given that GreenSync is integrated with the CRM system, when a new customer is created in the CRM, then a corresponding record is automatically created in GreenSync without data duplication errors.

Real-time Data Synchronization

Given that GreenSync is connected to multiple data sources, when data is updated in any source system, then the updates are reflected in GreenSync in real-time, ensuring consistency across platforms.

Error Handling in Data Transfer

Given that there is a data transfer between systems, when an error occurs during integration, then an error notification is generated and logged in GreenSync for user review within 10 minutes of the failure.

User Data Access Permissions

Given that GreenSync is integrated with existing systems, when a user attempts to access data, then the system verifies the user's permissions based on the existing system's roles and access levels to ensure data security.

Test Data Management for Integrations

Given that GreenSync is integrated with other enterprise systems, when test data is used, then the integration process should pass successfully without any data loss or discrepancies during end-to-end testing.

Data Silo Elimination Monitoring

Given that GreenSync is implemented, when the integration is live, then the number of data silos reported should decrease by at least 50% within the first three months of deployment.

Smart Metrics Generator

The Smart Metrics Generator analyzes collected data to automatically identify and recommend key performance indicators (KPIs) relevant to ESG frameworks. This feature helps organizations focus on the metrics that matter most, streamlining the reporting process and enhancing the strategic impact of their sustainability initiatives.

Requirements

Dynamic KPI Recommendation

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want the system to automatically recommend relevant KPIs based on our collected data, so that I can ensure our reporting is both accurate and aligned with our sustainability goals.
Description: The Dynamic KPI Recommendation requirement involves the automatic analysis of collected environmental data to propose tailored key performance indicators (KPIs) that align with specific ESG frameworks relevant to the organization. This function is intended to enhance reporting accuracy and relevance by focusing on metrics that have the most significant impact on sustainability initiatives. By integrating advanced data analytics and machine learning algorithms, the system will continuously refine its recommendations based on evolving data trends, ensuring organizations always have access to the most pertinent KPIs. This feature supports users in identifying crucial metrics, thereby streamlining their sustainability efforts and simplifying compliance processes, ultimately driving better environmental and corporate outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: Dynamic KPI generation for a manufacturing company looking to improve their carbon footprint tracking.

Given the environmental data is collected, when the user requests KPI recommendations, then the system should present at least three relevant KPIs that align with carbon emissions and energy consumption metrics specific to the organization’s ESG goals.

An organization performs quarterly reviews of their sustainability metrics using the Smart Metrics Generator feature.

Given the user has accessed the Smart Metrics Generator, when they input their latest environmental data, then the system should generate a report that includes customized KPIs reflecting changes in data trends within 5 minutes.

A mid-sized enterprise needs to update their KPI dashboard after major legislative changes regarding environmental compliance.

Given the historical environmental data and new regulatory requirements, when the user requests an update to the KPI dashboard, then the system shall automatically incorporate at least two new KPIs related to the updated regulations, visible on the dashboard.

User seeks to analyze the effectiveness of sustainability initiatives over the past year using tailored KPIs.

Given the organization’s environmental data over the past year, when the user engages the analytics feature, then the system should display a comparison of previous KPIs against the newly recommended KPIs to evaluate performance over the specified timeframe.

During a management meeting, stakeholders need to assess key performance indicators relevant to their sustainability strategy.

Given that the smart metrics generator has been used, when the user presents the KPI report, then at least 80% of stakeholders should confirm that the recommended KPIs are relevant and useful for decision-making purposes.

A user wants to ensure continuous improvement in sustainability tracking and reporting.

Given the system is actively collecting environmental data, when new data is available, then the Smart Metrics Generator must refresh its KPI recommendations at least once a month to adapt to changing data trends and organizational objectives.

The organization is preparing for an audit of their sustainability practices and needs verified metrics.

Given the audit requirements, when the user generates a compliance report, then the system must produce a set of KPIs that have been validated with at least 95% accuracy based on historical data and analytics, ensuring compliance needs are met.

Real-time Data Dashboard

User Story: As an environmental officer, I want a real-time data dashboard that I can customize, so that I can quickly assess our sustainability performance and make timely decisions.
Description: The Real-time Data Dashboard requirement aims to provide users with a customizable interface that displays live data concerning environmental metrics. This dashboard will offer visual representations of KPIs, trends, and alerts derived from the data collected through the GreenSync platform. It will empower users to monitor their sustainability performance at a glance, facilitating prompt decision-making. Integration with various data sources allows users to view real-time insights into their environmental impact and compliance status, enhancing their ability to make informed choices. Additionally, this feature can include filters and customizable widgets, enabling users to tailor the information presented according to their specific needs and strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User customizes the Real-time Data Dashboard to display specific environmental metrics for their organization.

Given the user is logged into GreenSync and navigates to the Real-time Data Dashboard, when they select desired metrics from a list of available KPIs and save their preferences, then the dashboard should update to display only the selected metrics in real time.

User receives an alert on the Real-time Data Dashboard for a KPI that exceeds predefined thresholds.

Given the Real-time Data Dashboard is live and monitoring environmental metrics, when any KPI exceeds its predefined threshold, then an alert notification should be displayed prominently on the dashboard, indicating the metric and the exceedance level.

User interacts with the Real-time Data Dashboard to filter data by date range.

Given the user is viewing the Real-time Data Dashboard, when they select a specific date range from the filtering options, then the dashboard should adjust to display metrics and KPIs only for the selected date range.

User integrates a new data source into the Real-time Data Dashboard.

Given the user has administrator access, when they connect a new data source to the GreenSync platform, then the Real-time Data Dashboard should automatically retrieve and display real-time data from the newly integrated source without requiring manual refresh.

User views a trend analysis on the Real-time Data Dashboard for selected KPIs over the past quarter.

Given the user is on the Real-time Data Dashboard, when they select a KPI and request a trend analysis for the past quarter, then the dashboard should display a visual graph showing the performance trend of that KPI over the specified period.

User customizes widgets on the Real-time Data Dashboard to their preferred layout.

Given the user is viewing the Real-time Data Dashboard, when they drag and drop widgets to rearrange their layout and save the changes, then the dashboard should remember the layout and maintain it upon the next login.

User logs in to the GreenSync platform and accesses the Real-time Data Dashboard for the first time.

Given the user is a new user logging into GreenSync for the first time, when they access the Real-time Data Dashboard, then they should see a guided tour prompting them to explore the feature's functionality and customization options.

Automated Compliance Alerts

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to receive automated alerts about compliance deadlines and regulatory changes, so that I can ensure our organization remains compliant with all relevant standards.
Description: The Automated Compliance Alerts requirement involves the development of a notification system that proactively informs users of upcoming compliance deadlines, regulatory changes, and actions required to meet ESG standards. This feature will integrate with the Smart Metrics Generator to ensure that users are aware of the implications of the KPIs they are tracking and how these relate to regulatory expectations. By leveraging predictive analytics, the system will not only deliver timely alerts but provide actionable steps and recommendations tailored to the user's specific compliance landscape. This proactive approach minimizes the risk of non-compliance and helps organizations maintain their environmental stewardship commitments.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives timely notifications for upcoming compliance deadlines.

Given the user has set up their compliance profile, when a compliance deadline is approaching, then the user receives an automated reminder notification through their preferred communication channel (email, in-app).

Users are alerted to regulatory changes that impact their current compliance requirements.

Given the system has access to the latest regulatory information, when a relevant regulatory change occurs, then the affected users receive an alert detailing the nature of the change and its impact.

The system provides actionable insights based on tracked KPIs related to compliance.

Given the user has selected KPIs through the Smart Metrics Generator, when compliance alerts are generated, then the user receives specific recommendations on actions to take based on the current data status.

Users can customize alert preferences to tailor notifications to their needs.

Given the user is in the alert settings section, when they customize their notification preferences (frequency, channels, etc.), then the system remembers these settings for future alerts and applies them accordingly.

The system logs all sent alerts for auditing and tracking purposes.

Given the user accesses their alert history, when they review the log, then they can see all compliance alerts triggered, including timestamps and content of the alerts sent.

Users receive alerts in a timely manner to ensure compliance actions can be taken without delay.

Given a compliance deadline is 30 days away, when the system generates an alert, then the user should receive the alert at least 14 days in advance for effective action planning.

Data Integration Capabilities

User Story: As an IT manager, I want the ability to integrate our existing data systems with GreenSync, so that we can streamline our data workflow and improve reporting accuracy.
Description: The Data Integration Capabilities requirement grants the ability to seamlessly connect the GreenSync platform with various existing data systems and third-party solutions used by organizations. This feature ensures that users can aggregate environmental data from disparate sources, such as IoT devices, financial systems, and supply chain management platforms. By centralizing data, users can achieve a comprehensive view of their sustainability performance and regulatory compliance. Enhanced data integration capabilities will also allow for automated data uploads, ensuring that organizations are always working with the most current information, thereby enhancing the reliability and accuracy of the Smart Metrics Generator recommendations.
Acceptance Criteria: Data Integration from IoT Devices

Given the GreenSync platform is connected to various IoT devices, when environmental data is collected, then the data should automatically sync with the Smart Metrics Generator without manual intervention, ensuring a real-time update of metrics.

Integration with Financial Systems

Given the integration with a financial management system, when financial data related to sustainability is updated, then the Smart Metrics Generator must reflect the updated data within 10 minutes to ensure accuracy in reporting.

Centralized Data Aggregation

Given multiple data sources feeding into GreenSync, when a user accesses the dashboard, then they should be able to view a comprehensive report of all aggregated data, confirming successful integration and data centralization.

Automated Data Upload

Given that data from third-party solutions is set to upload automatically, when new data is generated, then the system should execute the upload process without errors, ensuring data accuracy and currency for KPI analysis.

Connection Failures Handling

Given the system attempts to connect with a third-party data source, when a connection failure occurs, then the user should receive a notification detailing the source of the failure and steps necessary to resolve the issue, enabling efficient troubleshooting.

User Access Control for Data Sources

Given that different users require varying levels of access to data sources, when a user logs into the GreenSync platform, then their access should be validated according to their role, ensuring sensitive data is protected according to protocols.

User Role Management

User Story: As an administrator, I want to manage user roles and permissions, so that I can ensure data security and compliance with our internal governance policies.
Description: The User Role Management requirement introduces a robust system for defining and managing user roles and permissions within the GreenSync platform. This functionality is essential for organizations to control access to sensitive environmental data and compliance reports. By allowing for role-based access control, the system ensures that users can only view or manipulate data pertinent to their responsibilities, enhancing security and data integrity. The feature will include options for defining custom roles, auditing access logs, and granting or restricting permissions in real-time, aligning with best practices for enterprise security and governance.
Acceptance Criteria: User Role Creation and Assignment

Given an administrator is logged into the GreenSync platform, when they access the User Role Management section, then they should be able to create a new user role, assign permissions, and designate users to that role.

Permission Audit Logs

Given an administrator accesses the audit logs, when they filter by a specific user role, then they should see a detailed log of data access and changes made by users in that role within the last month.

Custom Role Management

Given an administrator wants to tailor user permissions, when they create a custom user role, then the system should allow them to select from a predefined list of permissions and save the custom role successfully.

Real-time Permission Modification

Given an administrator is managing user roles, when they change a user's permissions in real-time, then the updated permissions should be immediately reflected in the user's access levels.

Access Denied for Unauthorized Users

Given a user attempts to access a restricted area of the GreenSync platform, when they do not possess the necessary permissions associated with their user role, then they should receive an access denied message.

Role-Based Access Testing

Given various roles have been created, when users with different roles log in, then each user should only have access to the functionalities and data corresponding to their assigned role.

Dynamic Report Builder

The Dynamic Report Builder allows users to easily customize their ESG reports through a user-friendly interface. Users can drag and drop data visualizations, graphs, and textual descriptions to create tailored reports that meet specific stakeholder needs, improving clarity and engagement with the report.

Requirements

Drag-and-Drop Interface

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to customize my ESG reports using a drag-and-drop interface so that I can quickly create tailored reports for different stakeholders, ensuring they receive the information that matters most to them.
Description: The Drag-and-Drop Interface allows users to easily customize their ESG reports by dragging and dropping various components such as data visualizations, graphs, and textual descriptions. This functionality enhances user experience by simplifying the report-building process, making it accessible for users with varying technical skills. By providing a straightforward method for customization, the report builder increases engagement and understanding among stakeholders, as users can tailor reports to highlight the most relevant information for their audience.
Acceptance Criteria: User drags a data visualization component from the sidebar and drops it into the report canvas to include specific environmental metrics for a quarterly sustainability report.

Given the user is on the Dynamic Report Builder page, when the user drags a data visualization component from the sidebar and drops it into the report canvas, then the component should appear in the report without any errors and retain its configurability options.

User arranges multiple components in the report builder by dragging and dropping them to create a visually appealing layout for stakeholders.

Given the user has multiple report components on the canvas, when the user drags one component to a new position and releases it, then the component should reposition without altering its data or settings.

User adds a textual description to the report by dragging it from the sidebar and dropping it into a designated area within the report.

Given the user is on the Dynamic Report Builder page, when the user drags a textual description component and drops it into a specified area of the report, then the component should be added to the report and be editable without any glitches.

User attempts to drag a data visualization from the sidebar but cancels the action before dropping it in the report canvas.

Given the user is dragging a data visualization from the sidebar, when the user moves the mouse outside the report canvas and releases the mouse button, then the data visualization should not be added to the report and remain in the sidebar.

User saves a customized report after creating it with several components using the drag-and-drop interface.

Given the user has added multiple components to the report, when the user clicks the 'Save' button, then the report should save successfully with all components in their designated positions, and the user receives a confirmation message.

User utilizes an undo function after mistakenly moving a component to an incorrect location during the customization process.

Given the user has dragged a component to an incorrect location and clicked the 'Undo' button, when the user clicks the 'Undo', then the component should revert to its previous position without loss of data or configuration.

User previews the report with all components included to ensure it meets stakeholder presentation standards.

Given the user has completed report customization with various components, when the user clicks the 'Preview' button, then a preview of the report should open displaying all components as they would appear in the final output, with accurate data and formatting.

Pre-Built Templates

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to access pre-built report templates so that I can save time in creating reports and ensure that I meet all necessary compliance standards without starting from scratch.
Description: The Pre-Built Templates feature offers users a selection of customizable report templates designed specifically for different regulatory requirements and stakeholder types. By using these templates, users can save time and effort in report creation while ensuring compliance with various standards. This feature streamlines the reporting process and allows users to focus on content quality rather than formatting, ultimately improving overall reporting efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: Selection and Usage of Regulatory-Specific Templates in Report Building

Given a user is in the Dynamic Report Builder, when they select a pre-built template, then the template should load with all pre-defined fields and formatting suitable for that specific regulatory requirement.

Customization of Pre-Built Templates for Stakeholder Needs

Given a user selects a pre-built template, when they customize the template by adding or removing fields and visualizations, then the changes should be saved and reflected accurately in the final report preview.

Navigation and Access to the Pre-Built Template Library

Given a user is on the Dynamic Report Builder interface, when they click on the 'Templates' section, then they should see a categorized list of pre-built templates applicable to various regulatory frameworks and stakeholder types.

Exporting Customized Reports from Templates

Given a user has completed customizing a report using a pre-built template, when they click the 'Export' button, then the report should be exported in PDF format without any loss of data or formatting.

User Feedback on Template Usability

Given a user has utilized a pre-built template for their report, when prompted for feedback, then they should be able to rate the template and provide specific comments for improvement.

Integration of Data Sources in Pre-Built Templates

Given a user is customizing a report from a pre-built template, when they select data fields to include, then the selected data should dynamically populate within the designated areas of the report template.

Collaboration Tools

User Story: As a project team member, I want to collaborate with my colleagues in real-time on ESG reports so that we can incorporate diverse insights and improve the report's quality before the final submission.
Description: Collaboration Tools within the Dynamic Report Builder enable multiple users to work on a single report simultaneously. Features such as real-time commenting, version control, and user permissions facilitate effective teamwork, allowing for seamless input from different stakeholders. This capability enhances the quality and accuracy of reports, as diverse insights can be incorporated, leading to a more comprehensive and informative final product.
Acceptance Criteria: Multiple users must collaborate on creating a single ESG report in real-time during a team meeting, incorporating feedback and suggestions from each participant to enhance the report's content and quality.

Given multiple users are working on the same report, when one user adds a comment, then all other users should see the comment in real-time without needing to refresh their view.

A project manager wants to track different versions of an ESG report to understand the changes made over time and ensure accountability among team members.

Given a report has multiple versions, when the project manager accesses the version history, then they should see a chronological list of versions with timestamps and the names of users who made the changes.

Team members are creating an ESG report using the Dynamic Report Builder and need to control who can edit or view the report, based on their roles in the project.

Given a report with specific user permissions, when a user attempts to access the report, then their access should align with the permissions set (edit/view) without errors.

Report collaborators are engaged in a discussion about specific data visualizations in the ESG report, needing to highlight certain areas for review and editing.

Given multiple users are collaborating, when one user highlights a specific data visualization, then all users should receive a notification indicating the area that requires attention.

As a team member prepares a final ESG report, they seek to ensure that all comments and changes made by collaborators are addressed and incorporated to finalize the content.

Given a report with comments, when the team member reviews the comments, then they should have the ability to mark each comment as resolved or unresolved, updating the status accordingly.

A user is testing the collaboration feature for the first time and needs a simple walkthrough or help option to understand how to use the commenting and version control functionalities.

Given a new user accesses the collaboration tools, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then they should receive a guided walkthrough of the commenting and version control features.

An administrator needs to analyze the collaboration activity within the Dynamic Report Builder to measure engagement and identify any issues faced by the team members while using the tool.

Given the collaboration tool is being used, when the administrator accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should see metrics such as the number of comments, active users, and the frequency of version changes over a specified period.

Data Visualization Options

User Story: As a data analyst, I want to select from multiple data visualization options so that I can present the data in the most effective way for my audience, improving their understanding of our sustainability initiatives.
Description: The Data Visualization Options feature allows users to choose from various types of visualizations, including charts, graphs, and infographics, to represent their data effectively. This flexibility enables users to select the most impactful visual formats for their specific audience and reporting objectives. By enhancing visual representation of data, this feature aids in better understanding and interpretation of complex information, making reports more engaging and memorable.
Acceptance Criteria: Selecting a Data Visualization Type

Given a user is in the Dynamic Report Builder, when the user accesses the Data Visualization Options, then they should be able to select from a list of at least 10 different visualization types including bar charts, line graphs, pie charts, and infographics.

Customizing Visualizations

Given a user has selected a visualization type, when the user modifies attributes such as color, size, and labels, then the changes should be reflected in real-time within the report preview.

Saving a Customized Report

Given a user has created a report using the Dynamic Report Builder, when the user clicks the save button, then the report should be saved with all customizations and be retrievable from the user's reports list.

Exporting Reports

Given a user has completed a report with chosen visualizations, when the user selects the 'Export' option, then the report should be exported in PDF and Excel formats without loss of quality in visualizations.

Previewing Reports

Given a user is building a report, when the user clicks on the preview button, then the report should open in a new window displaying all visualizations and data as it will appear in the final output.

Adding Explanatory Text to Visualizations

Given a user has selected a visualization, when the user adds a title and description, then those text elements should display clearly above or below the visualization in the report.

User Access Control for Report Building

Given an administrator is managing user permissions, when the administrator sets restrictions on report building, then unauthorized users should not access the Dynamic Report Builder or saved reports.

Export Options

User Story: As a stakeholder, I want to export reports in various formats so that I can share the information in the format that is most convenient for me and my team, ensuring greater accessibility.
Description: The Export Options feature allows users to export their customized ESG reports in multiple formats, including PDF, Word, and Excel. This capability is essential for ensuring that reports can be shared easily among stakeholders who may prefer different formats. By offering versatile export choices, the report builder enhances usability and ensures that the reports are accessible to all relevant parties, facilitating effective communication and review processes.
Acceptance Criteria: User attempts to export a customized ESG report in PDF format.

Given a user has created a customized ESG report, When the user selects the PDF export option, Then the report should be successfully downloaded in PDF format with all data visualizations and graphs intact.

User exports a report in Word format and verifies the content.

Given a user has finalized a customized ESG report, When the user selects the export option for Word format and downloads it, Then the Word document should contain all sections of the report accurately formatted as they appear in the report builder.

User chooses to export the report in Excel format to analyze data.

Given a user has created a customizable ESG report, When the user selects the Excel export option, Then an Excel file must be generated that includes all relevant data tables usable for further analysis.

User exports a report and receives confirmation of the successful export.

Given that a user has successfully exported a report, When the export process is completed, Then the user should receive an on-screen notification confirming the successful export and a link to download the report.

User attempts to export a report in multiple formats sequentially.

Given a user has a completed ESG report, When the user exports the report first in PDF format and then in Excel format, Then both exports should complete successfully without data loss or errors.

User tries to export a report while offline.

Given a user is offline and has a customized ESG report ready, When the user attempts to export the report, Then the system should display an error message indicating that the export is unavailable until the user is online.

Regulatory Compliance Checker

This feature automatically verifies that generated ESG reports adhere to the latest regulatory standards and guidelines. By providing real-time compliance checks, users can rest assured that their reports meet necessary legal requirements, significantly reducing the risk of non-compliance penalties.

Requirements

Automated Compliance Verifier

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want the Regulatory Compliance Checker to automatically verify our ESG reports for adherence to the latest regulations so that I can ensure we are compliant and avoid potential penalties.
Description: This requirement encompasses the development of an automated system that verifies that generated ESG reports align with the most up-to-date regulatory standards and guidelines. The automated compliance verifier will regularly scan reports and cross-reference them against a database of the latest legislation and compliance rules. This integration not only streamlines the compliance process but also enhances the accuracy of the reports, helping users mitigate the risk of non-compliance penalties. By implementing this feature, GreenSync ensures that its users can have confidence in the compliance of their reports, saving time and resources while promoting a culture of accountability and transparency within the organization.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated System Verifies Compliance for Generated ESG Reports

Given a user submits an ESG report for verification, when the automated compliance verifier scans the report, then it should return a compliance status indicating whether the report meets all relevant regulatory standards within 5 seconds.

Regular Updates from Regulatory Database

Given that the compliance verifier is operational, when new regulations are added to the regulatory database, then the automated compliance verifier should update its compliance checks within 24 hours to reflect these changes.

User Notification of Non-compliance

Given a user receives a compliance status of 'non-compliant', when they click on the detailed report, then the system should display specific sections in the ESG report that do not meet compliance, along with suggestions for correction.

Comparison Against Previous Reports

Given that a user has multiple submitted ESG reports, when the automated compliance verifier is run, then it should highlight any discrepancies or changes in compliance status compared to previous reports submitted by the same user.

Audit Trail for Compliance Checks

Given that an ESG report has undergone compliance verification, when the user requests an audit trail, then the system should provide a detailed log of the compliance checks performed, including timestamps and the specific regulations referenced.

User Role Access Control

Given that users have different roles within the organization, when the automated compliance verifier provides access to compliance results, then users should only see compliance results relevant to their role and permissions as defined in the system.

Real-Time Alerts for Compliance Changes

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to receive real-time alerts about changes in regulatory standards so that I can quickly update our ESG reports and maintain compliance.
Description: The requirement involves building a system that provides real-time updates to users when there are changes in regulatory compliance standards relevant to ESG reporting. This feature will use an alert mechanism that triggers notifications through the platform or email whenever updates occur, ensuring that users are always informed about the latest compliance guidelines. This proactive approach allows organizations to respond promptly to changes and adjust their reporting processes as necessary, significantly reducing the risk of oversight and non-compliance. Integration with the compliance verifier will enhance the overall compliance monitoring process, ensuring reports are continuously aligned with current standards.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification through the GreenSync platform when there is a change in regulatory compliance standards impacting ESG reporting.

Given that a change in regulatory compliance standards occurs, when the change is published, then the user should receive an in-app notification within 5 minutes of the update.

User receives an email alert when there are changes to regulatory compliance standards relevant to ESG reporting.

Given that a user is subscribed to email alerts, when there is a regulatory compliance update, then the user should receive an email notification within 10 minutes of the update being published.

The system allows users to customize the types of regulatory updates they wish to receive alerts for.

Given that a user accesses the notification settings, when they select types of regulatory updates to receive, then the system should save their preferences and ensure alerts are sent accordingly.

Users can view a history of notifications regarding regulatory compliance changes.

Given that a user accesses the compliance alert history section, when they request the history, then the system should display all past compliance updates received by the user.

The alert mechanism integrates seamlessly with the existing compliance verifier feature.

Given that the compliance verifier checks reports against current regulations, when there is a compliance change, then both features should work together to ensure alerts are enacted without system errors.

Users are able to acknowledge and dismiss alerts for regulatory changes in the system.

Given that a user receives a regulatory change alert, when they acknowledge the alert, then the alert should be marked as read and removed from the active notifications list.

Users receive reminders to review their ESG reports in light of new compliance standards after receiving an alert.

Given that a user receives an alert about a regulatory change, when the alert is triggered, then the system should schedule a reminder for the user to review their ESG reports within 24 hours.

Customizable Compliance Dashboards

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to customize my compliance dashboard to monitor specific ESG metrics that are crucial for our operations so that I can focus on the areas that need immediate attention.
Description: This requirement aims to create customizable dashboards that visualize compliance metrics specific to ESG reporting. Users will be able to select and display different compliance indicators, as well as monitor trends over time. These dashboards will integrate seamlessly with existing reporting tools and display real-time data regarding compliance status and potential issues. By providing insights into compliance performance in an easily digestible format, this feature allows users to make informed decisions and prioritize actions accordingly. The capability for customization ensures that different users across the organization can tailor the dashboard to their needs, enhancing usability and engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customizes Dashboard to Display Key ESG Metrics

Given a user with permission to customize dashboards, when they access the customization tools, then they can select from at least 10 different compliance indicators and arrange them in a preferred layout.

Real-time Data Refresh on Compliance Dashboard

Given a user is viewing the compliance dashboard, when a compliance metric changes in the system, then the dashboard should refresh to reflect the updated data within 5 seconds without requiring a page refresh.

User Saves Customized Dashboard Layout

Given a user has customized their compliance dashboard, when they click the 'Save' button, then their custom layout should be stored and be retrievable upon the next login session.

Dashboard Shows Historical Trend Data

Given a user is viewing their compliance dashboard, when they select a compliance indicator, then they should see historical data trends for at least the last 12 months displayed clearly and intuitively.

Dashboard Integration with Existing Reporting Tools

Given a user is accessing their compliance dashboard, when they need to pull data from existing reporting tools, then they can seamlessly integrate the data without any loss of information or formatting.

User Receives Alerts for Compliance Issues

Given a user is monitoring their compliance dashboard, when a compliance threshold is breached, then the user should receive an immediate alert notifying them of the specific issue.

User Role-based Access Control for Dashboards

Given an organization has multiple users with different roles, when a user accesses the compliance dashboard, then they should only see the metrics and controls that correspond to their permission level.

Historical Compliance Logging

User Story: As an auditor, I want to access historical compliance logs for ESG reports so that I can verify past compliance checks and assess the organization's adherence to regulations.
Description: This requirement entails the development of a feature that logs all historical compliance checks conducted on ESG reports. It will store data regarding dates of checks, outcomes, and any actions taken in response to compliance issues. This historical logging will allow organizations to track their compliance performance over time, providing valuable insights into patterns and helping identify areas for improvement. Additionally, this feature will be crucial for audit processes, as it provides a transparent record of compliance efforts. Integration with the main compliance system will ensure that users can easily access historical data when needed.
Acceptance Criteria: Historical compliance logging should capture all automated compliance check activities conducted on ESG reports monthly to keep a comprehensive record for review.

Given an ESG report has undergone a compliance check, when the check is completed, then the date of the check, the outcome, and actions taken must be logged in the historical compliance record.

Users should be able to retrieve historical compliance logs for review during audit preparation periods to demonstrate compliance efforts over time.

Given a user requests historical compliance logs for a specified time period, when the request is made, then the system must return all records within that time frame that include dates, outcomes, and actions taken.

The system should provide a user-friendly interface for viewing and filtering historical compliance logs to assist users in identifying trends or patterns in compliance performance.

Given that a user accesses the historical compliance log interface, when they apply filters for date ranges or compliance outcomes, then the system should display the filtered results accordingly.

The historical compliance logging feature should ensure that no duplicate entries are recorded for the same compliance check on the same ESG report.

Given a compliance check is logged, when an identical check attempt occurs, then the system must prevent duplication and alert the user of the existing record.

The logging system should provide alerts or notifications when compliance checks result in issues that need to be addressed by users for timely resolution.

Given a compliance check results in a failure, when the check is logged, then an alert must be generated and sent to the relevant users responsible for compliance action.

The compliance logging feature should integrate seamlessly with existing compliance systems used by the organization, ensuring data consistency and accessibility.

Given the integration request is made, when the logging feature is queried for data, then the system must return compliant information from the existing compliance system without errors or data mismatches.

Integration with Third-Party Compliance Databases

User Story: As a product manager, I want to integrate our compliance system with third-party databases so that we ensure our reports are compliant with the most up-to-date regulations directly from the source.
Description: This requirement specifies the need for integration with external compliance databases that provide updated legislative and regulatory information relevant to ESG reporting. By building APIs or other connection methods, the Regulatory Compliance Checker can pull the latest standards directly from authoritative sources, ensuring that the compliance checks are based on the most accurate and current data available. This integration is vital for maintaining the reliability and value of the compliance verification system, providing users with peace of mind that their reports meet regulatory expectations. The ability to seamlessly integrate with third-party resources enhances the overall capability of the GreenSync platform in managing compliance.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates the ESG report creation process and requests a compliance check through the Regulatory Compliance Checker, which triggers an API call to retrieve the latest regulatory standards from an integrated third-party compliance database.

Given the user is logged into GreenSync and has selected the Regulatory Compliance Checker, when they submit the ESG report for verification, then the system should successfully connect to the third-party compliance database and retrieve the latest regulatory standards relevant to the report.

An administrator needs to ensure continuous updates and synchronization between GreenSync and the third-party compliance database to maintain the accuracy of compliance checks.

Given the integration has been successfully established, when changes occur in the third-party compliance database, then the system should automatically pull and update the latest standards in GreenSync every 24 hours without manual intervention.

A user receives an ESG compliance report that indicates non-compliance with certain regulations identified during the check using the integrated third-party database.

Given the user has generated an ESG compliance report, when the report is reviewed, then it must clearly outline the specific regulations with which the report is non-compliant, including references to the source data from the third-party compliance database used for verification.

An IT developer is integrating the third-party compliance database APIs into GreenSync, focusing on error handling during data retrieval.

Given the developer has implemented the API integration, when an error occurs during data retrieval from the third-party database, then the system should provide a clear error message to the user and log the error for troubleshooting without crashing the application.

As part of the compliance check, a user wants to validate that the system offers the capability to check against an updated set of regulations specific to their industry.

Given the user selects their industry in the Regulatory Compliance Checker, when the compliance check is executed, then the system should return results that include only the relevant regulations applicable to that industry, sourced from the third-party compliance database.

An end-user is able to visualize the compliance status and any risks automatically generated by the Regulatory Compliance Checker on their ESG dashboard.

Given the user has completed the compliance check, when they view their ESG dashboard, then the compliance status should automatically update to reflect the current compliance status and highlight any risks identified during the check.

AI Insights Generator

The AI Insights Generator analyzes performance data to provide actionable insights and recommendations for improving ESG metrics. By identifying trends and potential areas for enhancement, this feature empowers organizations to make informed decisions that drive better sustainability outcomes.

Requirements

Data Integration API

User Story: As a sustainability manager, I want to connect GreenSync with our existing data sources through an API, so that I can ensure the AI Insights Generator has real-time data to analyze for accurate insights.
Description: The Data Integration API requirement ensures seamless connection and communication between GreenSync and external data sources, such as IoT sensors, third-party compliance databases, and company ERP systems. This API allows for real-time data synchronization, enabling the AI Insights Generator to access the most current performance metrics needed for optimal analysis. Its implementation is crucial for enabling the accuracy and relevance of insights provided by the AI Insights Generator, thereby enhancing data-driven decision-making for ESG metric improvements.
Acceptance Criteria: Data Integration from IoT Sensors

Given an active API connection to IoT sensors, when data is sent to GreenSync, then the system should receive and display real-time performance metrics without errors or delays.

Integration with Third-Party Compliance Database

Given valid API credentials for a third-party compliance database, when the integration is initiated, then GreenSync should successfully sync compliance data and report status updates without any data loss.

Seamless Sync with Company ERP Systems

Given configuration settings for a company ERP system, when data is synchronized, then GreenSync should accurately reflect any changes made in the ERP system within 5 minutes.

Data Access for AI Insights Generation

Given real-time data from integrated sources, when the AI Insights Generator requests performance metrics, then it should retrieve up-to-date metrics for analysis every time.

Error Handling in Data Integration API

Given an invalid data payload sent to the API, when the API processes this payload, then it should return an error message detailing the nature of the error without crashing the system.

User Notifications for Integration Status

Given the ongoing data integration process, when the integration completes or encounters an error, then users should receive a notification summarizing the integration outcome within one minute.

Performance Monitoring of API

Given the Data Integration API is operational, when monitored over a 24-hour period, then it should demonstrate a data processing success rate of at least 95% with less than 5% downtime.

Trends Visualization Dashboard

User Story: As an ESG analyst, I want to see a visual representation of the trends identified by the AI Insights Generator so that I can quickly assess our performance against sustainability goals and prepare reports for stakeholders.
Description: The Trends Visualization Dashboard requirement focuses on creating an intuitive interface that visually represents the data trends identified by the AI Insights Generator. This dashboard will allow users to see historical performance data, track progress against ESG goals, and highlight areas needing improvement. By translating complex data into clear visual formats, users can more easily understand performance impacts and communicate these findings with stakeholders, thereby fostering an organizational culture of transparency and accountability.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Trends Visualization Dashboard to view historical ESG performance data.

Given the user is logged into GreenSync, when they navigate to the Trends Visualization Dashboard, then they should see a dashboard displaying historical performance data in graphical formats such as line charts, bar graphs, and pie charts.

User filters the data displayed on the Trends Visualization Dashboard by a specific ESG metric.

Given the Trends Visualization Dashboard is loaded, when the user applies filters for a specific ESG metric, then the dashboard should refresh and only display data relevant to that selected metric, maintaining clarity and accuracy.

User shares insights from the Trends Visualization Dashboard with stakeholders via email.

Given the dashboard is displaying relevant insights, when the user clicks on the 'Share' button and enters stakeholders' email addresses, then the system should successfully send an email containing a summary of the visual data and key insights from the dashboard.

User interacts with the visual elements of the Trends Visualization Dashboard to drill down into data specifics.

Given the user is viewing a graphical representation of data, when they click on a specific data point or region of a graph, then the dashboard should present detailed data related to that specific selection, such as trends over time for the selected data point.

User accesses help documentation while using the Trends Visualization Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Trends Visualization Dashboard, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then they should be directed to relevant help documentation that explains how to use the dashboard and interpret the visual data.

User receives alerts for significant changes in ESG metrics displayed on the Trends Visualization Dashboard.

Given the user has set up alerts, when there is a significant change in any of the tracked ESG metrics, then the user should receive a notification through their preferred communication method (email or in-app notification) summarizing the changes.

User saves customized views of the Trends Visualization Dashboard for future reference.

Given the user has customized the dashboard settings, when they click the 'Save View' button, then the system should save the current customizations and allow the user to load this view in future sessions.

Automated Recommendation Engine

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to receive automated recommendations from the AI Insights Generator so that I can quickly implement the best practices for enhancing our ESG metrics without extensive manual analysis.
Description: The Automated Recommendation Engine requirement involves developing algorithms that generate personalized recommendations based on the insights provided by the AI Insights Generator. These recommendations will guide users in implementing changes to improve their ESG metrics effectively. This feature enhances the usability of GreenSync by not only identifying issues but also suggesting actionable steps to address them, thus streamlining the decision-making process related to sustainability strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives personalized recommendations after inputting their ESG performance data.

Given a user has submitted their ESG performance data into the GreenSync platform, when the Automated Recommendation Engine processes this data, then the system should generate at least three actionable insights related to improving ESG metrics based on the AI Insights Generator's analysis.

User can access historical recommendation data for performance tracking.

Given a user is utilizing the GreenSync platform, when they navigate to the recommendations history section, then they should be able to view a list of past recommendations along with their implementation statuses and observed outcomes.

User receives real-time notifications for new recommendations.

Given a user has activated notifications for their ESG performance metrics, when the Automated Recommendation Engine generates a new recommendation, then the user should receive a real-time notification via email and within the GreenSync dashboard.

User can filter recommendations based on ESG categories.

Given a user is viewing the recommendations dashboard, when they apply filters for specific ESG categories, then the system should display only the recommendations relevant to the selected categories, ensuring the user can focus on targeted improvements.

User can rate the effectiveness of implemented recommendations.

Given a user has implemented a recommendation, when prompted for feedback on its effectiveness, then the system should allow the user to provide a rating between 1 to 5 stars and an optional comment, which will be saved and analyzed for future improvements.

User can export recommendations to a report format.

Given a user is viewing their current recommendations, when they select the option to export, then the system should generate a downloadable report file in PDF format that includes all their current recommendations and relevant details for sharing.

User can access guided walkthroughs for implementing recommendations.

Given a user selects a specific recommendation, when they choose to view a guided walkthrough, then the system should display step-by-step instructions for implementing that recommendation, along with resource links and estimated time for completion.

User Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a team member utilizing the AI Insights Generator, I want to give feedback on the insights provided, so that I can help improve the system and ensure that future recommendations are practical and relevant for our organization.
Description: The User Feedback Mechanism requirement establishes a process for users to provide feedback on the insights and recommendations generated by the AI Insights Generator. This feature will facilitate continuous improvement of the system by allowing teams to report on the relevance and applicability of the AI-generated content, influencing future updates and upgrades. Incorporating user feedback ensures the generated insights remain aligned with user needs and evolving industry standards.
Acceptance Criteria: User Initiates Feedback Submission on AI Insights

Given the user has accessed the generated insights from the AI Insights Generator, when they submit feedback using the feedback form, then the system should successfully record the feedback and provide a confirmation message.

User Edits Feedback Submission

Given the user has submitted feedback on the AI insights, when they choose to edit their feedback prior to final submission, then they should be able to modify their input and resubmit without errors.

User Views Previous Feedback Submissions

Given the user is logged into the platform, when they navigate to the feedback history section, then they should be able to view a list of all feedback they have previously submitted with corresponding dates.

System Aggregates User Feedback for Reporting

Given that multiple users have submitted feedback on the AI insights, when the admin views the aggregated feedback report, then the report should accurately reflect the total feedback received, categorized by positive, neutral, and negative responses.

Feedback Alerts Set Up for User Notifications

Given the user has opted in for notifications, when new feedback is received on the insights they contributed to, then they should receive an email notification summarizing the feedback changes.

Real-time Alerts and Notifications

User Story: As a sustainability officer, I want to receive real-time notifications when critical changes occur in our ESG metrics, so that I can take timely action to address potential compliance risks or opportunities.
Description: The Real-time Alerts and Notifications requirement will enable the system to send immediate alerts regarding significant changes in the performance data analyzed by the AI Insights Generator. This feature is essential for timely decision-making, allowing organizations to react swiftly to emerging issues that could impact compliance or sustainability outcomes. By keeping relevant stakeholders informed in real-time, GreenSync enhances its role in proactive sustainability management.
Acceptance Criteria: Triggered Alerts for ESG Metric Threshold Violations

Given a predefined threshold for each ESG metric, when the performance data analyzed by the AI Insights Generator exceeds or falls below this threshold, then an immediate alert is sent to designated stakeholders via email and in-app notification.

Real-time Alerts for Data Anomalies

Given the continuous monitoring of performance data, when the AI Insights Generator detects an anomaly (e.g., spike or drop in energy usage), then a real-time notification is sent to relevant team members within 5 minutes of detection.

Customizable Alert Settings

Given the user's preference settings, when the user configures alert parameters (e.g., specific metrics and thresholds), then the system must correctly honor these configurations and deliver alerts based on the user-defined criteria.

Historical Alert Log Access

Given that alerts have been triggered in the past, when the user accesses the alert management section, then they should be able to view a comprehensive log of all past alerts, including timestamps and details of the event that triggered them.

Stakeholder Notification Preferences

Given different stakeholder roles within the organization, when alerts are triggered, then the system must send notifications according to the specific notification preferences set by each stakeholder (e.g., email, SMS, in-app).

Escalation Process for Missed Alerts

Given that an alert has been generated, when the intended recipient fails to acknowledge the alert within a specified timeframe (e.g., 15 minutes), then the system must escalate the notification to a higher-level stakeholder.

Integration with External Communication Tools

Given that the organization uses external communication tools (e.g., Slack, Microsoft Teams), when an alert is generated, then the system must send a notification to the designated channel in the external communication tool, ensuring real-time updates across all platforms.

Customizable Reporting Tools

User Story: As a reporting manager, I want customizable reporting tools in GreenSync so that I can create tailored sustainability reports that meet the unique needs of various stakeholders within our organization.
Description: The Customizable Reporting Tools requirement focuses on developing flexible reporting features within GreenSync that allow users to generate reports based on the data insights from the AI Insights Generator. Users will have the ability to select parameters, timeframes, and types of visualizations they want in their reports. This will empower teams to tailor their sustainability reports to fit the specific needs of different stakeholders, enhancing the clarity and impact of the information communicated.
Acceptance Criteria: User generates a customized sustainability report using the AI Insights Generator data.

Given a user is logged into GreenSync, when they access the Customizable Reporting Tools and select parameters such as date range, ESG metrics, and visualization types, then they should be able to generate a report that accurately reflects their selections and the corresponding data insights from the AI Insights Generator.

User exports a customized report in different formats.

Given a customized sustainability report has been generated, when the user clicks on the export button, then the report should be available for download in at least three formats (PDF, Excel, and CSV) without data loss or formatting issues.

User adds custom branding to the generated report.

Given a user has completed a customizable report, when they select the option to add custom branding elements (such as logo, colors, and headers), then the final report should incorporate these elements correctly throughout the document.

User shares a report via email directly from the platform.

Given a user has generated a customizable report, when they choose the option to share the report via email, then the system should send the report to the specified email address with no errors and a confirmation notification to the user.

User interacts with the visualizations within the report.

Given a user is viewing a generated report, when they click on any of the visual elements (charts, graphs, etc.), then the system should provide additional details or drill-down capabilities for enhanced data insights without any performance lag.

User saves customized report settings for future use.

Given a user has defined a set of parameters for generating reports, when they choose to save these settings, then the custom settings should be retrievable in future sessions for quicker report generation.

User accesses help and documentation for Customizable Reporting Tools.

Given a user is utilizing the Customizable Reporting Tools, when they click on the help icon, then they should be directed to comprehensive documentation that outlines how to effectively use the reporting features, including examples and troubleshooting tips.

Customizable Templates

Customizable Templates offer pre-designed frameworks for various types of ESG reports, allowing users to select, modify, and personalize templates that fit their specific requirements. This feature enables faster report creation, ensuring consistency and professional presentation throughout all ESG documentation.

Requirements

Template Selection Interface

User Story: As an ESG manager, I want to easily browse and select ESG report templates so that I can quickly find the right format for my reporting needs without wasting time navigating multiple options.
Description: The Template Selection Interface allows users to easily browse, select, and preview various pre-designed ESG report templates. This functionality enhances user experience by providing a visual representation of available templates and ensuring users can quickly find the appropriate format for their specific reporting needs. The integration of this interface within GreenSync will reduce the time spent on report preparation and increase user satisfaction through intuitive navigation and accessibility.
Acceptance Criteria: User browses and selects a template for the first time.

Given the user accesses the Template Selection Interface, When the user scrolls through the templates, Then the user should see a preview of each template along with a clear selection button for each option.

User searches for a specific ESG report template based on predefined criteria.

Given the user inputs search parameters in the Template Selection Interface, When the user clicks on the search button, Then the system should display a list of templates that match the search criteria within 2 seconds.

User selects a template and navigates to the customization screen.

Given the user has selected a template, When the user clicks the 'Customize' button, Then the system should redirect the user to the customization screen with the selected template loaded and editable fields visible.

User wants to preview a specific template before final selection.

Given the user is viewing the template selection page, When the user clicks on the 'Preview' button of a template, Then the system should display a full-screen preview of that template without any distortion or errors.

User accesses the interface on a mobile device.

Given the user accesses the Template Selection Interface using a mobile device, When the screen automatically adjusts, Then the interface should remain fully functional and all template selection options should be accessible without loss of navigation options.

User provides feedback on the template selection experience.

Given the user has completed selecting a template, When the user submits their feedback, Then the system should confirm receipt of the feedback and store it for further review.

Template Customization Tools

User Story: As a user, I want to customize ESG report templates to reflect my organization's branding so that our reports maintain a professional appearance and align with our identity.
Description: Template Customization Tools enable users to modify pre-designed templates according to their organization's specific branding and reporting requirements. Users can change text, images, layouts, and other elements within the template, ensuring that the final output aligns with internal standards and regulations. This feature promotes a sense of ownership and personalization in report creation, ultimately driving engagement and adherence to sustainability goals.
Acceptance Criteria: User edits an ESG report template to include their company logo and adjusts the color scheme to align with corporate branding.

Given a pre-designed ESG report template, when the user changes the logo and modifies the color scheme, then the updates should be visible in the preview and reflected in the final generated report.

A user selects a pre-designed ESG report template and modifies the layout to better fit their data presentation needs.

Given a selected ESG report template, when the user adjusts the layout by moving sections and changing their order, then the changes should save successfully and be retrievable upon reopening the template.

A team member reviews the customized template for consistency with organizational guidelines before finalizing the report.

Given a customized ESG report template, when the compliance review is conducted, then the template must meet at least 90% of the specified organizational branding criteria.

User attempts to save a customized ESG report template without entering required fields.

Given an incomplete customized ESG report template, when the user tries to save, then an error message should appear notifying the user of the missing required fields.

A user wants to create a new report based on an existing customized template.

Given an existing customized ESG report template, when the user selects the template to create a new report, then the new report should inherit all customizations made to the original template.

User creates and personalizes an ESG report using a customized template, ensuring all elements are editable.

Given a customized ESG report template, when the user modifies text, images, and other elements, then all changes should be immediately shown in the preview without formatting errors.

A user exports their customized ESG report template into multiple file formats for external sharing.

Given a customized ESG report template, when the user selects the option to export, then the template must successfully export into PDF, DOCX, and XLSX formats without loss of data or formatting issues.

Automated Data Input

User Story: As a compliance officer, I want to automatically input data into ESG report templates so that I can save time and minimize errors during the report creation process.
Description: Automated Data Input streamlines the process of populating templates with relevant data from GreenSync's real-time monitoring systems. This feature will reduce manual data entry errors, increase efficiency, and ensure reports are generated quickly with the most up-to-date information available. By enabling automated integration with existing data sources, users can focus more on analysis rather than data compilation when creating reports.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates the Automated Data Input process after selecting a customizable template for their ESG report.

Given the user has selected a customizable template for their ESG report, when they click the 'Automate Data Input' button, then the system should automatically populate the template fields with data from GreenSync's real-time monitoring systems without any manual entry.

A user reviews the populated ESG report for errors and inconsistencies after the Automated Data Input process is completed.

Given the user reviews the ESG report after the Automated Data Input, when they compare the report fields against the source data, then the report should contain no more than 2% discrepancies or errors in the populated data fields.

An enterprise audits the report generated using the Automated Data Input feature for compliance with environmental regulations.

Given the report has been generated using the Automated Data Input, when an audit is conducted, then the report must meet all relevant environmental compliance standards specified by local regulations.

A user attempts to integrate an unsupported data source during the Automated Data Input process.

Given the user selects an unsupported data source for Automated Data Input, when they attempt to initiate the process, then the system should display an error message indicating that the data source is not supported.

A user completes the Automated Data Input process and proceeds to customize the report further.

Given the user has successfully completed the Automated Data Input process, when they navigate to the customization options, then the user should be able to modify up to 80% of the template layout and fields without any issues.

A user utilizes the Automated Data Input feature for multiple ESG reports consecutively.

Given the user utilizes the Automated Data Input feature for different ESG reports, when they initiate the process for a subsequent report, then the system should allow seamless transitions without data loss or performance lag between reports.

Version Control for Templates

User Story: As a report administrator, I want to track changes in ESG report templates so that I can maintain a clear history of modifications for accountability and compliance purposes.
Description: Version Control for Templates will allow users to track changes made to ESG report templates over time. This feature ensures that users can revert to previous versions if necessary and maintain a history of modifications. It promotes accountability and transparency in reporting, which is crucial for compliance and regulatory purposes, providing users with a robust framework for template management.
Acceptance Criteria: Version Control for Templates: Users need to access previous versions of an ESG report template to check for changes made over time before submitting it for regulatory compliance.

Given that a user has edited an ESG report template and saved new changes, when they access the version control feature, then they should see a chronological list of all previous versions available for review and restoration.

Version Control for Templates: A user views the version history of a template to ensure compliance with recent updates in regulations that require certain disclosures to be included in reports.

Given that a user selects an ESG report template, when they view the version history, then they should be able to identify which version contains the latest mandatory disclosures required by current regulations.

Version Control for Templates: A compliance officer needs to restore a previous version of an ESG report template to correct certain errors detected in the latest update.

Given that a user is on the version history page and selects a previous version of the template, when they click the restore button, then the system should restore the selected version and reflect it as the current template.

Version Control for Templates: Users collaborate on ESG report templates and need to track who made specific changes to ensure accountability in template management.

Given that changes have been made to an ESG report template, when a user views the version history, then they should see the name of the user who made each change along with the timestamp of the modification.

Version Control for Templates: The quality assurance team must verify the template's history to ensure all changes comply with company standards before final approval.

Given that a user is reviewing the version history of an ESG report template, when they access the inspection feature, then they should be able to flag any version that does not meet compliance standards for further review.

Template Usage Analytics

User Story: As a project manager, I want to analyze the usage of ESG report templates so that I can identify the most effective templates and improve training for future reporting needs.
Description: Template Usage Analytics provides insights into how frequently different templates are used by various teams within the organization. This feature will help identify which templates are most effective and appreciated by users, allowing for data-driven decisions about future template design improvements and resource allocation. Understanding usage patterns can also help tailor training sessions for users to maximize the utility of available templates.
Acceptance Criteria: Template Usage Analytics Report Generation

Given that a user has access to the Template Usage Analytics feature, when they generate a usage report for a specific template, then the report must accurately reflect the number of times the template has been used across different teams for the selected period.

Identification of Most Used Templates

Given that Template Usage Analytics is operational, when a user views the list of templates, then they should see a ranking of templates based on usage frequency, with the top three templates clearly indicated.

User Feedback Collection on Template Usability

Given that the analytics report shows usage data, when the user accesses the feedback section of the Template Usage Analytics, then they must be able to submit feedback regarding their experience with specific templates, which will be recorded for future analysis.

Training Session Optimization Based on Usage Data

Given that Template Usage Analytics provides insights into less utilized templates, when a user reviews the training session recommendations, then they should see suggestions for training sessions targeting these specific templates to improve user engagement.

Data Privacy Compliance in Usage Analytics

Given that Template Usage Analytics tracks user data for template usage, when data is collected and processed, then it must comply with relevant data privacy regulations and anonymize user-specific data within the reports.

Visualization of Template Usage Trends Over Time

Given that the analytics tool includes time-based data visualization, when a user selects a time period for analysis, then they should see a graphical representation of template usage trends that facilitates easy understanding of usage patterns.

Customization of Reporting Parameters

Given that users have different reporting needs, when a user accesses Template Usage Analytics, then they must have the ability to customize parameters such as date range, team selection, and template categories for their reports.

Press Articles

Revolutionizing Corporate Sustainability: GreenSync Launches Powerful New Compliance Software: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

Contact:
Jane Doe
Director of Communications
GreenSync, Inc.
Phone: (123) 456-7890
Email: press@greensync.com
Website: www.greensync.com

DATE: 2024-12-13

Revolutionizing Corporate Sustainability: GreenSync Launches Powerful New Compliance Software

[City, State] – GreenSync, a leader in environmental compliance technology, today announced the launch of its transformative cloud-based software designed for mid to large-sized enterprises. GreenSync aims to streamline sustainability management while ensuring compliance with evolving environmental regulations. With features such as real-time monitoring, automated compliance reporting, and customizable ESG dashboards, GreenSync empowers organizations to meet their sustainability goals with precision and timeliness.

"GreenSync is more than just compliance software; it’s a platform that empowers organizations to lead sustainable business practices in an efficient manner," said John Smith, CEO of GreenSync. "Our goal is to simplify the complexity of environmental compliance management, enabling companies to focus on what matters most – making a positive impact on our planet."

The innovative software provides real-time impact trends, goal-setting interfaces, benchmarking insights, and integrated actionable recommendations, all designed to foster a proactive approach to sustainability management. The solution allows Corporate Sustainability Officers and Environmental Compliance Managers to monitor compliance metrics, automate reporting processes, and track progress against industry benchmarks.

The launch of GreenSync comes at a critical time as corporations increasingly prioritize sustainability in their operations. According to a recent study, 70% of consumers prefer brands that adopt sustainable practices, highlighting the market demand for responsible business operations.

"With GreenSync, organizations can now collaborate efficiently across departments, ensuring everyone is accountable for their role in achieving sustainability objectives," commented Emily Johnson, a Corporate Sustainability Officer at a leading manufacturing firm. "The real-time insights and customizable dashboards elevate our ability to manage resources effectively and showcase our commitment to corporate responsibility."

GreenSync includes features such as a Compliance Alerts System, eco-friendly product finder, and a Sustainability Knowledge Hub that aggregates best practices and case studies for continuous improvement. The platform is designed to engage various stakeholders, including CSR Coordinators and Facility Managers, by providing valuable tools to enhance overall performance and reduce environmental footprints.

Industry leaders are already expressing enthusiasm about the capabilities that GreenSync brings to the table. "We believe that consumers and stakeholders appreciate transparency and desire proof that we are monitoring our sustainability efforts diligently," said Mark Allen, an Environmental Compliance Manager. "GreenSync not only helps us comply with regulations but also strengthens our reputation in the industry."

GreenSync is expected to lead the way in innovative compliance solutions with its user-friendly interface and extensive integration capabilities. Organizations looking to improve their environmental impact while confidently navigating regulatory landscapes can visit www.greensync.com for more information and to request a demo.

About GreenSync
GreenSync is dedicated to transforming corporate sustainability through powerful technology solutions. Our mission is to provide organizations with the tools they need to efficiently manage their environmental impact and meet compliance requirements while driving continuous improvement across all operations.

For further inquiries, please contact:
Jane Doe
Director of Communications
Phone: (123) 456-7890
Email: press@greensync.com
Website: www.greensync.com

###END###

GreenSync Unveils Cutting-Edge Features to Enhance Environmental Compliance Management: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

Contact:
Jane Doe
Director of Communications
GreenSync, Inc.
Phone: (123) 456-7890
Email: press@greensync.com
Website: www.greensync.com

DATE: 2024-12-13

GreenSync Unveils Cutting-Edge Features to Enhance Environmental Compliance Management

[City, State] – In a landmark announcement, GreenSync is proud to reveal an array of new features designed to enhance the experience of mid to large-sized enterprises using its groundbreaking environmental compliance software. With the aim of simplifying compliance management and enriching sustainability initiatives, the updated GreenSync platform further solidifies its position as an industry leader.

The newly introduced features include the highly anticipated Impact Forecasting Model, which uses advanced algorithms to predict the environmental results of various sustainability initiatives. This innovative tool allows organizations to make informed decisions based on projected impacts, thereby refining future planning processes.

"We are excited to roll out these advanced features that allow organizations to evaluate their sustainability strategies with unprecedented accuracy," noted Sarah Thompson, Chief Technology Officer at GreenSync. "The Impact Forecasting Model underscores our commitment to providing businesses with the insights they need to achieve meaningful environmental outcomes."

Additionally, the updated software enables users to benefit from the Outcome Validation Reports, which offer detailed analyses of predicted versus actual sustainability outcomes. As organizations strive to enhance their ESG performance, having this data at their fingertips is invaluable for adjusting strategies for maximum impact.

GreenSync also places a strong emphasis on collaboration with the introduction of its Collaborative Scenario Sharing feature, allowing stakeholders to engage deeply in evaluating potential sustainability strategies. "Working together is essential in driving successful sustainability initiatives, and this feature is designed to strengthen collaboration within teams and between departments," explained Amanda Lee, a Sustainability Consultant who has adopted GreenSync for her projects.

These enhancements align perfectly with the current market demand for transparency and accountability in sustainability initiatives, making the platform irresistible to Corporate Sustainability Officers, Environmental Compliance Managers, and Data Analysts for ESG Performance.

"Having timely access to cumulative data is critical as we navigate regulatory obligations and community expectations. The Comprehensive Reporting capabilities of GreenSync give us flexibility and precision, making our compliance reporting far more efficient," emphasized Michael Robinson, an Environmental Compliance Manager at a prominent organization.

GreenSync invites interested organizations to explore its new features by visiting www.greensync.com, where they can request a free demo and discover how the software can transform their sustainability efforts.

About GreenSync
GreenSync is dedicated to developing innovative solutions that propel corporate sustainability efforts forward. With a focus on real-time data, compliance management, and accountability, we empower businesses to take actionable steps towards reducing their environmental footprints.

For further inquiries, please contact:
Jane Doe
Director of Communications
Phone: (123) 456-7890
Email: press@greensync.com
Website: www.greensync.com

###END###

GreenSync Marketplace Launches: A Hub for Eco-Friendly Products and Services: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

Contact:
Jane Doe
Director of Communications
GreenSync, Inc.
Phone: (123) 456-7890
Email: press@greensync.com
Website: www.greensync.com

DATE: 2024-12-13

GreenSync Marketplace Launches: A Hub for Eco-Friendly Products and Services

[City, State] – GreenSync is excited to announce the launch of the GreenSync Marketplace, an online platform specifically designed to connect organizations with certified eco-friendly products and services. The GreenSync Marketplace aims to enhance the purchasing process for businesses committed to sustainability, making it easier to source ethical products that align with their environmental goals.

"The GreenSync Marketplace represents our commitment to supporting organizations in their sustainability journeys by providing convenient access to reliable eco-friendly options," explained Carlos Martinez, Business Development Manager at GreenSync. "This platform simplifies the procurement process while reinforcing our clients' dedication to environmental stewardship."

Customers can browse a wide range of certified vendors and explore eco-friendly products with comprehensive information on certifications and impact metrics. The Vendor Rating System allows users to view ratings and reviews, making it easier to select trusted vendors that meet their sustainability standards.

"As a Facility Manager, our team is always looking for reliable eco-friendly solutions to enhance energy efficiency and reduce waste," shared Jennifer Adams, an early adopter of the GreenSync Marketplace. "Having a centralized platform with certified options greatly reduces our time spent researching multiple vendors."

The GreenSync Marketplace offers a robust platform for organizations to capitalize on Bulk Purchase Discounts, empowering businesses to manage budgets effectively while amplifying sustainability initiatives. Furthermore, the Integration with GreenSync's procurement workflow enhances efficiency, ensuring a seamless transition from selection to purchase.

"This new Marketplace streamlines our procurement process and provides us with the needed transparency to report on our sustainability efforts effectively," noted Thomas Green, a Corporate Responsibility Coordinator at a leading non-profit organization.

Organizations ready to embrace a greener procurement strategy can learn more about the GreenSync Marketplace at www.greensync.com, where they can also register to start utilizing the platform today.

About GreenSync
GreenSync is on a mission to empower organizations with solutions that enhance their sustainability practices. Our commitment lies in bridging the gap between compliance and responsible sourcing, ensuring a more sustainable future for businesses and the environment.

For further inquiries, please contact:
Jane Doe
Director of Communications
Phone: (123) 456-7890
Email: press@greensync.com
Website: www.greensync.com

###END###

Create products with ease

Product Details

Personas

Sustainability Data Specialist

Corporate Responsibility Innovator

Energy Efficiency Advocate

Product Ideas

Product Features

Real-time Impact Trends

Requirements

Dynamic EcoScore Visualization

Sustainability Action Tracking

Real-time Notification System

Comparative Analysis Tool

User Engagement Dashboard

Goal Setting Interface

Requirements

Customizable Scoring Criteria

Goal Progress Tracking

Milestone Notifications

Actionable Insights Generation

Benchmarking Against Industry Standards

Integrated Reporting Tools

Benchmarking Insights

Requirements

EcoScore Comparison Dashboard

Automated Benchmark Reporting

Peer Comparison Analysis

Customizable Benchmark Alerts

Benchmarking Insights Share Feature

Interactive Learning Resources

Customizable Score Metrics

Requirements

Custom Metric Creation

Real-Time Data Integration

User-Friendly Dashboard Customization

Integrated Actionable Recommendations

Requirements

EcoScore Analysis Engine

Personalized Sustainability Recommendations

Dashboard Visualization Enhancements

Alerts and Notifications System

Benchmarking Against Peers

Compliance Reporting Automation

Collaboration Tools

Requirements

Real-time Updates

Comment and Annotation Feature

Goal Setting and Tracking

User Role Management

Dashboard Customization Options

Interactive Scenario Analysis

Requirements

Dynamic Variable Adjustment

Visual Impact Charts

Scenario Comparison Feature

Automated Reporting of Simulations

Scenario Preset Templates

User Feedback Mechanism

Deadline Countdown Alerts

Requirements

Visual Countdown Timer

Deadline Notification System

Deadline Management Dashboard

Progress Tracking for Compliance Tasks

Violation Risk Assessment

Requirements

Automated Risk Detection

Customizable Alert Notifications

Historical Risk Analysis Reporting

Integration with Regulatory Databases

User-Friendly Risk Dashboard

Custom Alert Settings

Requirements

Custom Alert Frequency

Multi-Channel Alert Options

Alert Categorization and Prioritization

Custom Alert Templates

Alert History and Audit Trail